Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

Со всех языков на:
Все языки
Со всех языков на:
Все языки
Английский
Испанский
Немецкий
Русский

under the present laws

Толкование Перевод

1 under

1. preposition
1) (in or to a position lower than, or covered by: Your pencil is under the chair; Strange plants grow under the sea.) debajo, bajo

2) (less than, or lower in rank than: Children under five should not cross the street alone; You can do the job in under an hour.) menor de, (de) menos de

3) (subject to the authority of: As a foreman, he has about fifty workers under him.) a las órdenes (de)

4) (used to express various states: The fort was under attack; The business improved under the new management; The matter is under consideration/discussion.) bajo

2. adverb
(in or to a lower position, rank etc: The swimmer surfaced and went under again; children aged seven and under.) abajo; por debajo

- under-

under¹ adv menos

everything costs a pound or under todo cuesta una libra o menos

under² prep

1. bajo / debajo de

she sat under a tree se sentó bajo un árbol

there's a cat under the car hay un gato debajo del coche

2. menos de

you can get one for under £5 se pueden conseguir por menos de cinco libras

3. menor de

you can't go in if you are under sixteen no puedes entrar si eres menor de dieciséis años

4. bajo

he's got two assistants under him tiene dos ayudantes a su mando

under

tr['ʌndə^SMALLr/SMALL]

preposition

1 (below) bajo, debajo de

■ it's under the bed está debajo de la cama

■ the tunnel goes under the Channel el túnel pasa por debajo del Canal de la Mancha

2 (less than) menos de

■ he earns under fifteen thousand pounds a year gana menos de quince mil libras al año

■ he looks under eighteen to me a mi me parece que tiene menos de dieciocho años

■ there was nobody under the age of sixty no había nadie con menos de sesenta años

3 (controlled, affected, influenced by) bajo

■ dancing was banned under Cromwell bajo Cromwell estaba prohibido bailar

■ she was born under Cancer nació bajo el signo de Cáncer

4 (suffering, subject to) bajo

■ he's under arrest está detenido, está bajo arresto

■ under anaesthetic bajo anestesia

■ he is under a lot of pressure está sometido a muchas presiones

■ we are under attack nos están atacando

■ the ports are under blockade los puertos están sometidos a bloqueo

5 (according to) conforme a, según

■ under the terms of the agreement según los términos del acuerdo

6 (known by) con, bajo

■ she worked under a false name trabajó con un nombre falso

adverb

1 (below) debajo

■ he fell into the river and was under for over a minute cayó al río y estuvo bajo el agua durante más de un minuto

2 (less) menos

■ we have a wide range of watches for £30 or under tenemos una amplia gama de relojes por treinta libras o menos

\

SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL

to be under age ser menor de edad

to be under cover (protected) estar a cubierto 2 (in hiding) estar en la clandestinidad

to be under lock and key estar bajo llave

to be under repair estar en reparación, estar reparándose

to be under the doctor estar en manos del médico

to be under the impression that... tener la impresión de que...

to go under estrellarse, irse a pique

under the circumstances... dadas la circunstancias...

under ['ʌndər] adv

1) less: menos

$10 or under: $10 o menos

2) underwater: debajo del agua

3) : bajo los efectos de la anestesia

under adj

1) lower: (más) bajo, inferior

2) subordinate: inferior

3) : insuficiente

an under dose of medicine: una dosis insuficiente de medicina

under prep

1) below, beneath: debajo de, abajo de

under the table: abajo de la mesa

we walked under the arch: pasamos por debajo del arco

under the sun: bajo el sol

2) : menos de

in under 20 minutes: en menos de 20 minutos

3) (indicating rank or authority) : bajo

under the command of: bajo las órdenes de

4) subject to: bajo

under suspicion: bajo sospecha

under the circumstances: dadas las circunstancias

5) according to: según, de acuerdo con, conforme a

under the present laws: según las leyes actuales

under

adj.

• bajero, -a adj.

• inferior adj.

• interior adj.

adv.

• abajo adv.

• bajo adv.

• debajo adv.

• debajo de adv.

• más abajo adv.

prep.

• bajo prep.

• debajo de prep.

• inferior a prep.

I 'ʌndər, 'ʌndə(r)
preposition

1) ( beneath) debajo de, abajo de (AmL)

under the starry sky — bajo el cielo estrellado (liter)

under a magnifying glass — a través de una lupa

2) ( less than) menos de

if you're under 18 — si tienes menos de 18 años

a number under 20 — un número inferior a 20

3) \<\<name/heading\>\> bajo

look under `textiles' — mira en or bajo `textiles'

4)

a) \<\<government/authority\>\> bajo

he served under General Baldwin — estuvo a las órdenes del general Baldwin

he has 20 people under him — tiene 20 personas a su mando

b) ( subject to)

to be under discussion — estarse* discutiendo

I'm under instructions not to reveal anything — tengo instrucciones de no revelar nada

he was under the impression that... — tenía la impresión de que...

5) ( according to) según

under the terms of the contract — según los términos del contrato

II

adverb

1)

a) ( under water)

they pushed him under — lo empujaron debajo del agua

b) ( anesthetized)

she's still under — todavía está bajo los efectos de la anestesia; see also keep, knuckle, put under

2) ( less) menos

it will cost $10 or under — costará 10 dólares como mucho

['ʌndǝ(r)]
1. ADV

1) (=beneath) (position) debajo; (direction) abajo

he stayed under for three minutes — (=underwater) estuvo sumergido durante tres minutos

he lifted the rope and crawled under — levantó la cuerda y se deslizó por debajo

2) * (=under anaesthetic)

he's been under for three hours — lleva tres horas bajo los efectos de la anestesia

3) (=less) menos

children of 15 and under — niños mpl de 15 años y menores

ten degrees under — diez grados bajo cero

2. PREP

1) (=beneath) debajo de

under the bed — debajo de la cama

under the microscope — bajo el microscopio

under the sky — bajo el cielo

under the water — bajo el agua

the train passed under the bridge — el tren pasó por debajo del puente

the tunnel goes under the Channel — el túnel pasa por debajo del Canal

under there — ahí debajo

what's under there? — ¿qué hay ahí debajo?

2) (=less than) menos de

under 20 people — menos de 20 personas

in under a minute — en menos de un minuto

any number under 90 — cualquier número inferior a 90

aged under 21 — que tiene menos de 21 años

children under ten — niños menores de diez años

it sells at under £20 — se vende a menos de 20 libras

3) (=subject to) bajo

under this government/the Romans — bajo este gobierno/los romanos

under Ferdinand VII — bajo Fernando VII, durante el reinado de Fernando VII

he has 30 workers under him — tiene 30 obreros a su cargo

to study under sb — estudiar con algn, tener a algn por profesor

• under the command of — bajo el mando de

• under construction — bajo construcción, en obras

• under lock and key — bajo llave

• under oath — bajo juramento

• under pain/the pretext of — so pena/pretexto de

• under full sail — a todo trapo, a vela llena

4) (with names)

under a false name — con nombre falso

you'll find him under "plumbers" in the phone book — lo encontrarás en la sección de "fontaneros" en el listín

5) (=according to, by) de acuerdo con, según

under Article 25 of the Code — conforme al Artículo 25 del Código

his rights under the contract — sus derechos según el contrato

6) (Agr)

the field is under wheat — el campo está sembrado de trigo

* * *

I ['ʌndər, 'ʌndə(r)]
preposition

1) ( beneath) debajo de, abajo de (AmL)

under the starry sky — bajo el cielo estrellado (liter)

under a magnifying glass — a través de una lupa

2) ( less than) menos de

if you're under 18 — si tienes menos de 18 años

a number under 20 — un número inferior a 20

3) \<\<name/heading\>\> bajo

look under `textiles' — mira en or bajo `textiles'

4)

a) \<\<government/authority\>\> bajo

he served under General Baldwin — estuvo a las órdenes del general Baldwin

he has 20 people under him — tiene 20 personas a su mando

b) ( subject to)

to be under discussion — estarse* discutiendo

I'm under instructions not to reveal anything — tengo instrucciones de no revelar nada

he was under the impression that... — tenía la impresión de que...

5) ( according to) según

under the terms of the contract — según los términos del contrato

II

adverb

1)

a) ( under water)

they pushed him under — lo empujaron debajo del agua

b) ( anesthetized)

she's still under — todavía está bajo los efectos de la anestesia; see also keep, knuckle, put under

2) ( less) menos

it will cost $10 or under — costará 10 dólares como mucho

English-spanish dictionary > under
2 law

n

закон, право; законодательство, правовая норма

to abide by the law — соблюдать закон

to abolish / to abrogate a law — отменять закон

to abuse the law — нарушать закон

to acquire force of the law — приобретать силу закона

to act outside the law — поступать незаконно

to act within the law — действовать в рамках закона

to adhere strictly to the law — строго придерживаться закона

to administer law — отправлять / осуществлять правосудие

to adopt a law — принимать / утверждать закон

to alter / to amend a law — вносить поправки в закон

to annul a law — отменять закон

to apply a law — применять закон

to apply the law to the present case — применять закон к данному делу

to be above the law — быть неподсудным / выше закона / над законом

to be against the law — противоречить закону

to be at law with smb — судиться с кем-л.

to be equal before the law — быть равным перед законом

to be exempt from the law — быть неподсудным / неподвластным закону

to be in accordance with the law — отвечать нормам права

to be recognized in international law — получать международно-правовое признание

to be under martial law — быть на военном положении

to become law — становиться законом

to break a law — нарушать / преступать закон

to bring the force of the law against smb — использовать силу закона против кого-л.

to cancel the martial law — отменять военное положение

to comply with law — соблюдать закон

to contradict existing laws — противоречить существующим законам

to contravene a law — нарушать закон; противоречить закону

to decide one's own laws — определять свое собственное законодательство

to declare martial law — вводить военное положение

to defy law — не подчиняться закону, игнорировать закон

to deny the laws of social development — отрицать закономерности общественного развития

to destabilize law and order — дестабилизировать правопорядок

to displace the law — изменять закон

to draw up a law — разрабатывать закон / законопроект

to drop a law — отменять закон

to enact a law — принимать закон

to enact legislation into law — принимать законопроект, придавать законопроекту силу закона

to enforce law — обеспечивать выполнение закона, следить за соблюдением закона

to enhance international law — повышать роль международного права

to ensure law and order — обеспечивать соблюдение правопорядка

to establish nation-wide martial law — вводить в стране военное положение

to except from the operation of a law — изымать из-под действия закона

to execute a law — исполнять закон

to find ways around the law — обходить закон

to flout law — попирать / не выполнять закон

to follow the law — следовать закону

to go beyond the law — совершать противозаконный поступок; обходить закон

to go to the law — обращаться в суд

to guarantee law and order — гарантировать правопорядок

to have the force of a law — иметь силу закона

to hide from law — скрываться от правосудия

to honor the law — уважать / соблюдать закон

to implement a law — выполнять закон; вводить закон в действие

to impose nation-wide martial law — вводить в стране военное положение

to infringe law — нарушать / преступать закон

to institute / to introduce law — вводить закон

to introduce a wartime emergency law — вводить чрезвычайный закон военного времени

to introduce martial law — вводить военное положение

to invoke law — обращаться к закону

to issue a law — обнародовать закон

to keep law and order — соблюдать правопорядок

to keep in with the law — подчиняться закону, не нарушать закон

to keep the law — соблюдать закон

to keep within the law — держаться в рамках / придерживаться закона

to lay down the law — распоряжаться, командовать

to lift martial law — отменять военное положение

to make a law — издавать закон; составлять закон

to monitor application of a law — следить за применением закона

to nourish the rule of law — укреплять власть закона

to observe the law — соблюдать закон

to offend against the law — нарушать закон

to operate a law in practice — применять закон на практике

to override law — не признавать закон, не считаться с законом

to overstep the law — выходить за рамки законности

to overturn a law — отменять закон

to pass a law — принимать / утверждать закон

to place oneself above the law — ставить себя над законом

to practice law — заниматься адвокатурой / юриспруденцией

to proclaim martial law — вводить военное положение

to promote law and public order — укреплять законность и общественный порядок

to promulgate a law — обнародовать закон

to put a law into effect / operation — вводить закон в действие

to put one's proposals into law — включать свои предложения в закон

to read law — изучать право

to reconsider a law — пересматривать закон

to re-draft a law — переделывать закон

to re-establish the rule of law — восстанавливать законность

to reform a law — изменять закон

to relax a law — смягчать закон

to repeal a law — отменять закон

to respect the laws and customs of a country — уважать законы и обычаи страны

to revise a law — пересматривать закон

to rush a law — протаскивать закон ( через парламент)

to scrap a law — отменять закон

to set oneself above the law — ставить себя выше закона

to stay within the law — оставаться в рамках закона

to strike down a law — не утвердить закон ( в Верховном суде США)

to study law — изучать право

to submit oneself to the law — передавать себя в руки закона

to subvert the law — подрывать закон

to suspend a law — приостанавливать действие закона

to take the law in(to) one's own hands — устраивать самосуд

to take the law of smb — привлекать кого-л. к суду

to tighten (up) a law — ужесточать закон

to unmake a law — отменять закон

to uphold the law — отстаивать закон

to use the full force of the law — использовать всю силу закона

to veto a law — налагать вето на закон

to violate a law — нарушать / преступать / попирать закон

to waive a law — не применять закон

- a new law comes into force
- abuse of the law
- according to the law
- active law
- administration of laws
- administrative law
- air law
- ambassadorial law
- amnesty law
- antilabor law
- antipollution law
- antismoking law
- antiterrorist law
- antitrust laws
- application of the law

- banking law
- basic law
- binding in law
- breach of law
- breakdown of law and order
- business law
- by law
- campaign-financing laws
- canon law
- case law
- changes to the electoral law
- child-labor laws
- civil law
- clemency law
- club law
- code of international law

- commercial law
- common law
- company law
- compliance with law
- conflict of interest law
- conflict with the law
- conscription law
- constitutional law
- consular law
- contrary to law
- contrary to military law
- controversial law
- conventional international law
- cosmic law
- court of law
- criminal law
- crown law
- customary law
- definite law
- development of international law
- discriminatory law
- disdain for the law
- disregard of the law
- doctor of law
- domestic law
- draft law
- ecclesiastical law
- economic law
- economic laws of the development of society
- election law
- electoral law
- emergency law
- enforcement of a law
- existent laws
- existing laws
- export control law
- extension of martial law
- extradition law
- family law
- federal laws
- force of law

- freeze on the implementation of the law
- fundamental law
- general international law
- general law
- gun control law
- gun law prevails
- gun law
- humanitarian law
- immigration laws
- in British law
- in conformity with the law
- in law
- in the eyes of the law
- individual labor law
- infringement of the laws
- institutions of international law
- internal law
- internal security laws
- international administrative law
- international humanitarian law
- international law
- international monetary law
- international private law
- international public law
- international trade law
- international treaty law
- interstate commerce laws
- inviolable law
- irreversible law
- Islamic holy laws
- Jim Crow law
- judicial law
- jungle law
- labor laws
- land law
- language law
- law and order

- law comes into force
- law goes through
- law is in force
- law is invalid
- law is subject to yearly review
- law is the law
- law merchant
- law must be upheld
- law of actions
- law of civil procedure
- law of conflicts
- law of contracts
- law of criminal procedure
- law of international trade
- law of nations
- law of nature
- law of property
- law of state responsibility
- law of succession
- law of the land
- law of the sea
- law of treaties
- law of value
- law on leasing
- law on religion
- law on smth
- law provides for
- law should follow its normal course
- laws and customs
- laws and regulations
- laws are being ignored
- laws governing social development
- laws governing the economy
- laws in force
- laws of historical development of society
- laws of honor
- laws restraining the press
- local law
- loop-hole in the law
- Lynch law
- maritime law
- maritime safety law
- martial law is in force
- martial law
- military law
- minions of law
- municipal law
- national law
- natural law
- nature laws
- no-knock search law
- object of international law
- objective economic laws
- objective laws
- observance of the laws
- offence of law
- outer space law
- passage of the law
- penal law
- political law
- power to execute laws
- press law
- principles of law
- private international law
- private law
- property law
- provision in the law
- public international law
- public law
- race law
- racist law
- responsibility under international law

- restoration of the rule of law
- retreat of the law
- right-to-know law
- right-to-work laws
- rules of law
- secession law
- security law
- segregation law
- settled law
- shield laws
- slip law
- source of law
- space law
- state law
- statute law
- strict observance of the law
- subject of international law
- substantive law
- sunset law
- sunshine law
- system of law
- the spirit and the letter of the law
- under an amnesty law
- under local law
- under the law
- under the new law
- universal historical laws
- vagrancy law
- valid in law

- violation of international law

- wage-restraint law
- war-time laws
- within bounds of international law

Politics english-russian dictionary > law
3 prohibir

v.

1 to forbid.

prohibir a alguien hacer algo to forbid somebody to do something

tengo prohibido el alcohol I've been told I mustn't touch alcohol

se prohíbe el paso no entry (en letrero)

2 to prohibit (por ley) (de antemano).

a partir de ahora está prohibido fumar en los lugares públicos smoking in public places has now been banned

está prohibida la venta de alcohol a menores it is illegal to sell alcoholic drinks to anyone under the age of 18 (en letrero)

se prohibe la entrada a menores de 18 años over 18s only (en letrero)

3 to forbid to, to forbid.

Ella los desautorizó beber She forbade them to drink.

* * *

PROHIBIR

CONJUGACIÓN

(stressed í in certain persons of certain tenses)

Present Indicative

prohíbo, prohíbes, prohíbe, prohibimos, prohibís, prohíben.

Present Subjunctive

prohíba, prohíbas, prohíba, prohibamos, prohibáis, prohíban.

Imperative

prohíbe (tú), prohíba (él/Vd.), prohibamos (nos.), prohibid (vos.), prohíban (ellos/Vds.).

* * *

verb

to ban, forbid, prohibit

* * *

VT

1) (=vedar) [+ venta, consumo, publicidad, prueba nuclear] to ban, prohibit

han prohibido la venta ambulante — street selling has been banned o prohibited

la ley lo prohíbe — it is banned by law

han prohibido la circulación de camiones este fin de semana — lorries have been banned from the roads this weekend

quieren prohibir la caza de ballenas — they want to put a ban on whaling, they want to ban whaling

está totalmente prohibido hacer publicidad del tabaco — there is a total ban on tobacco advertising, tobacco advertising is completely banned o forbidden

queda terminantemente prohibido — it is strictly forbidden

2) (=no permitir)

prohibir algo a algn: prohibieron el acceso a la prensa — the press were banned

el médico me ha prohibido los dulces — the doctor says I'm not allowed (to eat) sweet things, the doctor has banned me from eating sweet things

• prohibir a algn hacer algo, me prohibió entrar en su casa — he banned me from his house, he forbade me to enter his house

la dirección nos prohibía usar maquillaje — the management prohibited us from wearing make-up, the management forbade us to wear make-up

• prohibir a algn que haga algo — to forbid sb to do sth

te prohíbo que me hables así — I forbid you to talk to me like that

• tener algo prohibido, tengo prohibido el tabaco — I'm not allowed to smoke

le tenían prohibido salir de casa — he was not allowed out

me tienen prohibida la entrada — I'm banned, they have banned me

me tienen prohibido hablar de política mientras comemos — I'm banned from talking politics at the dinner-table, I'm not allowed to talk politics at the dinner-table

3) [en letreros]

prohibida la caza — no hunting

prohibida la entrada a menores de 18 años — no (admission to) under-18s

prohibido el paso a toda persona ajena a la obra — no unauthorized entry, authorized personnel only

queda prohibido el consumo de alcohol en este local — no alcohol may be consumed on these premises

prohibido fumar — no smoking

prohibido jugar a la pelota — no ball games

prohibido fijar carteles — stick no bills

* * *

verbo transitivo

a) <acto/venta> to prohibit (frml)

esta ley prohíbe las huelgas — this law bans o prohibits strikes

queda terminantemente prohibido — it is strictly forbidden o prohibited

iba en dirección prohibida — I was going the wrong way up a one-way street

prohibido el paso or prohibida la entrada — no entry

prohibido fijar carteles — stick no bills, bill posters o bill stickers will be prosecuted

prohibido fumar — no smoking

b)

prohibirle algo A alguien — to ban somebody FROM something

se prohíbe la entrada a menores de 16 años — over 16s only, no admission to persons under 16 years of age

tengo prohibido el alcohol — I've been told I mustn't drink alcohol

c)

prohibirle A alguien + INF — to forbid somebody to + inf, prohibit somebody from -ing (frml)

prohíben sindicarse a los trabajadores — workers are not allowed to form a union

le tenemos prohibido salir — he's not allowed out

d)

prohibir A alguien QUE + SUBJ — to forbid somebody to + inf

te prohíbo que me hables así — I forbid you to speak to me like that

* * *

= bar, outlaw, forbid, prohibit, impose + ban, ban, restrain from, banish, proscribe.

Ex. Once the library is closed, all incoming or all outgoing calls should be barred.

Ex. The Taft-Hartley Act outlawed closed shops, jurisdictional strikes, sympathy strikes, and refusal to bargain.

Ex. Library policy may forbid staff members from giving appraisals.

Ex. There are laws which prohibit unlawful copyright infringement, but these are frequently contradictory and open to interpretation.

Ex. By imposing a ban one is only likely to set up antagonism and frustration which will turn against the very thing we are trying to encourage.

Ex. In the Soviet Union the introduction of glasnost has allowed the publication of some books previously banned, but has had little effect on libraries.

Ex. 'We also need to know the kinds of questions we are legally restrained from asking'.

Ex. Many types and colours of shelving are now available, and forbidding dark wooden bookcases have been banished from most libraries.

Ex. Under proposed legislation librarians and distributors who disseminate materials proscribed under these laws would be criminally liable.

----

* prohibir la entrada en = ban from.

* * *

verbo transitivo

a) <acto/venta> to prohibit (frml)

esta ley prohíbe las huelgas — this law bans o prohibits strikes

queda terminantemente prohibido — it is strictly forbidden o prohibited

iba en dirección prohibida — I was going the wrong way up a one-way street

prohibido el paso or prohibida la entrada — no entry

prohibido fijar carteles — stick no bills, bill posters o bill stickers will be prosecuted

prohibido fumar — no smoking

b)

prohibirle algo A alguien — to ban somebody FROM something

se prohíbe la entrada a menores de 16 años — over 16s only, no admission to persons under 16 years of age

tengo prohibido el alcohol — I've been told I mustn't drink alcohol

c)

prohibirle A alguien + INF — to forbid somebody to + inf, prohibit somebody from -ing (frml)

prohíben sindicarse a los trabajadores — workers are not allowed to form a union

le tenemos prohibido salir — he's not allowed out

d)

prohibir A alguien QUE + SUBJ — to forbid somebody to + inf

te prohíbo que me hables así — I forbid you to speak to me like that

* * *

= bar, outlaw, forbid, prohibit, impose + ban, ban, restrain from, banish, proscribe.

Ex: Once the library is closed, all incoming or all outgoing calls should be barred.

Ex: The Taft-Hartley Act outlawed closed shops, jurisdictional strikes, sympathy strikes, and refusal to bargain.

Ex: Library policy may forbid staff members from giving appraisals.

Ex: There are laws which prohibit unlawful copyright infringement, but these are frequently contradictory and open to interpretation.

Ex: By imposing a ban one is only likely to set up antagonism and frustration which will turn against the very thing we are trying to encourage.

Ex: In the Soviet Union the introduction of glasnost has allowed the publication of some books previously banned, but has had little effect on libraries.

Ex: 'We also need to know the kinds of questions we are legally restrained from asking'.

Ex: Many types and colours of shelving are now available, and forbidding dark wooden bookcases have been banished from most libraries.

Ex: Under proposed legislation librarians and distributors who disseminate materials proscribed under these laws would be criminally liable.

* prohibir la entrada en = ban from.

* * *

prohibir [ I22 ]

vt

1 ‹acto/venta› to prohibit ( frml)

esta ley prohíbe la huelga en los servicios públicos this law bans o prohibits strikes in public services

queda terminantemente prohibido it is strictly forbidden o prohibited

se prohibió la venta de hortalizas procedentes de la zona the sale of vegetables from the area was banned o prohibited

se prohíbe el uso de diccionarios you are not allowed to use dictionaries, the use of dictionaries is forbidden ( frml)

iba en dirección prohibida I was going the wrong way up a one-way street

[ S ] prohibido el paso or prohibida la entrada no entry

[ S ] prohibido fijar carteles stick no bills, bill posters o bill stickers will be prosecuted

[ S ] prohibido fumar no smoking

está prohibido fumar aquí you/she/he can't smoke here o this is a no-smoking area

2 prohibirle algo A algn to ban sb FROM sth

me había prohibido la entrada al edificio he had banned me from the building o from entering the building

el médico me ha prohibido la sal the doctor has told me I mustn't have salt

[ S ] se prohíbe la entrada a menores de 16 años over 16s only, no admission to persons under 16 years of age

tengo prohibido el alcohol I've been told I mustn't drink alcohol

3 prohibirle A algn + INF to forbid sb to + INF, prohibit sb FROM -ING ( frml)

me prohibió tocar la máquina he forbade me to touch the machine, he told me not to touch the machine

prohíben a las mujeres participar en estos actos women are prohibited o banned from participating in these ceremonies, women are not allowed to participate in these ceremonies

le tenemos prohibido salir he's not allowed out, we've grounded him ( colloq)

4 prohibir A algn QUE + SUBJ to forbid sb to + INF

te prohíbo que le hables así a tu madre I forbid you to speak to your mother like that

* * *

prohibir ( conjugate prohibir) verbo transitivo
a) ‹acto/venta› to ban, prohibit (frml);

◊ iba en dirección prohibida I was going the wrong way up a one-way street;

( on signs) prohibido el paso or prohibida la entrada no entry;
( on signs) prohibido fumar no smoking;
( on signs) se prohíbe la entrada a menores de 16 años over 16s only, no admission to persons under 16 years of age
b) prohibirle algo A algn to ban sb from sth;

prohibirle A algn hacer algo to forbid sb to do sth, prohibit sb from doing sth (frml);
prohibir A algn QUE haga algo to forbid sb to do sth
prohibir verbo transitivo
1 to forbid, prohibit: le han prohibi-do el alcohol, he's been told not to drink alcohol
2 (legalmente) to ban: comprar tabaco está prohibido para menores de 16 años, it is forbidden for persons under sixteen years of age to purchase tobacco
' prohibir' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
vedar
English:
ban
- bar
- embargo
- forbid
- nix
- outlaw
- prohibit
- stop
- banish

* * *

prohibir vt

1. [impedir, proscribir] to forbid;

prohibir a alguien hacer algo to forbid sb to do sth;

te prohíbo que vayas a la fiesta I forbid you to go to the party;

el médico me ha prohibido fumar the doctor has told me to stop smoking;

tengo prohibido el alcohol I've been told I mustn't touch alcohol;

se prohíbe el paso [en letrero] no entry

2. [por ley] [de antemano] to prohibit;
[a posteriori] to ban;
a partir de ahora se prohíbe fumar en los lugares públicos smoking in public places has now been banned;

se prohíbe la entrada a menores de 18 años [en letrero] over 18s only

* * *

prohibir

v/t forbid; oficialmente ban;

prohibir a alguien hacer algo forbid s.o. to do sth;

prohibido fumar no smoking

* * *

prohibir {62} vt

: to prohibit, to ban, to forbid

* * *

prohibir vb

1. (en general) to forbid [pt. forbade; pp. forbidden]

mis padres me han prohibido ir al concierto my parents have forbidden me to go to the concert

en esta tienda se prohíbe fumar smoking is forbidden in this shop

2. (por ley) to ban [pt. & pp. banned]

el gobierno ha prohibido las armas de fuego the government has banned firearms

Spanish-English dictionary > prohibir
4 HAFA

have

* * *

(hefi; hafða, höfðum; hafðr), v.

1) to have (þeir höfðu sjau skip ok flest stór);

hafa elda, to keep up a five;

2) to hold, celebrate (hafa vinaboð, blót, þing);

3) to keep, retain (rifu þær vefinn í sundr, ok hafði hverr þat er hélt á);

4) to use (tvau net eru rý, ok hafa eigi höfð verit);

orð þau sem hann hafði um haft, which he had made use of;

hafa fagrmæli við e-n, to flatter one;

hafa hljóðmæli við e-n, to speak secretly to one;

hafa tvimæli á e-u, to speak doubtfully of a thing;

hafa viðrmæli um e-t, to use mocking words;

hann var mjök hafðr við mál manna, much used to, versed in, lawsuits;

5) to have, hold, maintain;

hafa vináttu við e-n, to maintain friendship with one;

hafa hættumikit, to run a great risk;

hafa heilindi, to have good health;

6) to bring, carry;

hafa e-n heim með sér, to bring one home;

hann hafði lög, út hingat ór Noregi, he brought laws hither from Norway;

hafa sik (to betake oneself) til annara landa;

7) to take, carry off;

troll hafi þik, the trolls take thee;

8) to get, gain, win;

hann hafði eigi svefn, he got no sleep;

hefir sá jafnan, er hættir, he wins that ventures;

hafa gagn, sigr, to gain victor;

hafa meira hlut, to get the upper hand, gain the day;

hafa betr (verr), to get the better (worse) of it;

hafa sitt mál, to win one’s suit;

hafa tafl, to win the game;

hafa erendi, to do one’s errand, succeed;

hafa bana, to suffer death, to die;

hafa sigr, to be worsted;

hafa góðar viðtökur, to be well received;

hafa tíðindi af e-m, to get tidings of, or from, one;

hafa sœmd, óvirðing af e-m, to get honour, disgrace from one;

with gen., hafa e-s ekki, to fail to catch one (hann kemst á skóg undan, ok höfðu þeir hans ekki);

ekki munu vér hans hafa at sinni, we shall not catch him at present;

9) to wear carry (clothes, weapons);

hann hafði blán kyrtil, he wore a blue kirtle;

hafa kylfu í hendi sér, to have a club in one’s hand;

10) to behave, do, or fare, so an so esp. with an adv.;

hafa vel, illa, vetr, to behave (do) well, badly, be worse;

hafa sik vel, to behave;

hafa vel, to be well off or happy;

hafa hart, to be in a wretched plight;

11) with infin., hafa at varðveita, to have in keeping at selja, to have on sale;

lög hafið þér at mæla, you are right;

12) hafa e-n nær e-u, to expose one to (þú hafðir svá nær haft oss úfœru);

hafa nær e-u, to come near to, esp. impers.;

nær hafði okkr nú, it was a narrow escape;

svá nær hafði hausinum, at, the shot so nearly touched the head, that;

ok er nær hafði, skipit mundi fljóta, when the ship was on the point of flloating;

13) as an auxiliary verb, in the earliest time with the pp. of transitive verbs in acc.;

hefir þú hamar um fólginn, hast thou hidden the hammer?;

ek hefi sendan mann, I have sent a man;

later with indecl. neut. pp.;

hefir þú eigi sét mik, hast thou not seen me?;

14) with preps.:

hafa e-t at, to do, act;

hann tók af þér konuna, en þú hafðir ekki at, but thou didst not stir, didst take it tamely;

absol., viltu þess freista, ok vita hvat at hafi, wilt thou try and see what happens?;

hafa e-t at hlífiskildi (skotspœni), to use as a shield (as a target);

hafa e-n háði, hlátri, to mock, laugh at;

hafa e-t at engu, vettugi, to hold for naught, take no notice of;

hafa sakir á e-n have charges against one;

hafa á rás, to take to one’s heels, run off;

hafa e-t eptir, to do or repeat a thing after one;

hafa e-t fram, to produce (vápn þorgils vóru fram höfð); to carry out, hold forth;

hafa mál fram, to proceed with a suit;

var um búit, ekki fram haft, all was made ready but nothing done;

hafa e-t frammi, í frammi, to use, make use of (hafa í frammi kúgan);

ok öll lögmæt skil frammi hafa, and discharge all on official duties;

hafa e-t fyrir satt, to hold for true;

eigi em ek þar fyrir sönnu hafðr, I am not truly aimed for that, it is a false charge;

hafa e-n fyrir sökum um e-t, to charge one with;

hafa í hótum við e-n, to threaten one;

hafa e-t með höndum, to have in hand;

höfum eiai sigrinn ór hendi, let not victory slip out of our hands;

hafa ór við e-n, to behave so and so towards one (hefir þú illa ór haft við mik);

hafa e-t til e-s to use for (höfðu þeir til varnar skot ok spjót); to be a reason or ground for;

vér hyggjum þat til þess haft vera, at þar hafi menn sézt, we believe the foundation of the story is that men have been seen there;

hafa mikit (lítit) til síns máls, to have much (little) in support of one’s case;

hafa e-t til, to have at hand, possess;

orð þau, sem hann hafði um haft, the words which he had used;

keisari hafði fátt um, did not say much;

hafa e-n undir, to get one under, subdue one;

hafa e-t uppi, to take (heave) up (hafa uppi fœri, net);

Skarpheðinn hafði uppi øxina, S. heaved up the axe;

hafa flokk uppi, to raise a party, to rebel;

hafa uppi tafl, to play at a game;

hafa e-n uppi, to bring one to light;

hafa uppi rœður, to begin a discussion;

hafa e-t úti, to have done, finished (hafa úti sitt dagsverk);

hafa við e-m, to be a match for one;

hafa sik við, to exert oneself;

hafa mikit (lítit) við, to make a great (little) display;

hann söng messu ok bafði mikit við, and made much of it;

hann bad jarl leita, bann hafði lítit við þat, he did it lightly;

haf ekki slíkt við, do not say so;

haf þú lítit við at eggja sonu þina, refrain from egging on thy sons;

15) refl., hafast.

* * *

pret. hafði; subj. hefði; pres. sing. hefi (less correctly hefir), hefir, hefir; plur. höfum, hafit, hafa: the mod. pres. sing. is monosyllabic hefr or hefur, and is used so in rhymes—andvara engan hefur | … við glys heims gálaus sefur, Pass. 15. 6, but in print the true old form hefir is still retained; the monosyllabic present is used even by old writers in the 1st pers. before the personal or negative suffix, e. g. hef-k and hef-k-a ek for hefi-g and hefig-a ek, see e. g. Grág. (Kb.) 79, 82, in the old oath formula, hef-k eigi, Hallfred; hef ek, Fms. iii. 10 (in a verse); but not so in 3rd pers., e. g. hefir-a or hefir-at, Grág. l. c.: imperat. haf, hafðu: part. pass. hafðr, neut. haft;—hafat is an απ. λεγ., Vsp. 16, and is prob. qs. hafit from hefja, to heave, lift: [Ulf. haban; A. S. habban; Engl. have; Hel. hebben; Germ. haben; Dutch hebben; Dan. have, Swed. hafva: it is curious the Lat. form habere retains the consonant unchanged, cp. the Romance forms, Ital. avere, Fr. avoir, Span. haber, etc. ☞ Hafa is a weak verb, and thus distinguished from hefja (to lift, begin), which is a strong verb, answering to Lat. capere, incipere; but in sundry cases, as will be seen below, it passes into the sense of this latter word; as also in some instances into that of another lost strong verb, hafa, hóf, to behave, and hœfa, to hit]:—to have.

A. To have; hann hafði með sér ekki meira lið, Fms. i. 39; hafði hverr hirð um sik, 52; höfðu þeir áttján skip, viii. 42; Sverrir hafði tvau hundrað manna, … þeir höfðu annan samnað á landi, 328; hann hafði mikit lið ok frítt, x. 36; þeir höfðu sjau skip ok flest stór, 102; hafa fjölmennar setur, Eb. 22; hann hafði menn sína í síldveri, Eg. 42; mun ek naut hafa þar sem mér þykkir hagi beztr, 716.

II. to hold:

1. to keep, celebrate; hafa ok halda, Dipl. i. 6; hafa átrúnað, 10; hafa dóma, 12; hafa blót, Fms. iv. 254; hafa vina-veizlu, id.; hafa vina-boð, Nj. 2; hafa Jóla-boð, Eg. 516; hafa þing, Fms. ix. 449; hafa haust-boð, Gísl. 27; hafa drykkju, Eb. 154; hafa leik, Fms. x. 201, passim.

2. to hold, observe; hlýðir þat hvergi at hafa eigi lög í landi, Nj. 149; skal þat hafa, er stendr …, Grág. i. 7; skal þat allt hafa er finsk á skrá þeirri …, id.; en hvatki es mis-sagt es í fræðum þessum, þá es skylt at hafa þat (to keep, hold to be true) es sannara reynisk, Íb. 3; ok hafða ek (I kept, selected) þat ór hvárri er framarr greindi, Landn. 320, v. l.

3. to hold, keep, retain; ef hann vill hafa hann til fardaga, Grág. i. 155; skal búandinn hafa hann hálfan mánuð, 154; ok hafði hvárr þat er hélt á, Nj. 279; hitt skal hafa er um fram er, Rb. 56; kasta í burt þrjátigi ok haf þat sem eptir verðr, 494.

4. to hold an office; hafa lögsögu, to hold the office of lögsaga, Íb. passim; hafa jarldóm, konungdóm, passim; þat höfðu haft at fornu Dana-konungar, Eg. 267; þér berit konunga-nöfn svá sem fyrr hafa haft ( have had) forfeðr yðrir, en hafit lítið af ríki, Fms. i. 52; hafa ríki, to reign, Hkr. pref.

5. phrases, hafa elda, to keep a fire, cook, Fms. xi. 129; hafa fjárgæzlu, to tend sheep, Eg. 740; hafa embætti með höndum, Stj. 204; hafa gæzlur á e-u, Fms. ix. 313; hafa … vetr, to have so many winters, be of such an age (cp. Fr. avoir … ans), Íb. 15; margir höfðu lítið fátt þúsund ára, Ver. 7: hafa vörn í máli, Nj. 93; hafa e-t með höndum, to have in hand, Fms. viii. 280, ix. 239; hafa e-t á höndum, Grág. i. 38; hafa fyrir satt, to hold for true, Fms. xi. 10; hafa við orð, to intimate, suggest, Nj. 160; hafa e-t at engu, vettugi, to hold for naught, take no notice of, Fas. i. 318.

6. with prepp. or infin.,

α. with prep.; hafa til, to have, possess; ef annarr þeirra hefir til enn annarr eigi, þá er sá skyldr til at fá honum er til hefir, Grág. i. 33; ef annarr hefir til …, id.; þér ætlið at ek muna eigi afl til hafa, Ld. 28.

β. with infin.; hafa at varðveita, to have in keeping, Eg. 500; lög hafit þér at mæla, you have the law on your tongue, i. e. you are right, Nj. 101; hörð tíðindi hefi ek at segja þér, 64; sá er gripinn hefir at halda, Grág. i. 438; hafa at selja, to have on sale, Ld. 28.

III. to use; var haft til þess sker eitt, Eb. 12; þá höfðu þeir til varnar skot ok spjót, Fms. vii. 193; er þín ráð vóru höfð, that thy advice was taken, Fs. 57; Gríss hafði þessi ráð, Fms. iii. 21; ek vil at þat sé haft er ek legg til, x. 249; þykki mér þú vel hafa ( make good use of) þau tillög er ek legg fyrir þik, xi. 61; til þess alls er jarli þótti skipta, þá hafði hann þessa hluti, 129; tvau ný (net), ok hafa eigi höfð verit ( which have not been used), haf þú ( take) hvárt er þú vilt, Háv. 46; þær vil ek hafa enar nýju, en ek vil ekki hætta til at hafa enar fornu, id.; önnur er ný ok mikil ok hefir ( has) til einskis höfð ( used) verið, id.; buðkr er fyrir húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; gjalda vápn þau er höfð eru, N. G. L. i. 75; þat hafði hann haft ( used) fyrir skála, Edda 29; þeir vóru hafðir til at festa með hús jafnan, Nj. 118; sá hólmr var hafðr til at …, Fms. i. 218; hann skyldi hafa hinn sama eið, x. 7; orð þau sem hann hafði ( had) um haft ( used), Nj. 56; orð þau er hann hafði ( made use of) í barnskírn, K. Þ. K. 14.

2. more special phrases; hafa fagrmæli við e-n, to flatter one, Nj. 224; hafa hljóðmæli við e-n, to speak secretly to one, 223; allmikil fjölkyngi mun vera við höfð áðr svá fái gört, Edda 27; hafa mörg orð um e-t, Ld. 268; hafa tvímæli á e-u, to discuss, doubt, speak diffidently of a thing, Lv. 52; hafa viðrmæli um e-t, to use mocking words, Nj. 89; hafa nafn Drottins í hégóma, to take the Lord’s name in vain, Fms. i. 310; (hann var) mjök hafðr við mál manna, much used to, versed in lawsuits, Dropl. 8: hafa sik til e-s, to use oneself to a thing, i. e. to do a mean, paltry thing; þeir er til þess vilja hafa sik, at ganga í samkundur manna úboðit, Gþl. 200; ef hann vill sik til þessa hafa, Fms. i. 99: hafa sik við, to exert oneself; skaltú ok verða þik við at hafa um þetta mál, ef þú getr þat af þér fært, Grett. 160: hafa e-n at skotspæni, to use one as a target, Nj. 222; hafa e-n at hlífi-skildi sér, to use one as a shield, 262; hafa e-n at ginningar-fifli, auga-bragði, háði, hlátri, Hm. 133, Nj. 224, passim.

IV. to have, hold, maintain, of a state or condition; hafa vináttu við e-n, to maintain friendship with one, Sks. 662; hafa vanmátt, to continue sick, Eg. 565; hafa hættu-mikit, to run a great risk, Nj. 149; hafa vitfirring, to be insane, Grág. i. 154; hafa heilindi, to have good health, 26, Hm. 67; hafa burði til e-s, to have the birthright to a thing. Eg. 479; hafa hug, áræði, hyggindi, to have the courage …, Hom. 28; hafa vit ( to know), skyn, greind … á e-u, to have understanding of a thing; hafa gaman, gleði, skemtun, ánægju af e-u, to have interest or pleasure in a thing; hafa leiða, ógeð, andstygð, hatr, óbeit á e-u, to dislike, be disgusted with, hate a thing; hafa elsku, mætr, virðing á e-u, to love, esteeem … a thing; hafa allan hug á e-u, to bend the mind to a thing; hafa grun á e-m, to suspect one; hafa ótta, beyg af e-u, to fear a thing; and in numberless other phrases.

2. with prepp.:

α. hafa e-t frammi (fram), to carry out, hold forth; hafa frammi róg, Nj. 166; hafa mál fram, to proceed with a suit, 101; stefnu-för, 78; heitstrengingar, Fms. xi. 103; ok öll lögmælt skil frammi hafa, and discharge all one’s official duties, 232; var um búit en ekki fram haft, all was made ready, but nothing done, viii. 113; beini má varla verða betri en hér er frammi hafðr, xi. 52; hafðú í frammi ( use) kúgan við þá uppi við fjöllin, Ísl. ii. 215; margir hlutir, þó at hann hafi í frammi, Sks. 276.

β. hafa mikit, lítið fyrir e-u, to have much, little trouble about a thing; (hence fyrir-höfn, trouble.)

γ. hafa við e-m (afl or the like understood), to be a match for one, Fms. vii. 170, Lv. 109, Nj. 89, Eg. 474, Anal. 176; hafa mikit, lítið við, to make a great, little display; (hence við-höfn, display, pomp); hann söng messu ok hafði mikit við, he sang mass and made a great thing of it, Nj. 157; þú hefir mikit við, thou makest a great show of it, Boll. 351; hann bað jarl leita, hann hafði lítið við þat, he did it lightly, Nj. 141; haf ekki slíkt við, do not say so, Ld. 182.

B. To take, carry off, win, wield, [closely akin to Lat. capere]:

I. to catch, take, esp. in the phrase, hafa ekki e-s, to miss one; hann kemsk á skóg undan, ok höfðu þeir hans ekki, he took to the forest and they missed him, Nj. 130; ekki munu vér hans hafa at sinni, we sha’nt catch him at present, Fms. vi. 278; hafða ek þess vætki vífs, Hm. 101; þeygi ek hana at heldr hefik, 95: in swearing, tröll, herr, gramir hafi þik, the trolls, ghosts, etc. take thee! tröll hafi líf, ef …, Kormak; tröll hafi Trefót allan! Grett. (in a verse); tröll hafi þína vini, tröll hafi hól þitt, Nj.; herr hafi Þóri til slægan, confound the wily Thorir! Fms. vi. 278, v. l. (emended, as the phrase is wrongly explained in Fms. xii. Gloss.); gramir hafi þik! vide gramr.

II. to carry, carry off, bring; hafði einn hjartað í munni sér, one carried the heart off in his mouth, Nj. 95; hann hafði þat ( brought it) norðan með sér, Eg. 42; hafði Þórólfr heim marga dýrgripi, 4; hann hafði með sér skatt allan, 62; skaltú biðja hennar ok hafa hana heim hingat, Edda 22; fé þat er hann hafði ( had) út haft ( carried from abroad), Gullþ. 13; á fimm hestum höfðu þeir mat, Nj. 74; bókina er hann hafði ( had) út haft, Fms. vii. 156; konungr hafði biskup norðr til Björgynjar með sér, viii. 296; biskup lét hann hafa með sér kirkju-við ok járn-klukku, Landn. 42; hann hafði með sér skulda-lið sitt ok búferli, Eb. 8; hann tók ofan hofit, ok hafði með sér flesta viðu, id.; ok hafa hana í brott, Fms. i. 3; tekr upp barnit, ok hefir heim með sér, Ísl. ii. 20; hann hafði lög út hingat ór Noregi, he brought laws hither from Norway, Íb. 5; haf þú heim hvali til bæjar, Hým. 26; ok hafa hann til Valhallar, Nj. 119.

III. to take, get; hann hafði þá engan mat né drykk, he took no food nor drink, Eg. 602; hann hafði eigi svefn, he got no sleep, Bs. i. 139.

2. to get, gain, win; öfluðu sér fjár, ok höfðu hlutskipti mikit, Eg. 4; eigi þarftú at biðja viðsmjörs þess, þvíat hann mun þat alls ekki hafa, né þú, for neither he nor thou shall get it, Blas. 28; jarl vill hafa minn fund, he will have a meeting with me, 40, Skv. 1. 4: the sayings, hefir sá jafnan er hættir, he wins that risks, ‘nothing venture, nothing have,’ Hrafn. 16; sá hefir krás er krefr, Sl. 29.

3. phrases, hafa meira hlut, to get the better lot, gain the day, Nj. 90, Fms. xi. 93; hafa gagn, sigr, to gain victory, ix. 132, Eg. 7, Hkr. i. 215, Ver. 38; hafa betr, to get the better; hafa verr, miðr, to have the worst of it, Fms. v. 86, Þorst. S. St. 48, passim; hafa mál sitt, to win one’s suit, Grág. i. 7, Fms. vii. 34; hafa kaup öll, to get all the bargain, Eg. 71; hafa tafl, to win the game, Fms. vii. 219; hafa erendi, to do one’s errand, succeed, Þkv. 10, 11, Fas. ii. 517: hafa bana, to have one’s bane, to die, Nj. 8; hafa úsigr, to be worsted, passim; hafa úfrið, to have no peace; hafa gagn, sóma, heiðr, neisu, óvirðing, skömm, etc. af e-u, to get profit, gain, honour, disgrace, etc. from a thing; hafa e-n í helju, to put one to death, Al. 123; hafa e-n undir, to get one under, subdue him, Nj. 95, 128; höfum eigi, sigrinn ór hendi, let not victory slip out of our hands, Fms. v. 294.

4. to get, receive; hann hafði góðar viðtökur, Nj. 4; hón skal hafa sex-tigi hundraða, 3; skyldi Högni hafa land, 118; selja skipit, ef hann hafði þat fyrir ( if he could get for it) sem hann vildi; Flosi spurði í hverjum aurum hann vildi fyrir hafa, hann kvaðsk vildu fyrir hafa land, 259; hafa tíðindi, sögur af e-m, to have, get tidings of or from one, Ld. 28; hafa sæmd, metorð óvirðing, to get honour, disgrace from one’s hands, Nj. 101; hafa bætr, to get compensation, Grág. i. 188; hafa innstæðuna eina, id.; hafa af e-m, to have the best of one, cheat one.

IV. to carry, wear, of clothes, ornaments, weapons:

1. of clothes, [cp. Lat. habitus and Icel. höfn = gear]; hafa hatt á höfði, Ld. 28; hafa váskufl yztan klæða, … þú skalt hafa undir ( wear beneath) hin góðu klæði þín, Nj. 32; hann hafði blán kyrtil, … hann hafði svartan kyrtil, Boll. 358; hafa fald á höfði, to wear a hood; hón hafði gaddan rautt á höfði, Orkn. 304; hann hafði um sik breitt belti, he wore a broad belt, Nj. 91; hafa fingr-gull á hendi, 146: to have about one’s person, vefja saman ok hafa í pungi sínum, Edda 27; hlutir sem mönnum var títt at hafa, Fms. xi. 128.

2. of weapons, to wield, carry; spjót þat er þú hefir í hendi, Boll. 350; hafa kylfu í hendi sér, to have a club in one’s hand, Fms. xi. 129; hafa staf í hendi, to have a stick in the hand, Bárð.; Gunnarr hafði atgeirinn ok sverðit, Kolskeggr hafði saxit, Hjörtr hafði alvæpni, Nj. 93; hann hafdi öxi snaghyrnda, Boll. 358; hann hafði kesjuna fyrir sér, he held the lance in rest, Eg. 532.

V. here may be added a few special phrases; hafa hendr fyrir sér, to grope, feel with the hands (as in darkness); hafa vit fyrir sér, to act wisely; hafa at sér hendina, to draw one’s hand back, Stj. 198; hafa e-t eptir, to do or repeat a thing after one, Konr.; hafa e-t yfir, to repeat (of a lesson): hafa sik, to betake oneself; hafa sik til annarra landa, Grett. 9 new Ed.; hann vissi varla hvar hann átti at hafa sik, he knew not where ( whither) to betake himself, Bs. i. 807; hefir hann sik aptr á stað til munklífisins, Mar.

C. Passing into the sense of hefja (see at the beginning); hafa e-t uppi, to heave up, raise; hafa flokk uppi, to raise a party, to rebel, Fb. ii. 89: hafa uppi færi, net, a fisherman’s term, to heave up, take up the net or line, Háv. 46; Skarphéðinn hafði uppi ( heaved up) öxina, Nj. 144: hafa uppi tafl, to play at a game, Vápn. 29; þar vóru mjök töfl uppi höfð ok sagna-skemtan, Þorf. Karl. 406, v. l.: hafa e-n uppi, to hold one up, bring him to light; svá máttu oss skjótast uppi hafa, Fær. 42: metaph. to reveal, vándr riddari hafði allt þegar uppi, Str. 10.

2. with the notion to begin; Bárðr hafði uppi orð sín ( began his suit) ok bað Sigríðar, Eg. 26, Eb. 142; hafa upp stefnu, to begin the summons, Boll. 350; hafa upp ræður, to begin a discussion; ræður þær er hann hafði uppi haft við Ingigerði, Fms. iv. 144, where the older text in Ó. H. reads umræður þær er hann hafði upp hafit (from hefja), 59; cp. also Vsp., þat langniðja-tal mun uppi hafat (i. e. hafit) meðan öld lifir, 16, (cp. upp-haf, beginning); þó at ek hafa síðarr um-ræðu um hann, better þó at ek hafa (i. e. hefja) síðarr upp ræðu um hann, though I shall below treat of, discuss that, Skálda (Thorodd) 168; er lengi hefir uppi verit haft síðan (of a song), Nj. 135; cp. also phrases such as, hafa á rás, to begin running, take to one’s heels, Fms. iv. 120, ix. 490; næsta morgin hefir út fjörðinn, the next morning a breeze off land arose, Bs. ii. 48: opp. is the phrase, hafa e-t úti, to have done, finished; hafa úti sitt dags-verk, Fms. xi. 431; hafa úti sekt sína, Grett. 149.

D. Passing into the sense of a lost strong verb, hafa, hóf (see at the beginning), to behave, do, act:

I. with an adverb, hafa vel, ílla, or the like, to behave, and in some instances to do well or badly, be happy or unhappy,

α. to behave; en nú vil ek eigi verr hafa en þú, Fms. iv. 342; þeir sögðu at konungr vildi verr hafa en þeir, 313; hefir þú ílla ór (málum or the like understood) haft við mik, Fs. 140; ólikr er Gísli öðrum í þolinmæði, ok hefir hann betr en vér, Gísl. 28.

β. to do so and so (to be happy, unhappy); verr hafa þeir er trygðum slitu, Mkv. 3; ílla hefir sá er annan svíkr, 18; vel hefir sá er þat líða lætr, 6; vel hefir sá ( he is happy) er eigi bíðr slíkt íllt þessa heims, Fms. v. 145; hvílíkt hefir þú, how dost thou? Mar.; hafa hart, to do badly, to be wretched; at sál Þorgils mætti fyrir þær sakir eigi hart hafa, Sturl. iii. 292, Mar.; Ólafr hafði þá hölzti ílla, O. was very poorly, D. N. ii. 156; þykisk sá bezt hafa ( happiest) er fyrstr kemr heim, Fms. xi. 248; þá hefir hann bazt af hann þegir, i. e. that is the best he can do if he holds his tongue, Hm. 19; þess get ek at sá hafi verr ( he will make a bad bargain) er þik flytr, Nj. 128; úlfgi hefir ok vel, the wolf is in a bad plight, Ls. 39; mun sá betr hafa er eigi tekr við þér, id.; betr hefðir þú, ef …, thou wouldest do better, if …, Akv. 16.

γ. adding sik; hafa sik vel, to behave well, Fms. x. 415, Stj. 436.

II. with the prep. at, to do, act, (hence at-höfn, at-hæfi, act, doing); hann lét ekki til búa vígs-málit ok engan hlut at hafa, Nj. 71; en ef þeim þykkir of lítið féit tekit, þá skulu þeir hafa at hit sama, to act in the same way, Grág. ii. 267; hvatki es þeir hafa at, Fms. xi. 132; hann tók af þér konuna, en þú hafðir ekki at, but thou didst not stir, didst take it tamely, Nj. 33; bæði munu menn þetta kalla stórvirki ok íllvirki, en þó má nú ekki at hafa, but there is no help for it, 202; eigi sýnisk mér meðal-atferðar-leysi, at vér höfum eigi at um kvámur hans, i. e. that we submit tamely to his coming, Fs. 32: absol., viltú þess freista, ok vita þá hvat at hafi, wilt thou try and see how it will do? Bjarn. 27; en nú skaltú fara fyrir, ok vita hvat at hafi, Bs. i. 712.

III. phrases, hafa hátt, to be noisy, talk loud, Fms. i. 66; við skulum ekki hafa hátt ( do not cry loud) hér er maðr á glugganum, a lullaby song; hafa lágt, to keep silent; hafa hægt, to keep quiet; hafa sik á (í) hófi, to compose oneself, Ls. 36; hafa í hótum við e-n, to use threatening ( foul) language, Fb. i. 312; hafa í glett við e-n, to banter one, Fms. viii. 289; hafa íllt at verki, to do a bad deed, Ísl. ii. 184.

E. Passing into the sense of the verb hæfa (see at the beginning), to aim at, hit, with dat.:

I. to hit; svá nær hafði hausinum, at …, the shot so nearly hit the head, that …, Fms. ii. 272; þat sama forað, sem henni hafði næst váða, those very precipices from which she had so narrow an escape, Bs. i. 200, Fms. ix. 357; nær hafði nú, at skjótr mundi verða okkarr skilnaðr, Al. 124; nær hafði okkr nú, it struck near us, it was a narrow escape, Fms. viii. 281; kvaðsk svá dreymt hafa ( have dreamed), at þeim mundi nær hafa, ix. 387, v. l.; ok er nær hafði at skipit mundi fljóta, when the ship was on the point of floating, Ld. 58; ok hafði svá nær (it was within a hair’s breadth), at frændr Þorvalds mundu ganga at honum, Nj. 160; ok hafði svá nær at þeir mundi berjask, Íb. 11, cp. Bs. i. 21: the phrase, fjarri hefir, far from it! Edda (in a verse).

2. to charge; eigi em ek þar fyrir sönnu hafðr, I am not truly aimed at for that, ‘tis a false charge, Eg. 64; þeim manni er fyrir sökum er hafðr, i. e. the culprit, Grág. i. 29; cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á e-u, to make a charge of a thing; það varð ekki á því haft, they could not make a case for a charge of it.

II. metaph. to be the ground or reason for, (hence til-hæfa, reason, fact, foundation); til þess ætla vitrir menn þat haft at Ísland sé Tile (i. e. Thule) kallað, at …, learned men suppose that is the reason that Iceland is called Thule, that …, Landn. (pref.); mikit mun til haft, er einmæli er um (there must be some reason for it, because all people say so), Þorgils segir, eigi er fyrir haft ( there is no ground whatever for it), at ek mæla betr fyrir griðum en aðrir menn, Ísl. ii. 379; vér hyggjum þat til þess haft vera, at þar hafi menn sésk, we believe the substance of the story is that men have been seen there, Fms. xi. 158; hvat er til þess haft um þat (what is the truth of the matter?), hefir sundr-þykki orðit með ykkr? Boll. 364: in the saying, hefir hverr til síns ágætis nokkut, every one gets his reputation for something, Nj. 115.

2. to happen, coincide; hefir svá til, at hann var þar sjálfr, Fms. xi. 138, v. l.

β. the phrase, hafa mikit (lítið) til síns máls, to have much ( little) reason for one’s tale, i. e. to be much, little, in the right, Fms. vii. 221, xi. 138 (v. l.), Nj. 88: um þenna hefir svá stórum, it matters so much with this man, (v. l. for mun stórum skipta), Fms. xi. 311.

F. REFLEX. to keep, dwell, abide, but only of a temporary shelter or abode, cp. Lat. habitare, (cp. also höfn, a haven); hann hefsk á náttartíma niðri í vötnum, at night-time he keeps down in the water, Stj. 77: to live, þeir höfðusk mjök í kaupferðum, they spent much of their life in travelling, Hkr. i. 276; hann hafðisk löngum í bænum, Bs. i. 353.

β. with prep. við; hér mun ek við hafask ( I will stay here) en þú far til konungs, Fb. ii. 125; hafðisk hann við á skógum eðr í öðrum fylgsnum, 302; því at hann hafðisk þá á skipum við, Fms. viii. 44; hvílsk heldr ok hafsk við í því landi, rest and stay in that land, Stj. 162; Ásgeirr hafðisk við uppi í dalnum, Sd. 154; hafask lind fyrir, to cover oneself with a shield (?), Vsp. 50; hafask hlífar fyrir, to be mailed in armour, Hkm. 11.

2. hafask at, to do, behave (cp. D. above); vóru þeir þá svá móðir, at þeir máttu ekki at hafask, Fms. ii. 149; en síðan skulut þér at hafa slíkt sem ek kann fyrir segja, i. 158; þat eitt munu við at hafask, at ek mun betr göra en þú, Nj. 19; Lambi sá hvat Steinarr hafðisk at, Eg. 747.

3. hafask vel, to do well, thrive; vaxa ok vel hafask, to wax and do well, Hm. 142; nú er þat bæn mín, at þér hafisk við vel, that you bear yourself well up, Fms. ix. 497; Jungfrúin hafðisk vel við í ferðinni, x. 86; at fé hans mundi eigi hafask at betr at meðal-vetri, Grág. ii. 326.

4. recipr., hafask orð við, to speak to one another; ok er þat ósiðlegt, at menn hafisk eigi orð við, Fs. 14; þar til er þeir hafask réttar tölur við, N. G. L. i. 182.

II. part. hafandi is used in the sense of having conceived, being with child; þá verit hann varr við at hón var hafandi, 656 B. 14; hón skyldi verða hafandi at Guðs syni, id.; generally, allt þat er hafanda var lét burð sinn ok ærðisk, Fms. vii. 187; svá sem hón verðr at honum hafandi, Stj. 178; (hence barns-hafandi, being with child.)

G. The word hafa is in the Icel., as in other Teut. languages, used as an auxiliary verb with a part. pass. of another verb, whereby a compound preterite and pluperfect are formed as follows:

I. in transitive verbs with acc. the participle also was put in acc., agreeing in gender, number, and case with the objective noun or pronoun; this seems to have been a fixed rule in the earliest time, and is used so in all old poems down at least to the middle of the 11th century, to the time of Sighvat (circ. A. D. 990–1040), who constantly used the old form,—átt is an apostrophe for átta in the verse Ó. H. 81:

1. references from poets, Gm. 5, 12, 16; þá er forðum mik fædda höfðu, Vsp. 2; hverr hefði lopt lævi blandit eðr ætt jötuns Óðs mey gefna, 29; þær’s í árdaga áttar höfðu, 60: ek hafða fengna konungs reiði, Ad. 3; en Grjótbjörn um gnegðan hefir, 18; mik hefir marr miklu ræntan, Stor. 10; þó hefir Míms-vinr mér um fengnar bölva bætr, 22: gaupur er Haraldr hafi sveltar, Hornklofi: Loka mær hefir leikinn allvald, Ýt. 7; sá hafði borinn brúna-hörg, 14; jarlar höfðu veginn hann, 15: ek hef orðinn ( found) þann guðföðr (verða is here used as trans.), Hallfred; höfum kera framðan, id.: hann hefir litnar, sénar, hár bárur, Ísl. ii. 223, thus twice in a verse of A. D. 1002; göngu hefik of gengna, Korm. (in a verse); hann hafði farna för, Hkr. i. (Glum Geirason); ek hefi talðar níu orustur, Sighvat; þú hefir vanðan þik, id.; ér hafit rekna þá braut, Ó. H. 63 (Óttar Svarti); hann hefir búnar okkr hendr skrautliga, Sighvat (Ó. H. 13); þeir hafa færð sín höfuð Knúti, id.; hvar hafit ér hugðan mér sess, id.; hafa sér kenndan enn nørðra heims enda, id.; Sighvatr hefir lattan gram, id.; hefir þú hamar um fólginn, Þkv. 7, 8; þú hefir hvatta okkr, Gkv. 6; ek hefi yðr brennda, Am. 39, cp. 56; hefi ek þik minntan, 81; hefir þú hjörtu tuggin, Akv. 36; hefir þú mik dvalðan, Hbl. 51; ek hefi hafðar þrár, I have had throes, Fsm. 51; en ek hann görvan hef-k, svá hefi ek studdan, 12 (verse 13 is corrupt); hann hefir dvalða þik, Hkv. Hjörv. 29; lostna, 30; mik hefir sóttan meiri glæpr, 32; ek hefi brúði kerna, id.; þú hefir etnar úlfa krásir, opt sár sogin, Hkv. 1. 36; sá er opt hefir örnu sadda, 35; hefir þú kannaða koni óneisa, 23; þá er mik svikna höfðut, Skv. 3. 55; hann hafði getna sonu, Bkv. 8; þann sal hafa halir um görvan, Fm. 42; bróður minn hefir þú benjaðan, 25; er hann ráðinn hefir, 37; sjaldan hefir þú gefnar vargi bráðir, Eg. (in a verse).

2. references from prose; this old form has since been turned into an indecl. neut. sing. part. -it. The old form was first lost in the strong verbs and the weak verbs of the first conjugation: in the earliest prose both forms are used, although the indecl. is more freq. even in the prose writers, as Íb., the Heiðarv. S., the Miracle-book in Bs., Njála, Ó. H., (Thorodd seems only to use the old form,) as may be seen from the following references, Björn hafði særða þrjá menn, Nj. 262; hann mundi hana hafa gipta honum, 47; hann hafði þá leidda saman hestana, 264: ek hefi sendan mann, Ísl. (Heiðarv. S.) ii. 333; ek nefi senda menn, id.: hafa son sinn ór helju heimtan, Bs. (Miracle-book) i. 337; en er þeir höfðu niðr settan sveininn, 349; hann hafði veidda fimm tegu fiska, 350: er þér hefir ílla neisu gorva, Ó. H. 107: þá hefi ek fyrri setta þá í stafrófi, Skálda (Thorodd) 161; þar hefi ek við görva þessa stafi fjóra, id.; hafa hann samsettan, 167: góða fylgd hefir þú mér veitta, Þorst Síðu H. 2: sagði, at Ólafr konungr hafði sendan hann, Bs. i. 11: Þyri, er hertogi hafði festa nauðga, Fms. x. 393 (Ágrip): hefi ek þá svá signaða ok magnaða, v. 236: hefir sólin gengna tvá hluti, en einn úgenginn, K. Þ. K. 92 (Lund’s Syntax, p. 12).

β. again, neut. indecl., hana hafði átt fyrr Þoróddr, Ísl. ii. 192: hón hafði heimt húskarl sinn …, Ísl. (Heiðarv. S.) ii. 339; hann hefir ekki svá vel gyrt hest minn, 340; hefir þú eigi séð mik, 341; hve hann hafði lokkat hann. id.; gistingar hefi ek yðr fengit, 343: þeir höfðu haft úfrið ok orrostur, Íb. 12; hann hafði tekið lögsögu, 14: stafr er átt hafði Þorlákr, Bs. (Miracle-book) i. 340; er þær höfðu upp tekit ketilinn ok hafit …, 342; göngu es hann hafði gingit, 344; es sleggjuna hafði niðr fellt, 346; sem maðr hefði nýsett (hana) niðr, id.; jartein þá er hann þóttisk fingit hafa, 347; hafði prestrinn fært fram sveininn, 349: hjálm er Hreiðmarr hafði átt, Edda 73: hafa efnt sína heitstrenging, Fms. (Jómsv. S.) xi. 141: slíkan dóm sem hann hafði mér hugat, Ó. H. 176, etc. passim:—at last the inflexion disappeared altogether, and so at the present time the indecl. neut. sing. is used throughout; yet it remains in peculiar instances, e. g. konu hefi eg mér festa, Luke xiv. 20, cp. Vídal. ii. 21. ☞ This use of the inflexive part. pass. may often serve as a test of the age of a poem, e. g. that Sólarljóð was composed at a later date may thus be seen from verses 27, 64, 72, 73, 75, 79; but this test is to be applied with caution, as the MSS. have in some cases changed the true forms (-inn, -ann, and -it, -an being freq. abbreviated in the MSS. so as to render the reading dubious). In many cases the old form is no doubt to be restored, e. g. in vegit to veginn, Fm. 4, 23; búit to búinn, Hkv. Hjörv. 15; borit to borinn, Hkv. 1. 1; beðit to beðinn, Fsm. 48; orðit to orðin, Og. 23; roðit to roðinn, Em. 5; brotið to brotinn, Vkv. 24, etc.: but are we to infer from Ls. 23, 26, 33, that this poem is of a comparatively late age?

II. the indecl. neut. sing. is, both in the earliest poems and down to the present day, used in the following cases:

1. with trans. verbs requiring the dat. or gen.; ek hefi fengit e-s, hann hafði fengit konu; hafa hefnt e-s, Fms. xi. 25; sú er hafði beðit fjár, Þkv. 32; stillir hefir stefnt mér, Hkv. Hjörv. 33, and so in endless cases.

2. in the reflex. part. pass.; þeir (hann) hafa (hefir) látisk, farisk, sagsk, etc.

3. in part. of intrans. neut. verbs, e. g. þeir þær (hann, hón), hafa (hefir) setið, staðit, gengit, legit, farit, komit, verit, orðit, lifað, dáit, heitið …, also almost in every line both of prose and poetry.

4. in trans. verbs with a neut. sing. in objective case the difference cannot be seen.

☞ The compound preterite is common to both the Romance and Teutonic languages, and seems to be older in the former than in the latter; Grimm suggests that it originated with the French, and thence spread to the Teutons. That it was not natural to the latter is shewn by the facts, that

α. no traces of it are found in Gothic, nor in the earliest Old High German glossaries to Latin words.

β. in the earliest Scandinavian poetry we can trace its passage from declinable to indeclinable.

γ. remains are left in poetry of a primitive uncompounded preterite infinitive, e. g. stóðu = hafa staðit, mundu, skyldu, vildu, etc., see Gramm. p. xxv, col. 2. ☞ We may here note a curious dropping of the verb hefir, at ek em kominn hingat til lands, ok verit áðr ( having been) langa hríð utan-lands, Ó. H. 31, cp. Am. 52; barn at aldri, en vegit slíka hetju sem Þorvaldr var, Glúm. 382. On this interesting matter see Grimm’s remarks in his Gramm. iv. 146 sqq.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > HAFA
5 Historical Portugal

   Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.

   A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.

   Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140

   The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."

   In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.

   The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.

   Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385

   Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in

   Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.

   The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.

   Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580

   The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.

   The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.

   What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.

   By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.

   Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.

   The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.

   By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.

   In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.

   Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640

   Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.

   Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.

   On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.

   Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822

   Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.

   Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.

   In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the

   Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.

   Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.

   Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.

   Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910

   During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.

   Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.

   Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.

   Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.

   Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.

   As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.

   First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26

   Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.

   The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.

   Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.

   The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74

   During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."

   Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.

   For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),

   and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.

   The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.

   With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.

   During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.

   The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.

   At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.

   The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.

   Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76

   Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.

   Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.

   In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.

   In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.

   In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.

   The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until

   UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.

   Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000

   After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.

   From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.

   Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.

   Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.

   In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.

   In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.

   Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.

    Contemporary Portugal

   Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.

   The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.

   Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.

   Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).

   All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.

   The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.

   After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.

   Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.

   Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.

   From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.

   Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.

   In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.

   An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal
6 get

1. I
abs

1) I have 10 shillings more to get мне надо достать еще десять шиллингов

2) she gave him as good as she got она дала ему сдачи
2. II
1) get somewhere get here (home, thus far, abroad, etc.) приезжать /добираться, попадать/ сюда и т. д.; he forgot the key and couldn't get in он забыл ключ и не мог попасть в дом; the door was locked and we could not get out дверь была заперта [на ключ], и мы не могли войти; the train is starting, you must get in поезд отправляется, вам надо войти в вагон; I have no ticket, will I be able to get in? у меня нет билета, мне можно пройти /меня пропустят/? get out! вылезай(те)!, выходи(те)!; please, let me get by пожалуйста, пропустите меня /разрешите мне пройти/; get ashore сходить /высаживаться/ на берег; get astray заблудиться; rumours (reports, etc.) get abroad ходят /распространяются/ слухи и т. д.; this piece of news has got abroad эта новость стала широко известна; such sensations get abroad такого рода сенсационные сообщения становятся достоянием широкой публики; he'll soon get there он там скоро будет, он туда скоро попадет; your letter got there yesterday ваше письмо там получили /пришло туда/ вчера; how (lid these flowers get there? как туда попали эти цветы?: he got home quickly он быстро добрался до дому: the bridge was destroyed and we couldn't get across мост был разрушен, и мы не могли попасть на ту сторону; the frontier is so well guarded that. no one can get across граница так надежно /хорошо/ охраняется, что никто не может ее перейти /что ее невозможно нарушить/; get down спуститься вниз: the cat climbed to the top of tile tree and couldn't get down кошка взобралась на вершину дерева и не могла слезть

2) he tries hard but he never gets anywhere он много работает, но у него ничего не выходит, он прилагает много усилий, но ничего не может добиться; you'll get nowhere if you work so little если вы будете так мало работать, вы ничего не добьетесь: with courage we can get anywhere мужество поможет нам добиться всего; he is getting ahead splendidly у него дела идут прекрасно; at last we seem to be getting somewhere похоже, наконец у нас что-то получается
3. III
1) get smth. get an answer (a postcard, a telegram, good new?get information, a birthday present, a pension, wages, etc.) получать ответ и т.д., get confirmation получить подтверждение; he got a surprise его ждал сюрприз; where can I get permission? его можно получить разрешение?; get one's breakfast (one's dinner, etc.) позавтракать и т. д.; I could not get any supper я остался без ужина, я не смог поужинать || get a sight /а glimpse/ of smb., smth. увидеть кого-л., что-л.

2) get smth., smb. where did you get the money? где вы достали /раздобыли/ деньги? get a hat (a new coat, same stamps, a new diary, etc.) приобретать /покупать/ шляпу и т. д.'; you had better get a new umbrella вам бы надо купить /вам нужен/ новый зонтик; where can I get this book? где можно достать /купить/ эту книгу? I got the book. needed я нашел /достал/ нужную мне книгу; I'll go and get some milk. get Some biscuits too a схожу за молоком. get Возьми еще и печенья. get the prize (a good crop, credit, much, little, etc.) получать приз и т. д., he has got the support of the directors он получил поддержку /добился поддержки/ директоров; get a profit получать прибыль; he got nothing ему ничего на досталось, get good results (advantage, power, fame, wealth, etc.) добиваться хороших результатов и т.д., I went and got some singing lessons я пошел и взял несколько уроков пения; get friends при обретать друзей; where do you get pupils? откуда вы берете учеников?; get a wife жениться; get knowledge of the subject овладевать каким-л. предметом || get possession of smth. завладеть /овладеть/ чем-л.; get one's own way добиться своего

3) get smth., smb. get one's hat (one's stick, one's bag, etc.) взять [с собой] шляпу и т. д., wait till I get my coat подожди, я только возьму пальто; go and get the doctor сходи за врачом; hold the line, I'll go and get him не вешайте трубку, я сейчас ere позову /найду/

4) get smth. the room (the house, etc.) gets no sun в комнату и т. д. совсем не попадает солнце; this room gets all the sun именно в эту комнату попадает солнце; I'll come and see you if I get the time я приеду повидать вас, если у меня будет время; she hoped to get a little sleep она надеялась, что немного поспит /что ей удастся немного поспать/; I'll go and get some sleep пойду сосну

5) get smb.,smth. I didn't get him a) я не застал его; б) я не дозвонился ему; you got the wrong number вы ошиблись номером /вы не туда попали/

6) get smb., smth. get the thief (the runaway, the culprit, a squirrel, etc.) поймать вора и т. д.; did he get his train он успел на поезд?; I decided to get the next train я решил сесть на следующий поезд

7) get smth. get an illness заболеть; get a cold /а chill/ простудиться; get [the] measles (scarlet fever, typhus, etc.) заболеть корью, подхватить корь и т. д.; have you got a cold? у вас насморк?; get a bad fall (a slight hurt) сильно (слегка) ушибиться; get a blow (a shock, a nasty wound, etc.) получить удар и т. д.

8) get smth. get ten years (six months, etc.) получить десять лет тюрьмы /тюремного заключения/ и т. д., быть приговоренным к десяти годам [тюремного заключения] и т. д.; you'll get a beating тебя ожидает порка, тебя высекут; you'll get a scolding тебя ожидает /ты получишь/ выговор; you'll get it! тебе влетит

9) get smth., smb. coll. get the joke (smb.'s meaning, smb.'s idea, etc.) понимать шутку и т. д., I don't get it не понял; it is just between us, get it? это только между нами, попятно?; I didn't get your name я не разобрал /не расслышал/ вашего имени; I don't get you я вас не понимаю

10) get smth. dividing nine by three we get three если разделить девять на три, получится три

11) have got smth. I have got a new watch (a new suit, a new hat, a car, etc.) у меня [есть] новые часы и т. д; have you got a newspaper (the tickets, a pencil, an erasing-knife, etc)? у вас есть газета и т.д.? I've got no money у меня нет денег; she's got a lovely voice у нее красивый голос; he'll lose all he's got, if he isn't careful если он не будет более осмотрительным /осторожнее/, он потеряет все, что имеет
4. IV
1) get smth. at some time get the answer this morning (some money soon, etc.) получить ответ сегодня утром и т. д.; get money every month получать деньги каждый месяц; I get a letter every day каждый день мне приходит /я получаю/ письмо; in this hotel I get breakfast every morning в этой гостинице каждое утро дают /подают/ завтрак; get your dinner at once сейчас же пообедай; get smth. in some manner you got the answer right ты получил /у тебя получился/ правильный ответ

2) get smth. in some manner get this horse (this coat, this bicycle, etc.) cheap (ly) дешево купить /приобрести/ лошадь и т. д., купить эту лошадь и т. д. по дешевке; get the book second-hand приобрести подержанную книгу, купить книгу у букиниста; get money easily легко зарабатывать /доставать, получать/ деньги; get this book easily достать эту книгу без затруднений

3) get smb., smth. somewhere get him home (the old man upstairs, you there, the child up, etc.) отводить /доставлять, приводить/ его домой и т.д., get smb. in а) помочь кому-л. проникнуть куда-л.; б) втащить кого-л. вовнутрь; get smb. out а) помочь кому-л. выбраться откуда-л.; б) вытащить кого-л. откуда-л.; get the horses out вывести лошадей; what got you here? что вас привело сюда?; get this parcel home (the table here, etc.) доставлять посылку домой и т. д., get the chairs (the washing, some coal, etc.) in вносить стулья и т.д., I don't know how you'll ever get the box (the trunk, the piano, etc.) upstairs не знаю, как вы втащите этот ящик и т. д. наверх; get a mast up ставить мачту; get up a sunken vessel поднимать затонувшее судно; get smth. overboard выбрасывать что-л. за борт; get his letter (one's own books, my money, etc.) back получить обратно его письме и т. д., now I've got you back теперь вы вернулись ко мне

4) get smb. at some time I'll get you yet! я еще вас поймаю!, вы еще мне попадетесь!; he got you that time! на этот раз он вас поймал!

5) get smb. somewhere it will get him nowhere, it won't get him anywhere это ничего ему не даст, этим он ничего не добьется; all work and no play does not get you anywhere если работать и не отдыхать, толку будет мало

6) get smb., smth. in some manner coll. I get you (your meaning, your idea, etc.) all right я хорошо понимаю вас и т. д.

7) have got smth. somewhere what have you got there? что у вас там?
5. V
get smb. smth.

1) get him a ticket (me a dictionary, them those pictures, etc.) доставать /покупать/ ему билет и т. д.; get me a good teacher (him a place. her another job, etc.) найдите мне хорошего преподавателя и т. д.

2) get smb. a towel (me my hat, him another dictionary, her a chair, me some ink, etc.) принести кому-л. полотенце и т. д.; can you get me another pencil? вы можете принести /дать/ мне другой карандаш?

3) get smb. smb., smth. get me the director (the hospital, the head teacher, etc.) соедините меня с директором и т. д.
6. VI
1) get smth., smb. in some state get dinner (breakfast, books, etc.) ready приготовить обед и т. д., she quickly got the children ready for school она быстро собрала детей в школу; get one's feet (one's clothes, etc.) wet промочить ноги и т. д.; get the windows open открыть окна; get everything right again снова навести везде порядок; get smb. free освободить кого-л., выпустить кого-л. на свободу; get the dog loose спустить собаку с цепи; it gets me down-hearted это приводит меня в уныние

2) get smth. in some state get the sum right получить правильный ответ [в решении задачи], правильно решить задачу
7. VII
1) get smth., smb. to do smth. get something (nothing, etc.) to eat (to read, to play with, etc.) достать что-нибудь поесть и т. д.; get leave to go home получить отпуск для поездки домой; get smb. to clean the windows (to wash the floors, to do the room, etc.) найти кого-л. [, чтобы] вымыть окна и т. д.; I can't get anyone to do the work properly не могу найти человека, который выполнил бы эту работу как следует

2) get smb., smth. to do smth. get your friend to help you (him to come, her to join us, your brother to introduce me to the chairman, etc.) убедить /заставить/ вашего приятеля /друга/ помочь вам и т. д.; get a fire to burn разжечь огонь или костер; get this door to shut properly починить дверь, чтобы она закрывалась как следует; I can never get him to go to bed я никогда не могу уложить его спать; get him to tell her about it уговорите его рассказать ей об этом; you will not be able to get a tree to grow in this soil вам не удастся вырастить дерево на такой почве

3) Have got smth. to do I have got very much /lots of work/ to do у меня очень много работы /дел/, мне надо очень много сделать; what have you got to say? что вы можете сказать?
8. VIII
get smth., smb. doing smth.get the clock (the work, the typewriter, etc.) going наладить часы и т. д; at last he got the stone rolling наконец ему удалось сдвинуть камень, и тот покатился; she got everybody singing все подхватили ее песню; она заставила всех петь; I'll get her talking а) я заставлю ее заговорить; б) я разговорю ее; that got him guessing это заставило его теряться в догадках
9. IX
1) get smth., smb. done I must get the book bound (my passport endorsed, the work done, my shoes repaired, etc.) мне нужно [отдать] переплести книгу и т. д.; we are getting our apartment newly papered мы заново оклеиваем [обоями] квартиру; I shall get my hair cut я постригусь; can you get the work finished in time (by evening)? a) вы можете закончить работу вовремя (к вечеру)?; б) вы можете добиться, чтобы работа была готова вовремя (к вечеру)?; where can I this printed (my piano tuned, my shoes soled, etc.)? где мне / я могу/ это напечатать и т. д.?; I want to get my coat mended я хочу починить /отдать в починку/ пальто; get the laws obeyed (my words believed, etc.) добиться [того], чтобы законы выполнялись /соблюдались/ и т. д.; get oneself appointed (noticed, chosen, etc.) сделать так, чтобы тебя назначили и т. д., they got him elected chairman они провели его в председатели

2) get smb. in some state get a man drunk напоить человека; get smb. dressed (washed, fed, etc.) одеть и т. д. кого-л.; it gets me discouraged я от этого прихожу в уныние; he got his face scratched (his wrist broken, etc.) он расцарапал лицо и т. д.
10. X
get into some state get married (dressed, shaved, brushed clean, confused, hurt, etc.) жениться и т.д., get drunk напиваться; get tired уставать; get frozen замерзать; he got drowned он утонул; you must get done /finished/ with it с этим нужно покончить /кончать/; get used /accustomed/ to the climate here (to the customs and manners over here, to sitting up late, to the rolling of a ship, etc.) привыкать к здешнему климату и т. д., he got fired /dismissed/ (severely wounded, killed, etc.) его уволили /выгнали/ и т. д.; he got paid for this ему за это заплатили; he got mixed up with dishonest men он связался с дурной компанией; they got left behind они отстали; that vase will get broken эта ваза разобьется; everything gets known все становится известным || get rid of smb., smth. отделываться /избавляться/ от кого-л., чего-л.; get rid of a troublesome visitor (of a lazy servant, of the old car, of an engagement, etc.) избавиться /отделаться/ от назойливого посетителя и т. д.
11. XI
1) be got the thing is not to be got fay вещь нельзя достать

2) be got at the soul of a people can be got at fully only through, the knowledge of its language душу народа можно познать только через его язык

3) be got at coll. the witness (the press, the voters, etc.) have been got at свидетели и т. д. были подкуплены
12. ХIII
1) get to do smth. soon she got to like her job скоро ей начала нравиться /понравилась/ ее работа, она вскоре полюбила свой работу;how did you get to know it? как вы об этом узнали?, как вам удалось это узнать?; they got to be friends они стали друзьями; you'll like him when /once/ you get to know him когда вы его узнаете, вы его полюбите

2) have got to do smth. we've got to go (to write a letter, to listen to what he says, to leave early to catch my train, to pass this examination, etc.) нам необходимо /мы должны/ идти и т.д., it has got to be done это должно быть сделано /надо сделать/; she's got to work hard for her living ей приходится много работать, чтобы заработать на жизнь

3) id have got to do with smth. what's that got to do with us? какое это имеет отношение к нам?
13. XIV
get doing smth.,get moving (rolling, singing, etc.) начать двигаться и т. д.; when these women get talking they go on for hours когда эти женщины начнут разговаривать /болтать/, их не остановишь; we got talking of the future мы стали говорить /заговорили/ о будущем; they wanted to get going on the construction of the house они хотели приступить к строительству дома; if we don't get doing we'll never arrive in time если мы не тронемся в путь, мы ни за что не приедем вовремя; things haven't really got going yet дела еще фактически не сдвинулись с места /с мертвой точки/; let's get going! пошли!, пойдём!, поёхали!
13. XV
get into some state get warmer (worse and worse, uglier every day, etc.) становиться теплее и т. д.; get grey (old, silly, poor, red in the face, etc.) поседеть и т. д.; get well поправляться, выздоравливать; he is getting better ему уже лучше; get asleep засыпать; I am getting thirsty (sleepy, hungry. etc.) мне захотелось пить и т. д., the children will get wet (hungry, etc.) дети вымокнут /промокнут/ и т. д.; he got rich он разбогател; he got mad at the message записка его разозлила; он разозлился на записку; they got closer to each other они сблизились, они стали ближе друг другу; it got rainy пошли дожди; it got foggy опустился туман; the sky got cloudy небо заволокло тучами; it is getting dark (cold, warm, etc.) темнеет и т. д. it is getting late уже поздно; the fire is getting low костер гаснет /угасает/; things are getting better дела идут все лучше
14. XVI
1) get into (out of, through, over, up, across, at, etc.) smth. get into the room (into town, into a bar, etc.) попадать /входить/ в комнату и т. д.; the burglar got into the kitchen through the window грабитель проник /влез/ в кухню через окно; get into a car сесть /влезть/ в автомобиль /в машину/; get into the saddle сесть /взобраться/ в седло; something has got into my eye мне что-то попало в глаз this story got into the newspapers эта история попала в газеты; where has that book got to? куда запропастилась /делась/ эта книга?; get to the station (to London, to the office, etc.) добраться до вокзала и т. д.; where did you get to yesterday? куда вы делись /где вы были/ вчера?; get out, of a train (out of a bus, out of a carriage, etc.) выходить из поезда и т. д., get out of bed! вставайте!; get out of here (out of this house)! прочь отсюда (из этого дома)!; get out of the way of a car посторониться и пропустить машину; get out of smb.'s way уйти с чьей-л. дороги; get through the hole in the wall (through the eye of a needle, through a gap, through a crack, etc.) пролезать через дыру в стене и т. д.; get over a fence (over a wall, over a stile, etc.) перелезать через забор и т. д.; get over /across/ a river переправляться через реку; get across tile street (across /over/ the bridge, across the frontier, etc.) перейти на другую сторону улицы и т. д.; he got above the clouds он поднялся над облаками; get under the hedge (under the wire netting, under the rope, etc.) пролезать под изгородью и т. д.; get under some old boxes (under some bushes, etc.) залезать /закатиться/ под старые ящики и т. д.; under the wheels (under а motor-саг, etc.) попасть под колеса и т. д.; the cat got under the bed (under the fence, etc.) кошка шмыгнула под кровать и т. д.; get at the top shelf (at the ripest fruit, at one's luggage, etc.) дотянуться /достать/ до верхней полки и т. д.; keep medicines where children can't get at them убирайте лекарства так, чтобы дети не смогли их достать; the dog could not get at me собака не могла меня достать; let me get at him coll. дайте мне только до него добраться; get down a tree (down a fence, etc.) слезать с дерева и т. д., get up a ladder (up a hill, up a tree, etc.) взбираться на лестницу и т. д.; get by the guard (by the policeman, etc.) проскользнуть мимо часового и т. д.; get before the crowd (before the procession, before the column of marchers, etc.) обогнать толпу и т. д.; get behind a tree (behind a door, behind a fence, etc.) встать /спрятаться/ за дерево и т. д.; the реп got behind the bookcase ручка закаталась /попала/ за книжный шкаф; get between the sheets залезть под одеяло; he got between the boys and prevented a fight он встал между мальчишками и не дал им сцепиться; get aboard a ship подняться на борт корабля

2) get to (abreast of, beyond, as far аs, etc.) smth. get to the end of the chapter (to the main subject, to the theme of my story, to the heart of the matter, etc.) дойти /добраться/ до конца главы и т. д.: how far did you get to? до какого места ты дочитал?; get to the head of one's class выйти на первое место в классе; стать первым учеником в классе; get to the city police (to the authorities, etc.) связаться с городской полицией и т. д.; get to some time (to some age) достигать какого-л. времени (возраста); when it gets to 10 o'clock I begin to feel tired к десяти часам я начинаю чувствовать усталость: when you get to 70... когда вам [будет] семьдесят...; get between two fighting parties оказаться /очутиться/ между двумя враждующими /борющимися/ группами; his anger has got beyond control он вышел из себя, он уже не мог сдержать гнев; he doesn't let much get by him он почти ничего не пропускает; практически ничто мимо него не проходит; you cannot easily get at him с ним не так просто связаться /увидеться/; get abreast of modem technology достичь современного уровня техники; we got as far as the lake мы дошли или доехали до озера || get in touch with smb. связаться / установить контакт/ с кем-л.

3) get within smth. get within smb.'s reach (within the range of their fire, etc.) оказаться в пределах чьей-л. досягаемости и т. д.; get within earshot оказаться в пределах слышимости; get within their sight оказаться в поле их зрения; get out of smth. get out of smb.'s sight скрыться с чьих-л. глаз; get out of smb.'s reach оказаться для них вне пределов досягаемости; get among smb. get among friends (among enemies, among strangers, etc.) оказаться среди друзей и т. д. || get into the hands of the police попасть в руки полиции

4) get into smth. get into a coat (into one's clothes, into one's boots, etc.) надевать пальто и т. д., get into one's trousers натянуть брюки; I can't get into these shoes, they are three sizes too small я не могу надеть эти ботинки, мне надо на три номера больше

5) get into smth. get into business (into trade, into the movies, into politics, etc.) заняться коммерцией и т. д.; get into fights with the neighbour's children драться /вступать в драку/ с соседскими мальчишками; get into Parliament (into a party, into a club, etc.) стать членом парламента и т. д.; get into office получить /занять/ должность; Kennedy got into office in 1961 Кеннеди стал президентом в тысяча девятьсот шестьдесят первом году; get into conversation (into a dispute with smb., into correspondence, into communication, etc.) завязать разговор и т.д.; they got into quite an argument about it между ними разгорелся довольно жаркий спор

6) get in (to) smth. get into trouble (into a difficulty, into mischief, etc.) попасть в беду и т. д.; get into debt залезть в долги; get in a row (into a horrible scrape, etc.) оказаться замешанным /ввязаться/ в скандал и т. д.; get into a bad habit приобрести плохую /дурную/ привычку; get into the habit /into the way/ of getting up early (of doing things one's own way, of answering back, etc.) привыкнуть рано вставать и т. д., get into a rage впасть в ярость; get into a panic поддаться панике; get into general use получить широкое распространение; get out of smth. get out of practice потерять навык, [давно] не иметь практики; get out of repair требовать ремонта; get out of order выйти из строя, испортиться, сломаться; get out of shape потерять форму

7) get over (out of, through,get etc.) smth. get over a difficulty ( over an obstacle, over an impediment, etc.) преодолеть затруднение и т. д.; she couldn't get over her shyness (over her embarrassment, over her confusion, over her dislike of him, over the disinclination to work, etc.) она не могла побороть / преодолеть/ свой застенчивость и т. д.; he couldn't get over his stutter он не мог избавиться от заикания; I can't get over his abominable manners никак не могу примириться с его ужасными манерами /привыкнуть к его ужасным манерам/; get over a disappointment (over an alarm, over a surprise, etc.) прийти в себя после разочарования и т. д.; I couldn't get over his behaviour он себя так плохо вел, что я никак не мог успокоиться; I couldn't get over the fear of him я никак не мог избавиться от чувства /преодолеть чувство/ страха перед ним; get over an illness (over an ailment, over that severe cold, over an injury, etc.) оправиться от /после/ болезна и т.д., get over /out of/ a bad habit отделаться / отучиться/ от дурной привычки; get out of a difficulty выйти из затруднительного положения; there is по getting out of it, you cannot get out of it от этого не открутишься; don't try to get out of your duties не пытайтесь уклоняться от своих обязанностей; get through another bad winter (through a dangerous illness, etc.) пережить еще одну тяжелую зиму и т. д.; I don't know how I'll get through this month я не знаю, как я дотяну до конца месяца; I don't know how I got through the day не знаю, как я прожил /выдержал/ этот день; get through an exam выдержать экзамен; get through written papers написать контрольную работу; get through a driving test сдать экзамен на водительские права; how he got through college is a mystery совершенно непонятно, как он смог окончить колледж; get (a)round smth. get around the law (around the regulations, around that clause, around a difficulty, etc.) обходить закон и т. д.; there is no getting (aground this fact a) нельзя не (посчитаться с этим фактом; б) нельзя пройти мимо этого факта; get (a)round smb. coll. she can get (aground anyone она может убедить /обвести вокруг пальца/ кого хочешь /кого угодно/; she knows how to get round him она знает, как к нему подъехать

8) get through /over/ smth. get through a lot of reading (through a lot of work, etc.) много прочитать и т.д., get through her washing (through one's homework, through this book, etc.) закончить стирку и т. д.; how could he get through all these files? как он успел просмотреть все эти папки?; get through one's task with great speed быстро выполнить свой задачу; get through a lot of correspondence ( through these books, etc.) разделаться с большим количеством писем и т. д.; get through such a lot of food (through all this meat, through a bottle of gin a week, etc.) съесть /осилить/ много всякой всячины и т. д.; get through one's fortune (through a lot of money, through L 1000 in less than a week, etc.) растратить /растранжирить, промотать/ свое состояние и т. д.

9) get at smth., smb. get at the truth (at the facts, at the root of the trouble, at the cause of the disturbance, at the heart of things, etc.) докапываться до правды и т. д.; get at the meaning of the sentence добраться до сути этого предложения; get at the secret of his success выяснить /понять/, в чем секрет его успеха; that's what I want to get at вот в чем мне хочется разобраться, вот что мне хочется постичь; what are you getting at? coll. a) чего вы хотите?, к чему вы клоните?; б) что вы имеете в виду?; we could not tell what the speaker was getting at мы не знали /не понимали/, что имел в виду /хотел сказать/ оратор; who are you getting at? кого вы имеете в виду?, на кого вы намекаете?; were you getting at me in that last remark you made? в своем последнем замечании вы намекали на меня? /вы имели в виду меня/?; he is always getting at me coll. он вечно ко мне цепляется /придирается/

10) get at smb. get at a witness (at a judge, at the press, etc.) подкупать свидетеля и т. д.
15. XVII
1) get (in)to doing smth. coll. get into sleeping in the afternoon (to fighting, etc.) взять себе за привычку спать днем и т. д.; I got to thinking that... я стал думать, что...

2) get out of doing smth. get out of attending smth. (out of going there, out of answering, etc.) отвертеться и не пойти на какое-л. мероприятие и т. д.; get as far as doing smth. we did not get as far as discussing finances мы не дошли до обсуждения финансовых вопросов
16. XXI1
1) get smth. from (at, out of, etc.) smth., smb. get machinery from Europe (many commodities from abroad, etc.) получать оборудование из Европы и т. д., закупать /покупать, приобретать/ оборудование в Европе и т.д., get our things at this shop покупать /приобретать/ вещи в этом магазине; get information from the library (money from the bank, help from him, etc.) получать, сведения из библиотеки и т. д., get dinner (lunch, etc.) at the hotel (at the restaurant, at the inn, etc.) (пообедать и т. д. в гостинице и т. д.; I got this information (the news, facts. etc.) from a friend of mine (from my secretary, etc.) мне это и т. д. сообщил один приятель и т. д., я получил эти сведения и т. д. от одного приятеля и т. д.; get butter from cream получать масло из сливок; get a confession out of the prisoner ( a secret out of the woman, the truth out of the man, etc.) вытянуть / вырвать/ у заключенного признание и т. д.; get smth. for smth. get data for analysis (information for the article, new curtains for the guest-room, etc.) доставать /добывать/ данные для анализа и т. д., get material for research собирать материал для исследования: can I still get a ticket for tonight's play? можно еще достать /купить, получить/ билет на сегодняшний спектакль?; get smth. for smb. get tickets (another dictionary, this book, etc.) for him купить или заказать ему билеты и т. д.; get smth. by smth. get good results by hard work усердием /большим трудом/ добиться хороших результатов; get very little by deceit немногого добиться обманом || get hold of the manager (of the secretary, of the owner, etc.) разыскать /найти/ администратора и т. д., where did you get hold of this curious old picture? где вы раздобыли эту любопытную старую картину?; he got the start of his rivals он получил преимущество перед своими соперниками

2) get smth. from smb. get presents from his brother (a letter from one's parents, a message from him, etc.) получать подарки от брата и т. д.; get no help (no money, no advice, etc.) from him не получать от него помощи и т. д.; you will never get anything from him от него ничего не дождешься; get his timidity from his mother унаследовать робость от матери; get smth. for smth. get a good salary for the job (a reward for his part in the affair, a medal for bravery. etc.) получать хорошую зарплату за эту работу и т. д.; what did you get for this article? сколько вам заплатили за эту статью?; get a good price for the land получить хорошую цену за землю; I will see what I can get for it посмотри, сколько я могу за это получить /выручить, взять/; get a new watch (a ring, a new hat, etc.) for one's birthday получить новые часы и т. д. [в подарок] на день рождения; get smth. out of smth. what did you get out of his lecture? что вы вынесли из его лекции?, что вам дала его лекция?; all he got out of it was disgrace это принесло ему только позор; get smth. of smb., smth. what impression did you get of him (of this play, etc.)? .какое он и т. д. на вас произвел впечатление?

3) get smth., smb. across (from, to, etc.) smth. get smth. across the river (across the sea, across the frontier, etc.) переправить что-л. через реку и т. д.; get smb. across the street (across the bridge, across the field, etc) перевести кого-л. через улицу и т. д.; get one's hat from the other room (the books from the study, the tea-things from the kitchen, etc.) принести шляпу из другой комнаты и т. д., get down a book from the top shelf (the boy from the fence, my hat from the book, etc.) снимать книгу с верхней полки и т. д.; get a letter to London (to Paris, etc.) доставить письмо в Лондон и т. д., get the child to bed уложить ребенка в постель; get the trunk back to the garret отнести сундук обратно на чердак; get the parcel back to London снова доставить пакет в Лондон; get your TV back for this evening (for the party, etc.) принесите снова ваш телевизор на этот вечер и т. д.; the car did not get him very far on the road home он проехал на машине лишь небольшую часть дороги домой; that did not get him very far on the road to fame это весьма незначительно способствовало его продвижению по пути славы; get smth., smb. to smb., smth. how can I get these things to you? как мне переправить вам эти вещи?; get the slaves to the north переправить рабов на север

4) get smth., smb. into (through, from, out of, etc.) smth. I can't get the key into the lock я не могу вставить ключ в замок; help me get the pig into the cart помогите мне втащить поросенка в телегу: how can I get all these books into the bag? как мне запихнуть /засунуть, впихнуть/ все эти книги в портфель?; get the piano through the door протащить пианино в дверь; get the milk from the refrigerator for me достаньте мне молока из холодильника; get smth. out of the house выносить что-л. из дома; get a cork out of a bottle вытаскивать пробку из бутылки; get stains out of a coat выводить пятна с пиджака: get these things out of the way уберите эти вещи с дороги [, чтобы они не мешали]; get the man out of the house (the dog out of the room, etc.) выводить человека из дома и т. д.: get her out of the country помочь ей уехать или вывезти ее из страны /за границу/ || get smth. into one's head вбить себе что-л. в голову: he got it into his head that everybody was persecuting him он вбил себе в голову, что его все преследуют; get smth. out of one's head выбросить что-л. из головы; get the idea (the thing, it, the notion, etc.) out of one's head выбросить эту мысль и т. д. из головы, перестать об этом думать

5) get smb., smth. into (through) smth. get him into Parliament (into their headquarters, etc.) провести /протащить/ его в парламент и т. д.; get smb. into the firm пристроить кого-л. в эту фирму; get a bill through Parliament (this measure through the house, etc.) провести /протащить/ законопроект в парламенте и т. д., he helped me to get my luggage through the customs он помог мне пройти таможенный досмотр; get a pupil through his examination вытащить ученика на экзамене; it was his mathematics that got him through entrance examinations он выдержал приемные экзамены благодаря тому, что хорошо знал математику; get an article into a paper поместить статьи в газете; get the report into print сдать доклад в печать

6) get smb. by smth. get smb. by the hand (by the hair, by the throat, by the wrist. etc.) схватить кого-л. за руку и т. д.: get smth., smb. on (by) smth. I get all program (me)s on my TV-set мой телевизор принимает все программы; how many stations can you get on your radio set? сколько станций берет /принимает/ ваш приемник?; I can't get him on the phone я не могу связаться с ним по телефону; get smb. by phone (by radio, etc.) связаться с кем-л. по телефону и т. д.

7) get smb. in (on, through, etc.) smth. the bullet got him in the leg (through the stomach, in the shoulder, etc.) пуля попала ему в ногу и т. д.; the blow got him on the head (in the mouth, on the back, etc.) удар пришелся ему по голове и т. д., get smth. in smth. get a splinter in one's finger занозить палец; get a bullet in the leg получить пулевое ранение в ногу

8) get smb. into smth. get smb. into debt (into difficulties, into a fight, etc.) вовлекать кого-л. в долги и т. д., she got me into trouble у меня из-за нее /она втравила меня в/ неприятности; get smb. out of smth. get smb. out of a fix /out of difficulty/ вызволить кого-л. из затруднения; get the children out of this habit отучать детей от этой привычки || get smth., smb. off one's hands избавиться от чего-л., кого-л., сбыть что-л., кого-л. с рук; she wished she could get the old house (the useless books, her unmarried daughter, etc.) off her hands ей хотелись избавиться /освободиться/ от старого дома и т. д. /сбыть старый дом и т. д. с рук/

9) get smth. of smth. get 5 years of hard labour получить пять лет каторжных работ; get smth. for smth. he got a stiff sentence for his crimes за совершенные преступления ему был вынесен суровый приговор

10) have got smth., smb. in (at, on, etc.) smth. I have /I've/ got money in the bank (a flat in this house, a friend at the studio, etc.) у меня в банке [лежат] деньги и т. д. || he's got smth., smb. on the brain он все время о чем-л., о ком-л. думает
17. XXII
get smth. by doing smth. that's what you get by talking too much вот что ты получаешь /вот как ты расплачиваешься/ за болтливость; get a good price by bargaining поторговаться и получить хорошую цену; get smth. for doing smth. you'll get a beating for doing this тебе за это всыпят; you'll get it for breaking that vase! тебе крепко достанется за то, что ты разбил вазу!
18. XXIV1
get smth., smb. as smth. get L 10 as reward (a book as a consolation prize, the newcomer as assistant, etc.) получить десять фунтов в качестве вознаграждения и т. д.; I got this book as a present я получил эту книгу в подарок; we get L 20 as the average мы получаем в среднем двадцать фунтов
19. XXVI
get smb., smth. before... (when..., etc.) get him before he escapes схватить его до того, как он скроется; get the book when the price is reduced купить книгу, когда ее уценят

English-Russian dictionary of verb phrases > get
7 go

1. intransitive verb,
pres. he goes, p.t. went, pres. p. going, p.p. gone

1) gehen; [Fahrzeug:] fahren; [Flugzeug:] fliegen; [Vierfüßer:] laufen; [Reptil:] kriechen; (on horseback etc.) reiten; (on skis, roller skates) laufen; (in wheelchair, pram, lift) fahren

go by bicycle/car/bus/train or rail/boat or sea or ship — mit dem [Fahr]rad/Auto/Bus/Zug/Schiff fahren

go by plane or air — fliegen

go on foot — zu Fuß gehen; laufen (ugs.)

as one goes [along] — (fig.) nach und nach

do something as one goes [along] — (lit.) etwas beim Gehen od. unterwegs tun

go on a journey — eine Reise machen; verreisen

go first-class/at 50 m.p.h. — erster Klasse reisen od. fahren/80 Stundenkilometer fahren

have far to go — weit zu gehen od. zu fahren haben; es weit haben

the doll/dog goes everywhere with her — sie hat immer ihre Puppe/ihren Hund dabei

who goes there? — (sentry's challenge) wer da?

there you go — (coll., giving something) bitte!; da! (ugs.)

2) (proceed as regards purpose, activity, destination, or route) [Bus, Zug, Lift, Schiff:] fahren; (use means of transportation) fahren; (fly) fliegen; (proceed on outward journey) weg-, abfahren; (travel regularly) [Verkehrsmittel:] verkehren (from... to zwischen + Dat.... und)

his hand went to his pocket — er griff nach seiner Tasche

go to the toilet/cinema/moon/a museum/a funeral — auf die Toilette/ins Kino gehen/zum Mond fliegen/ins Museum/zu einer Beerdigung gehen

go to a dance — tanzen gehen

go to the doctor['s] — etc. zum Arzt usw. gehen

go [out] to China — nach China gehen

go [over] to America — nach Amerika [hinüber]fliegen/-fahren

go [off] to London — nach London [ab]fahren/[ab]fliegen

last year we went to Italy — letztes Jahr waren wir in Italien

go this/that way — hier/da entlanggehen/-fahren

go out of one's way — einen Umweg machen; (fig.) keine Mühe scheuen

go towards something/somebody — auf etwas/jemanden zugehen

don't go on the grass — geh nicht auf den Rasen

go by something/somebody — [Festzug usw.:] an etwas/jemandem vorbeiziehen; [Bus usw.:] an etwas/jemandem vorbeifahren

go in and out [of something] — [in etwas (Dat.)] ein- und ausgehen

go into something — in etwas (Akk.) [hinein]gehen

go looking for somebody — jemanden suchen gehen

go chasing after something/somebody — hinter etwas/jemandem herrennen (ugs.)

go to live in Berlin — nach Berlin ziehen

go to see somebody — jemanden aufsuchen

I went to water the garden — ich ging den Garten sprengen

go and do something — [gehen und] etwas tun

I'll go and get my coat — ich hole jetzt meinen Mantel

go and see whether... — nachsehen [gehen], ob...

go on a pilgrimage — etc. eine Pilgerfahrt usw. machen

go on TV/the radio — im Fernsehen/Radio auftreten

I'll go! — ich geh schon!; (answer phone) ich geh ran od. nehme ab; (answer door) ich mache auf

you go! — (to the phone) geh du mal ran!

3) (start) losgehen; (in vehicle) losfahren

let's go! — (coll.) fangen wir an!

here goes! — (coll.) dann mal los!

whose turn is it to go? — (in game) wer ist an der Reihe?

go first — (in game) anfangen

from the word go — (fig. coll.) [schon] von Anfang an

4) (pass, circulate, be transmitted) gehen

a shiver went up or down my spine — ein Schauer lief mir über den Rücken od. den Rücken hinunter

go to — (be given to) [Preis, Sieg, Gelder, Job:] gehen an (+ Akk.); [Titel, Krone, Besitz:] übergehen auf (+ Akk.); [Ehre, Verdienst:] zuteil werden (Dat.)

go towards — (be of benefit to) zugute kommen (+ Dat.)

go according to — (be determined by) sich richten nach

5) (make specific motion, do something specific)

go round — [Rad:] sich drehen

there he etc. goes again — (coll.) da, schon wieder!

here we go again — (coll.) jetzt geht das wieder los!

6) (act, work, function effectively) gehen; [Mechanismus, Maschine:] laufen

get the car to go — das Auto ankriegen (ugs.) od. starten

at midnight we were still going — um Mitternacht waren wir immer noch dabei od. im Gange

go by electricity — mit Strom betrieben werden

keep going — (in movement) weitergehen/-fahren; (in activity) weitermachen; (not fail) sich aufrecht halten

keep somebody going — (enable to continue) jemanden aufrecht halten

that'll keep me going — damit komme ich aus

keep something going — etwas in Gang halten

make something go, get/set something going — etwas in Gang bringen

7)

go to — (attend)

go to work — zur Arbeit gehen

go to church/school — in die Kirche/die Schule gehen

go to a comprehensive school — eine Gesamtschule besuchen; auf eine Gesamtschule gehen

8) (have recourse)

go to the originals — auf die Quellen zurückgreifen

go to the relevant authority/UN — sich an die zuständige Behörde/UN wenden

where do we go from here? — (fig.) und was nun? (ugs.)

9) (depart) gehen; [Bus, Zug:] [ab]fahren; [Post:] rausgehen (ugs.)

I must be going now — ich muss allmählich gehen

time to go! — wir müssen/ihr müsst usw. gehen!

to go — (Amer.) [Speisen, Getränke:] zum Mitnehmen

10) (euphem.): (die) sterben

be dead and gone — tot sein

after I go — wenn ich einmal nicht mehr bin

11) (fail) [Gedächtnis, Kräfte:] nachlassen; (cease to function) kaputtgehen; [Maschine, Computer usw.:] ausfallen; [Sicherung:] durchbrennen; (break) brechen; [Seil usw.:] reißen; (collapse) einstürzen; (fray badly) ausfransen

the jacket has gone at the elbows — die Jacke ist an den Ellbogen durchgescheuert

12) (disappear) verschwinden; [Geruch, Rauch:] sich verziehen; [Geld, Zeit:] draufgehen (ugs.) (in, on für); (be relinquished) aufgegeben werden; [Tradition:] abgeschafft werden; (be dismissed) [Arbeitskräfte:] entlassen werden

be gone from sight — außer Sicht geraten sein

my coat/the stain has gone — mein Mantel/der Fleck ist weg

where has my hat gone? — wo ist mein Hut [geblieben]?

all his money goes on women — er gibt sein ganzes Geld für Frauen aus

13) (elapse) [Zeit:] vergehen; [Interview usw.:] vorüber-, vorbeigehen

that has all gone by — das ist jetzt alles vorbei

in days gone by — in längst vergangenen Zeiten

14)

to go — (still remaining)

have something [still] to go — [noch] etwas übrig haben

there's hours to go — es dauert noch Stunden

one week etc. to go to... — noch eine Woche usw. bis...

there's only another mile to go — [es ist] nur noch eine Meile

still have a mile to go — noch eine Meile vor sich (Dat.) haben

one down, two to go — einer ist bereits erledigt, bleiben noch zwei übrig (salopp)

15) (be sold) weggehen (ugs.); verkauft werden

it went for £1 — es ging für 1 Pfund weg

going! going! gone! — zum ersten! zum zweiten! zum dritten!

16) (run) [Grenze, Straße usw.:] verlaufen, gehen; (afford access, lead) gehen; führen; (extend) reichen; (fig.) gehen

as or so far as he/it goes — soweit

17) (turn out, progress) [Ereignis, Projekt, Interview, Abend:] verlaufen

go against somebody/something — [Wahl, Kampf:] zu jemandes/einer Sache Ungunsten ausgehen; [Entscheidung, Urteil:] zu jemandes/einer Sache Ungunsten ausfallen

how did your holiday/party go? — wie war Ihr Urlaub/Ihre Party?

how is the book going? — was macht [denn] das Buch?

things have been going well/badly/smoothly — etc. in der letzten Zeit läuft alles gut/schief/glatt usw.

how are things going?, how is it going? — wie steht's od. (ugs.) läuft's?

18) (be, have form or nature, be in temporary state) sein; [Sprichwort, Gedicht, Titel:] lauten

this is how things go, that's the way it goes — so ist es nun mal

go against something — mit etwas nicht übereinstimmen

go against one's principles — gegen seine Prinzipien gehen

go hungry — hungern; hungrig bleiben

go without food/water — es ohne Essen/Wasser aushalten

go in fear of one's life — in beständiger Angst um sein Leben leben; see also academic.ru/31520/go_against">go against

19) (become) werden

the tyre has gone flat — der Reifen ist platt

the phone has gone dead — die Leitung ist tot

the constituency/York went Tory — der Wahlkreis/York ging an die Tories

20) (have usual place) kommen; (belong) gehören

where does the box go? — wo kommt od. gehört die Kiste hin?

where do you want this chair to go? — wo soll od. kommt der Stuhl hin?

21) (fit) passen

go in[to] something — in etwas (Akk.) gehen od. [hinein]passen

go through something — durch etwas [hindurch]gehen od. [hindurch]passen

six into twelve goes twice — sechs geht zweimal in zwölf

five goes into forty exactly — vierzig durch fünf geht auf

22) (harmonize, match) passen ( with zu)

the two colours don't go — die beiden Farben passen nicht zusammen od. beißen sich

23) (serve, contribute) dienen

the qualities that go to make a leader — die Eigenschaften, die einen Führer ausmachen

it just goes to show that... — daran zeigt sich, dass...

24) (make sound of specified kind) machen; (emit sound) [Turmuhr, Gong:] schlagen; [Glocke:] läuten

There goes the bell. School is over — Es klingelt. Die Schule ist aus

the fire alarm went at 3 a. m. — der Feueralarm ging um 3 Uhr morgens los

a police car with its siren going — ein Polizeiwagen mit eingeschalteter Sirene

25) as intensifier (coll.)

don't go making or go and make him angry — verärgere ihn bloß nicht

don't go looking for trouble — such keinen Streit

I gave him a £10 note and, of course, he had to go and lose it — (iron.) ich gab ihm einen 10-Pfund-Schein, und er musste ihn natürlich prompt verlieren

now you've been and gone and done it! — (coll.) du hast ja was Schönes angerichtet! (ugs. iron.)

go tell him I'm ready — (coll./Amer.) geh und sag ihm, dass ich fertig bin

26) (coll.): (be acceptable or permitted) erlaubt sein; gehen (ugs.)

everything/anything goes — es ist alles erlaubt

it/that goes without saying — es/das ist doch selbstverständlich

what he etc. says, goes — was er usw. sagt, gilt. See also going; gone
2. transitive verb, forms as
I

1) (Cards) spielen

2) (coll.)

go it — es toll treiben; (work hard) rangehen

he has been going it a bit too hard — er hat es etwas zu weit getrieben

go it! — los!; weiter!
3. noun
, pl. goes (coll.)

1) (attempt, try) Versuch, der; (chance) Gelegenheit, die

have a go — es versuchen od. probieren

have a go at doing something — versuchen, etwas zu tun

have a go at something — sich an etwas (Dat.) versuchen

let me have/can I have a go? — lass mich [auch ein]mal/kann ich [auch ein]mal? (ugs.)

it's my go — ich bin an der Reihe od. dran

in two/three goes — bei zwei/drei Versuchen

at the first go — auf Anhieb

2)

have a go at somebody — (scold) sich (Dat.) jemanden vornehmen od. vorknöpfen (ugs.); (attack) über jemanden herfallen

3) (period of activity)

in one go — auf einmal

he downed his beer in one go — er trank sein Bier in einem Zug aus

4) (energy) Schwung, der

be full of go — voller Schwung od. Elan sein

have plenty of go — einen enormen Schwung od. Elan haben

5) (vigorous activity)

it's all go — es ist alles eine einzige Hetzerei (ugs.)

it's all go at work — es ist ganz schön was los bei der Arbeit

be on the go — auf Trab sein (ugs.)

keep somebody on the go — jemanden auf Trab halten (ugs.)

6) (success)

make a go of something — mit etwas Erfolg haben

it's no go — da ist nichts zu machen
4. adjective
(coll.)

all systems go — alles klar

Phrasal Verbs:

- go about

- go after

- go against

- go ahead

- go along

- go along with

- go around

- go at

- go away

- go back

- go by

- go down

- go down with

- go for

- go forward

- go in

- go in for

- go into

- go in with

- go off

- go on

- go on for

- go on to

- go on with

- go out

- go over

- go over to

- go round

- go through

- go through with

- go together

- go under

- go up

- go with

- go without

* * *
[ɡəu] 1. 3rd person singular present tense - goes; verb
1) (to walk, travel, move etc: He is going across the field; Go straight ahead; When did he go out?) gehen

2) (to be sent, passed on etc: Complaints have to go through the proper channels.) gehen

3) (to be given, sold etc: The prize goes to John Smith; The table went for $100.) abgehen

4) (to lead to: Where does this road go?) führen

5) (to visit, to attend: He goes to school every day; I decided not to go to the movie.) gehen

6) (to be destroyed etc: This wall will have to go.) verschwinden

7) (to proceed, be done: The meeting went very well.) ablaufen

8) (to move away: I think it is time you were going.) gehen

9) (to disappear: My purse has gone!)

10) (to do (some action or activity): I'm going for a walk; I'm going hiking next week-end.) im Begriff stehen, zu...

11) (to fail etc: I think the clutch on this car has gone.) versagen

12) (to be working etc: I don't think that clock is going.) gehen

13) (to become: These apples have gone bad.) werden

14) (to be: Many people in the world regularly go hungry.) sich befinden

15) (to be put: Spoons go in that drawer.) gehören

16) (to pass: Time goes quickly when you are enjoying yourself.) vorbeigehen

17) (to be used: All her pocket-money goes on sweets.) draufgehen

18) (to be acceptable etc: Anything goes in this office.) gehen

19) (to make a particular noise: Dogs go woof, not miaow.) ertönen, machen

20) (to have a particular tune etc: How does that song go?) gehen

21) (to become successful etc: She always makes a party go.) erfolgreich
2. noun
1) (an attempt: I'm not sure how to do it, but I'll have a go.) der Versuch

2) (energy: She's full of go.) der Schwung

•

- going
3. adjective
1) (successful: That shop is still a going concern.) gutgehend

2) (in existence at present: the going rate for typing manuscripts.) bestehend

•

- go-ahead
4. noun
(permission: We'll start as soon as we get the go-ahead.) grünes Licht

- go-getter
- going-over
- goings-on
- no-go
- all go
- be going on for
- be going on
- be going strong
- from the word go
- get going
- give the go-by
- go about
- go after
- go against
- go along
- go along with
- go around
- go around with
- go at
- go back
- go back on
- go by
- go down
- go far
- go for
- go in
- go in for
- go into
- go off
- go on
- go on at
- go out
- go over
- go round
- go slow
- go steady
- go through
- go through with
- go too far
- go towards
- go up
- go up in smoke/flames
- go with
- go without
- keep going
- make a go of something
- make a go
- on the go
* * *

go

[gəʊ, AM goʊ]

I. INTRANSITIVE VERB

<goes, went, gone>

1. (proceed) gehen; vehicle, train fahren; plane fliegen

don't \go any closer — that animal is dangerous geh' nicht näher ran — das Tier ist gefährlich

the bus \goes from Vaihingen to Sillenbuch der Bus verkehrt zwischen Vaihingen und Sillenbuch

a shiver went down my spine mir fuhr ein Schauer über den Rücken

you \go first! geh du zuerst!

you \go next du bist als Nächste(r) dran!

hey, I \go now he, jetzt bin ich dran! fam

the doll \goes everywhere with him die Puppe nimmt er überallhin mit

drive to the end of the road, \go left, and... fahren Sie die Straße bis zum Ende entlang, biegen Sie dann links ab und...

\go south till you get to the coast halte dich südlich, bis du zur Küste kommst

we have a long way to \go wir haben noch einen weiten Weg vor uns

we've completed all of our goals — where do we \go from here? wir haben all unsere Ziele erreicht — wie geht es jetzt weiter?

the train hooted as it went into the tunnel der Zug pfiff, als er in den Tunnel einfuhr

who \goes there? wer da?; (to dog)

\go fetch it! hol'!

▪ to \go towards sb/sth auf jdn/etw zugehen

to \go home nach Hause gehen

to \go to hospital/a party/prison/the toilet ins Krankenhaus/auf eine Party/ins Gefängnis/auf die Toilette gehen

to \go across to the pub rüber in die Kneipe gehen fam

to \go to sea zur See gehen fam

to \go across the street über die Straße gehen

to \go aboard/ashore an Bord/Land gehen

to \go below nach unten gehen

to \go below deck unter Deck gehen

to \go downhill ( also fig) bergab gehen

to have it far to \go es weit haben

to \go offstage [von der Bühne] abgehen

to \go round sich akk drehen

2. (in order to get)

could you \go into the kitchen and get me something to drink, please? könntest du bitte in die Küche gehen und mir was zu trinken holen?

would you \go and get me some things from the supermarket? würdest du mir ein paar Sachen vom Supermarkt mitbringen?

I just want to \go and have a look at that antique shop over there ich möchte nur schnell einen Blick in das Antiquitätengeschäft da drüben werfen

would you wait for me while I \go and fetch my coat? wartest du kurz auf mich, während ich meinen Mantel hole?

I'll just \go and put my shoes on ich ziehe mir nur schnell die Schuhe on

\go and wash your hands geh und wasch deine Hände

she's gone to meet Brian at the station sie ist Brian vom Bahnhof abholen gegangen

to \go and get some fresh air frische Luft schnappen gehen

to \go to see sb jdn aufsuchen

3. (travel) reisen

have you ever gone to Africa before? warst du schon einmal in Afrika?

to \go by bike/car/coach/train mit dem Fahrrad/Auto/Bus/Zug fahren

to \go on a cruise eine Kreuzfahrt machen

to \go on [a] holiday in Urlaub gehen

to \go to Italy nach Italien fahren

last year I went to Spain letztes Jahr war ich in Spanien

to \go on a journey verreisen, eine Reise machen

to \go by plane fliegen

to \go on a trip eine Reise machen

to \go abroad ins Ausland gehen

4. (disappear) stain, keys verschwinden

where have my keys gone? wo sind meine Schlüssel hin?

ah, my tummy ache is gone! ah, meine Bauchschmerzen sind weg!

I really don't know where all my money \goes ich weiß auch nicht, wo mein ganzes Geld hinverschwindet!

half of my salary \goes on rent die Hälfte meines Gehaltes geht für die Miete drauf

gone are the days when... vorbei sind die Zeiten, wo...

here \goes my free weekend... das war's dann mit meinem freien Wochenende...

all his money \goes on his car er steckt sein ganzes Geld in sein Auto

there \goes another one! und wieder eine/einer weniger!

hundreds of jobs will \go das wird Hunderte von Arbeitsplätzen kosten

the president will have to \go der Präsident wird seinen Hut nehmen müssen

that cat will have to \go die Katze muss verschwinden!

all hope has gone jegliche Hoffnung ist geschwunden

to \go adrift NAUT abtreiben, wegtreiben; ( fig) gestohlen werden

one of my books has gone adrift from my desk eines meiner Bücher ist von meinem Schreibtisch verschwunden

to \go missing BRIT, AUS verschwinden

5. (leave) gehen

we have to \go now [or it's time to \go] wir müssen jetzt gehen

I must be \going ich muss jetzt allmählich gehen

has she gone yet? ist sie noch da?

the bus has gone der Bus ist schon weg; ( old)

be gone! hinweg mit dir veraltet

to let sth/sb \go, to let \go of sth/sb etw/jdn loslassen

6. (do)

to \go biking/jogging/shopping/swimming etc. Rad fahren/joggen/einkaufen/schwimmen etc. gehen

to \go looking for sb/sth jdn/etw suchen gehen

if you \go telling all my secrets,... wenn du hergehst und alle meine Geheimnisse ausplauderst,...

don't you dare \go crying to your mum about this untersteh dich, deswegen heulend zu deiner Mama zu laufen

7. (attend)

to \go to church/a concert in die Kirche/ins Konzert gehen

to \go to the cinema [or AM a movie] [or BRIT ( fam) the pictures] ins Kino gehen

to \go to the doctor zum Arzt gehen

to \go to kindergarten/school/university in den Kindergarten/in die Schule/auf die Universität gehen

to \go on a pilgrimage auf Pilgerfahrt gehen

8. (answer)

I'll \go (phone) ich geh' ran; (door) ich mach' auf

9. (dress up)

▪ to \go as sth witch, pirate als etw gehen

what shall I \go in? als was soll ich gehen?

10. + adj (become) werden

the line has gone dead die Leitung ist tot

the milk's gone sour die Milch ist sauer

the tyre has gone flat der Reifen ist platt

my mind suddenly went blank ich hatte plötzlich wie ein Brett vorm Kopf sl

I always \go red when I'm embarrassed ich werde immer rot, wenn mir etwas peinlich ist

he described the new regulations as bureaucracy gone mad er bezeichnete die neuen Bestimmungen als Ausgeburt einer wild gewordenen Bürokratie

I went cold mir wurde kalt

she's gone Communist sie ist jetzt Kommunistin

he's gone all environmental er macht jetzt voll auf Öko fam

to \go bad food schlecht werden

to \go bald/grey kahl/grau werden

to \go bankrupt bankrottgehen

to \go haywire (out of control) außer Kontrolle geraten; (malfunction) verrücktspielen fam

to \go public an die Öffentlichkeit treten; STOCKEX an die Börse gehen

to \go to sleep einschlafen

11. + adj (be) sein

to \go hungry hungern

to \go thirsty dursten, durstig sein ÖSTERR

to \go unmentioned/unnoticed/unsolved unerwähnt/unbemerkt/ungelöst bleiben

12. (turn out) gehen

how did your party \go? und, wie war deine Party?

how's your thesis \going? was macht deine Doktorarbeit?

how are things \going? und, wie läuft's? fam

if everything \goes well... wenn alles gutgeht...

things have gone well es ist gut gelaufen

the way things \go wie das halt so geht

the way things are \going at the moment... so wie es im Moment aussieht...

to \go like a bomb ein Bombenerfolg sein fam

to \go according to plan nach Plan laufen

to \go from bad to worse vom Regen in die Traufe kommen

to \go against/for sb election zu jds Ungunsten/Gunsten ausgehen

to \go wrong schiefgehen, schieflaufen fam

13. (pass) vergehen, verstreichen

time seems to \go faster as you get older die Zeit scheint schneller zu vergehen, wenn man älter wird

only two days to \go... nur noch zwei Tage...

one week to \go till Christmas noch eine Woche bis Weihnachten

in days gone by in längst vergangenen Zeiten

two exams down, one to \go zwei Prüfungen sind schon geschafft, jetzt noch eine, dann ist es geschafft!

I've three years to \go before I can retire mir fehlen noch drei Jahre bis zur Rente!

14. (begin) anfangen

ready to \go? bist du bereit?

one, two, three, \go! eins, zwei, drei, los!

we really must get \going with these proposals wir müssen uns jetzt echt an diese Konzepte setzen

let's \go! los!

here \goes! jetzt geht's los!

15. (fail) kaputtgehen; hearing, health, memory nachlassen; rope reißen

our computer is \going unser Computer gibt seinen Geist auf hum fam

my jeans is gone at the knees meine Jeans ist an den Knien durchgescheuert

her mind is \going sie baut geistig ganz schön ab! fam

16. (die) sterben

she went peacefully in her sleep sie starb friedlich im Schlaf

17. (belong) hingehören

I'll put it away if you tell me where it \goes ich räum's weg, wenn du mir sagst, wo es hingehört

the silverware \goes in the drawer over there das Silber kommt in die Schublade da drüben

those tools \go in the garage diese Werkzeuge gehören in die Garage

that is to \go into my account das kommt auf mein Konto

where do you want that to \go? wo soll das hin?

that \goes under a different chapter das gehört in ein anderes Kapitel

18. (be awarded)

▪ to \go to sb prize, house an jdn gehen; property auf jdn übergehen geh

Manchester went to Labour Manchester ging an Labour

19. (lead) road führen

where does this trail \go? wohin führt dieser Pfad?

20. (extend) gehen

the meadow \goes all the way down to the road die Weide erstreckt sich bis hinunter zur Straße

your idea is good enough, as far as it \goes... deine Idee ist so weit ganz gut,...

the numbers on the paper \go from 1 to 10 die Nummern auf dem Blatt gehen von 1 bis 10

21. (in auction) gehen

I'll \go as high as £200 ich gehe bis zu 200 Pfund

22. (function) watch gehen; machine laufen

our business has been \going for twenty years unser Geschäft läuft seit zwanzig Jahren

I'm not saying anything as long as the tape recorder is \going ich sage gar nichts, solange das Tonbandgerät läuft

to \go slow ECON einen Bummelstreik machen; watch nachgehen

to get sth \going [or to \go] [or to make sth \go] etw in Gang bringen

to get a party \going eine Party in Fahrt bringen

to get [or set] sb \going jdn in Fahrt bringen

to keep \going person weitermachen; car weiterfahren

come on! keep \going! ja, weiter! fam

to keep sth \going etw in Gang halten; factory in Betrieb halten

to keep a conversation \going eine Unterhaltung am Laufen halten

to keep a fire \going ein Feuer am Brennen halten

that thought kept me \going dieser Gedanke ließ mich durchhalten

here's some food to keep you \going hier hast du erst mal was zu essen

23. (have recourse) gehen

to \go to court over sth wegen einer S. gen vor Gericht gehen

to \go to the police zur Polizei gehen

to \go to war in den Krieg ziehen

24. (match, be in accordance)

▪ to \go [with sth] [zu etw dat] passen

these two colours don't \go diese beiden Farben beißen sich

to \go against logic unlogisch sein

to \go against one's principles gegen jds Prinzipien verstoßen

25. (fit)

five \goes into ten two times [or five into ten \goes twice] fünf geht zweimal in zehn

do you think all these things will \go into our little suitcase? glaubst du, das ganze Zeug wird in unseren kleinen Koffer passen? fam

26. (be sold) weggehen fam

\going, \going, gone! zum Ersten, zum Zweiten, [und] zum Dritten!

pocketbooks are \going for $10 for the next two days in den nächsten zwei Tagen sind die Taschenbücher für 10 Dollar zu haben

▪ to \go to sb an jdn gehen

to \go like hot cakes weggehen wie warme Semmeln fam

to be \going cheap billig zu haben sein

27. (serve, contribute)

▪ to \go [to sth] [zu etw dat] beitragen

the money will \go to the victims of the earthquake das Geld ist für die Erdbebenopfer bestimmt

this will \go towards your holiday das [Geld] ist für deinen Urlaub bestimmt

your daughter's attitude only \goes to prove how much... die Einstellung deiner Tochter zeigt einmal mehr, wie sehr...

28. (move) machen

when I \go like this, my hand hurts wenn ich so mache, tut meine Hand weh

\go like this with your hand to show that... mach so mit deiner Hand, um zu zeigen, dass...

29. (sound) machen

I think I heard the doorbell \go just now ich glaube, es hat gerade geklingelt

there \goes the bell es klingelt

ducks \go ‘quack’ Enten machen ‚quack‘

with sirens \going ambulance mit heulender Sirene

30. (accepted)

anything \goes alles ist erlaubt

that \goes for all of you das gilt für euch alle!

31. (be told, sung) gehen; title, theory lauten

I can never remember how that song \goes ich weiß nie, wie dieses Lied geht

the story \goes that... es heißt, dass...

the rumour \goes that... es geht das Gerücht, dass...

32. (compared to)

as hospitals/things \go verglichen mit anderen Krankenhäusern/Dingen

as things \go today it wasn't that expensive für heutige Verhältnisse war es gar nicht so teuer

33. ( fam: use the toilet)

I really have to \go ich muss ganz dringend mal! fam

34. ( fam: expressing annoyance)

I've gone and lost my earring ich habe meinen Ohrring verloren

you've really gone and done it now! jetzt hast du aber was Schönes angerichtet! iron; (pej!)

\go to hell! geh [o scher dich] zum Teufel! fam

35. AM (in restaurant)

do you want that pizza here or to \go? möchten Sie die Pizza hier essen oder mitnehmen?; AM

I'd like a cheeseburger to \go, please ich hätte gerne einen Cheeseburger zum Mitnehmen

36. (available)

is there any beer \going? gibt es Bier?

I'll have whatever is \going ich nehme das, was gerade da ist

37. ( fam: treat)

to \go easy on sb jdn schonend behandeln, jdn glimpflich davonkommen lassen

38.

▶ to \go all out to do sth alles daransetzen, etw zu tun

▶ to \go Dutch getrennt zahlen

▶ easy come, easy \go ( prov) wie gewonnen, so zerronnen prov

▶ \go [and] get stuffed! ( fam) du kannst mich mal! fam

▶ to \go halves on sth sich dat etw je zur Hälfte teilen

▶ here we \go again ( fam) jetzt geht das wieder los! fam

▶ \go [and] take a running jump! mach bloß, dass du abhaust [o ÖSTERR verschwindest]! fam

▶ there you \go bitte schön!; (told you so) sag ich's doch! fam

▶ there he \goes again ( fam) jetzt fängt er schon wieder damit an! fam

▶ don't \go there ( fam) lass dich nicht darauf ein

▶ that \goes without saying das versteht sich von selbst

II. AUXILIARY VERB

future tense

▪ to be \going to do sth etw tun werden

we are \going to have a party tomorrow wir geben morgen eine Party

he was \going to phone me this morning er wollte mich heute Morgen anrufen

isn't she \going to accept the job after all? nimmt sie den Job nun doch nicht an?

III. TRANSITIVE VERB

<goes, went, gone>

1. esp AM (travel)

▪ to \go sth a route, a highway etw nehmen

2. ( fam: say)

▪ to \go sth:

she \goes to me: I never want to see you again! sie sagt zu mir: ich will dich nie wieder sehen!

3. CARDS

▪ to \go sth etw reizen

to \go nap die höchste Zahl von Stichen ansagen

4. BRIT (like)

to not \go much on sth sich dat nicht viel aus etw dat machen

5. (become)

▪ to \go sth:

my mind went a complete blank ich hatte voll ein Brett vorm Kopf! fam

6.

▶ to \go it alone etw im Alleingang tun

▶ to \go it ( fam) es toll treiben fam; (move quickly) ein tolles Tempo drauf haben; (work hard) sich akk reinknien

▶ to \go a long way lange [vor]halten

▶ sb will \go a long way jd wird es weit bringen

▶ to \go nap alles auf eine Karte setzen

▶ to \go it some es laufenlassen fam

IV. NOUN

<pl -es>

1. (turn)

I'll have a \go at driving if you're tired ich kann dich mit dem Fahren ablösen, wenn du müde bist fam

you've had your \go already! du warst schon dran!

hey, it's Ken's \go now he, jetzt ist Ken dran

can I have a \go? darf ich mal?

to miss one \go einmal aussetzen; (not voluntarily) einmal übersprungen werden

2. (attempt) Versuch m

have a \go! versuch' es doch einfach mal! fam

at one \go auf einen Schlag; (drink) in einem Zug fam

all in one \go alle[s] auf einmal

at the first \go auf Anhieb

to give sth a \go etw versuchen

to have a \go at sb (criticize) jdn runtermachen fam; (attack) über jdn herfallen

his boss had a \go at him about his appearance sein Chef hat sich ihn wegen seines Äußeren vorgeknöpft fam

members of the public are strongly advised not to have a \go at this man die Öffentlichkeit wird eindringlich davor gewarnt, etwas gegen diesen Mann zu unternehmen

to have a \go at doing sth versuchen, etw zu tun

to have several \goes at sth für etw akk mehrere Anläufe nehmen

3. no pl (energy) Antrieb m, Elan m

to be full of \go voller Elan sein

4. esp BRIT ( fam: dose) Anfall m

she had such a bad \go of the flu that she took a week off from work sie hatte so eine schlimme Grippe, dass sie eine Woche in Krankenstand ging

5. ( fam: lots of activity)

it's all \go here hier ist immer was los fam

it's all \go and no relaxing on those bus tours auf diesen Busfahrten wird nur gehetzt und man kommt nie zum Ausruhen fam

I've got two projects on the \go at the moment ich habe momentan zwei Projekte gleichzeitig laufen

to be on the \go [ständig] auf Trab sein

I've been on the \go all day long ich war den ganzen Tag auf Achse fam

to keep sb on the \go jdn auf Trab halten fam

6.

▶ to be all the \go BRIT ( dated fam) der letzte Schrei sein

▶ to make a \go of sth mit etw dat Erfolg haben

she's making a \go of her new antique shop ihr neues Antiquitätengeschäft ist ein voller Erfolg fam

▶ that was a near \go das war knapp

▶ it's no \go da ist nichts zu machen

▶ to be touch and \go auf der Kippe stehen fam

▶ from the word \go von Anfang an

V. ADJECTIVE

pred [start]klar, in Ordnung

all systems [are] \go alles klar

all systems \go, take-off in t minus 10 alle Systeme zeigen grün, Start in t minus 10

* * *

go¹ [ɡəʊ]

A pl goes [ɡəʊz] s

1. Gehen n:

on the go umg

a) (ständig) in Bewegung oder auf Achse

b) obs im Verfall begriffen, im Dahinschwinden;

from the word go umg von Anfang an

2. Gang m, (Ver)Lauf m

3. umg Schwung m, Schmiss m umg:

this song has no go;

he is full of go er hat Schwung, er ist voller Leben

4. umg Mode f:

it is all the go now es ist jetzt große Mode

5. umg Erfolg m:

make a go of sth etwas zu einem Erfolg machen;

no go

a) kein Erfolg,

b) aussichts-, zwecklos;

it’s no go es geht nicht, nichts zu machen

6. umg Abmachung f:

it’s a go! abgemacht!

7. umg Versuch m:

have a go at sth etwas probieren oder versuchen;

let me have a go lass mich mal (probieren)!;

have a go at sb jemandem was zu hören geben umg;

have a go (Fußball) abziehen;

at one go auf einen Schlag, auf Anhieb;

in one go auf einen Sitz;

at the first go gleich beim ersten Versuch;

it’s your go du bist an der Reihe oder dran

8. umg ( besonders unangenehme) Sache, Geschichte f:

what a go! ’ne schöne Geschichte oder Bescherung!, so was Dummes!;

it was a near go das ging gerade noch (einmal) gut

9. umg

a) Portion f (einer Speise)

b) Glas n:

his third go of brandy sein dritter Kognak

10. Anfall m (einer Krankheit):

my second go of influenza meine zweite Grippe

B adj TECH umg funktionstüchtig

C v/i prät went [went], pperf gone [ɡɒn; US ɡɔːn], 3. sg präs goes [ɡəʊz]

1. gehen, fahren, reisen ( alle:

to nach), sich (fort)bewegen:

go on foot zu Fuß gehen;

go by plane ( oder air) mit dem Flugzeug reisen, fliegen;

go to Paris nach Paris reisen oder gehen;

go to the country Br (das Parlament auflösen und) Neuwahlen ausschreiben; → horseback A, train A 1

2. (fort)gehen, abfahren, abreisen (to nach):

people were coming and going Leute kamen und gingen;

who goes there? MIL wer da?;

I must be going ich muss gehen oder weg oder fort; → let¹ Bes Redew

3. verkehren, fahren (Fahrzeuge)

4. anfangen, loslegen, -gehen:

go! SPORT los!;

go to it! mach dich dran!, ran! (beide umg);

here you go again! jetzt fängst du schon wieder an!;

just go and try versuchs doch mal!;

here goes! umg dann mal los!, ran (an den Speck)!

5. gehen, führen (to nach):

this road goes to York

6. sich erstrecken, reichen, gehen (to bis):

the belt does not go round her waist der Gürtel geht oder reicht nicht um ihre Taille;

as far as it goes bis zu einem gewissen Grade;

it goes a long way es reicht lange (aus)

7. fig gehen:

let it go at that lass es dabei bewenden; → all Bes Redew, anywhere 1, court A 10, expense Bes Redew, far Bes Redew, heart Bes Redew, nowhere A 2

8. MATH (into) gehen (in akk), enthalten sein (in dat):

5 into 10 goes twice

9. gehen, passen ( beide:

into, in in akk), fallen (to auf akk):

it does not go into my pocket es geht oder passt nicht in meine Tasche;

12 inches go to the foot 12 Zoll gehen auf oder bilden einen Fuß

10. gehören (in, into in akk; on auf akk):

the books go on the shelf die Bücher gehören in oder kommen auf das Regal;

where does this go? wohin kommt das?

11. (to) gehen (an akk) (Preis etc), zufallen (dat) (Erbe):

the money is going to a good cause das Geld fließt einem guten Zweck zu oder kommt einem guten Zweck zugute!

12. TECH gehen, laufen, funktionieren (alle auch fig):

the engine is going;

keep (set) sth going etwas in Gang halten (bringen);

make things go die Sache in Schwung bringen; → get B 14, C 4, keep B 2

13. werden, in einen (bestimmten) Zustand übergehen oder verfallen:

your coffee will go cold dein Kaffee wird kalt;

go blind erblinden;

go Conservative zu den Konservativen übergehen; → bad¹ A 13, hot A 3, mad A 1

14. (gewöhnlich) (in einem Zustand) sein, sich ständig befinden:

go armed bewaffnet sein;

go in rags ständig in Lumpen herumlaufen;

go hungry hungern;

going sixteen im 16. Lebensjahr; → fear A 1, unheeded

15. a) meist go with child schwanger sein

b) go with young ZOOL trächtig sein

16. (with) gehen (mit), sich halten oder anschließen (an akk): → tide¹ A 3

17. sich halten (by, on, upon an akk), gehen, handeln, sich richten, urteilen (on, upon nach):

have nothing to go upon keine Anhaltspunkte haben;

going by her clothes ihrer Kleidung nach (zu urteilen)

18. umgehen, kursieren, im Umlauf sein (Gerüchte etc):

the story goes that … es heißt oder man erzählt sich, dass …

19. gelten ( for für):

what he says goes umg was er sagt, gilt;

that goes for all of you das gilt für euch alle;

it goes without saying es versteht sich von selbst, (es ist) selbstverständlich

20. gehen, laufen, bekannt sein:

it goes by ( oder under) the name of … es läuft unter dem Namen …;

my dog goes by the name of Rover mein Hund hört auf den Namen Rover

21. as hotels go im Vergleich zu anderen Hotels;

he’s a meek man, as men go er ist ein vergleichsweise sanftmütiger Mann

22. vergehen, -streichen:

how time goes! wie (doch) die Zeit vergeht!;

one minute to go noch eine Minute;

with five minutes to go SPORT fünf Minuten vor Spielende

23. WIRTSCH weggehen, abgesetzt oder verkauft werden ( beide:

at, for für):

“everything must go” „Totalausverkauf“;

go for nothing umsonst sein (Mühe etc); → cake A 1

24. (on, in) aufgehen (in dat), ausgegeben werden (für):

most of the money goes in wages;

all his money goes on drink er gibt sein ganzes Geld für Alkohol aus

25. dazu beitragen oder dienen ( to do zu tun), dienen (to zu), verwendet werden (to, toward[s] für, zu):

it goes to show dies zeigt, daran erkennt man;

this only goes to show you the truth dies dient nur dazu, Ihnen die Wahrheit zu zeigen

26. verlaufen, sich entwickeln oder gestalten:

how does the play go? wie geht oder welchen Erfolg hat das Stück?;

things have gone badly with me es ist mir schlecht ergangen

27. ausgehen, -fallen:

the decision went against him die Entscheidung fiel zu seinen Ungunsten aus;

it went well es ging gut (aus)

28. Erfolg haben:

the play goes;

go big umg ein Riesenerfolg sein

29. (with) gehen, sich vertragen, harmonieren (mit), passen (zu):

black goes well with yellow

30. ertönen, erklingen, läuten (Glocke), schlagen (Uhr):

the clock went five die Uhr schlug fünf;

the doorbell went es klingelte oder läutete

31. mit einem Knall etc losgehen:

bang went the gun die Kanone machte bumm

32. lauten (Worte etc):

I forget how the words go mir fällt der Text im Moment nicht ein;

this is how the tune goes so geht die Melodie;

this song goes to the tune of … dieses Lied geht nach der Melodie von …

33. gehen, verschwinden, abgeschafft werden:

he must go er muss weg;

these laws must go die Gesetze müssen verschwinden

34. (dahin)schwinden:

his strength is going;

my eyesight is going meine Augen werden immer schlechter

35. zum Erliegen kommen, zusammenbrechen (Handel etc)

36. kaputtgehen (Sohlen etc)

37. sterben

38. (im ppr mit inf) zum Ausdruck einer Zukunft, besonders

a) einer Absicht

b) etwas Unabänderlichem:

it is going to rain es gibt Regen, es wird (bald oder gleich) regnen;

he is going to read it er wird oder will es (bald) lesen;

she is going to have a baby sie bekommt ein Kind;

what was going to be done? was sollte nun geschehen?

39. (mit nachfolgendem ger) meist gehen:

go swimming schwimmen gehen;

you must not go telling him du darfst es ihm ja nicht sagen;

he goes frightening people er erschreckt immer die Leute

40. (daran)gehen, sich aufmachen oder anschicken:

he went to find him er ging ihn suchen;

she went to see him sie besuchte ihn;

go fetch! bring es!, hol es!;

he went and sold it umg er hat es tatsächlich verkauft; er war so dumm, es zu verkaufen

41. “pizzas to go” (Schild) US „Pizzas zum Mitnehmen“

42. erlaubt sein:

everything goes in this place hier ist alles erlaubt

43. besonders US umg wiegen:

I went 90 kilos last year letztes Jahr hatte ich 90 Kilo

D v/t

1. einen Weg, eine Strecke etc gehen

2. einen Betrag wetten, setzen (on auf akk)

3. Kartenspiel: ansagen

4. US umg eine Einladung oder Wette annehmen von:

I’ll go you! ich nehme an!, gemacht!

5. go it umg

a) sich reinknien, (mächtig) rangehen,

b) es toll treiben, auf den Putz hauen,

c) handeln:

go it alone einen Alleingang machen;

go it! ran!, (immer) feste! umg

go² [ɡəʊ] Go n (japanisches Brettspiel)

* * *
1. intransitive verb,
pres. he goes, p.t. went, pres. p. going, p.p. gone

1) gehen; [Fahrzeug:] fahren; [Flugzeug:] fliegen; [Vierfüßer:] laufen; [Reptil:] kriechen; (on horseback etc.) reiten; (on skis, roller skates) laufen; (in wheelchair, pram, lift) fahren

go by bicycle/car/bus/train or rail/boat or sea or ship — mit dem [Fahr]rad/Auto/Bus/Zug/Schiff fahren

go by plane or air — fliegen

go on foot — zu Fuß gehen; laufen (ugs.)

as one goes [along] — (fig.) nach und nach

do something as one goes [along] — (lit.) etwas beim Gehen od. unterwegs tun

go on a journey — eine Reise machen; verreisen

go first-class/at 50 m.p.h. — erster Klasse reisen od. fahren/80 Stundenkilometer fahren

have far to go — weit zu gehen od. zu fahren haben; es weit haben

the doll/dog goes everywhere with her — sie hat immer ihre Puppe/ihren Hund dabei

who goes there? — (sentry's challenge) wer da?

there you go — (coll., giving something) bitte!; da! (ugs.)

2) (proceed as regards purpose, activity, destination, or route) [Bus, Zug, Lift, Schiff:] fahren; (use means of transportation) fahren; (fly) fliegen; (proceed on outward journey) weg-, abfahren; (travel regularly) [Verkehrsmittel:] verkehren (from... to zwischen + Dat.... und)

his hand went to his pocket — er griff nach seiner Tasche

go to the toilet/cinema/moon/a museum/a funeral — auf die Toilette/ins Kino gehen/zum Mond fliegen/ins Museum/zu einer Beerdigung gehen

go to a dance — tanzen gehen

go to the doctor['s] — etc. zum Arzt usw. gehen

go [out] to China — nach China gehen

go [over] to America — nach Amerika [hinüber]fliegen/-fahren

go [off] to London — nach London [ab]fahren/[ab]fliegen

last year we went to Italy — letztes Jahr waren wir in Italien

go this/that way — hier/da entlanggehen/-fahren

go out of one's way — einen Umweg machen; (fig.) keine Mühe scheuen

go towards something/somebody — auf etwas/jemanden zugehen

don't go on the grass — geh nicht auf den Rasen

go by something/somebody — [Festzug usw.:] an etwas/jemandem vorbeiziehen; [Bus usw.:] an etwas/jemandem vorbeifahren

go in and out [of something] — [in etwas (Dat.)] ein- und ausgehen

go into something — in etwas (Akk.) [hinein]gehen

go looking for somebody — jemanden suchen gehen

go chasing after something/somebody — hinter etwas/jemandem herrennen (ugs.)

go to live in Berlin — nach Berlin ziehen

go to see somebody — jemanden aufsuchen

I went to water the garden — ich ging den Garten sprengen

go and do something — [gehen und] etwas tun

I'll go and get my coat — ich hole jetzt meinen Mantel

go and see whether... — nachsehen [gehen], ob...

go on a pilgrimage — etc. eine Pilgerfahrt usw. machen

go on TV/the radio — im Fernsehen/Radio auftreten

I'll go! — ich geh schon!; (answer phone) ich geh ran od. nehme ab; (answer door) ich mache auf

you go! — (to the phone) geh du mal ran!

3) (start) losgehen; (in vehicle) losfahren

let's go! — (coll.) fangen wir an!

here goes! — (coll.) dann mal los!

whose turn is it to go? — (in game) wer ist an der Reihe?

go first — (in game) anfangen

from the word go — (fig. coll.) [schon] von Anfang an

4) (pass, circulate, be transmitted) gehen

a shiver went up or down my spine — ein Schauer lief mir über den Rücken od. den Rücken hinunter

go to — (be given to) [Preis, Sieg, Gelder, Job:] gehen an (+ Akk.); [Titel, Krone, Besitz:] übergehen auf (+ Akk.); [Ehre, Verdienst:] zuteil werden (Dat.)

go towards — (be of benefit to) zugute kommen (+ Dat.)

go according to — (be determined by) sich richten nach

5) (make specific motion, do something specific)

go round — [Rad:] sich drehen

there he etc. goes again — (coll.) da, schon wieder!

here we go again — (coll.) jetzt geht das wieder los!

6) (act, work, function effectively) gehen; [Mechanismus, Maschine:] laufen

get the car to go — das Auto ankriegen (ugs.) od. starten

at midnight we were still going — um Mitternacht waren wir immer noch dabei od. im Gange

go by electricity — mit Strom betrieben werden

keep going — (in movement) weitergehen/-fahren; (in activity) weitermachen; (not fail) sich aufrecht halten

keep somebody going — (enable to continue) jemanden aufrecht halten

that'll keep me going — damit komme ich aus

keep something going — etwas in Gang halten

make something go, get/set something going — etwas in Gang bringen

7)

go to — (attend)

go to work — zur Arbeit gehen

go to church/school — in die Kirche/die Schule gehen

go to a comprehensive school — eine Gesamtschule besuchen; auf eine Gesamtschule gehen

8) (have recourse)

go to the originals — auf die Quellen zurückgreifen

go to the relevant authority/UN — sich an die zuständige Behörde/UN wenden

where do we go from here? — (fig.) und was nun? (ugs.)

9) (depart) gehen; [Bus, Zug:] [ab]fahren; [Post:] rausgehen (ugs.)

I must be going now — ich muss allmählich gehen

time to go! — wir müssen/ihr müsst usw. gehen!

to go — (Amer.) [Speisen, Getränke:] zum Mitnehmen

10) (euphem.): (die) sterben

be dead and gone — tot sein

after I go — wenn ich einmal nicht mehr bin

11) (fail) [Gedächtnis, Kräfte:] nachlassen; (cease to function) kaputtgehen; [Maschine, Computer usw.:] ausfallen; [Sicherung:] durchbrennen; (break) brechen; [Seil usw.:] reißen; (collapse) einstürzen; (fray badly) ausfransen

the jacket has gone at the elbows — die Jacke ist an den Ellbogen durchgescheuert

12) (disappear) verschwinden; [Geruch, Rauch:] sich verziehen; [Geld, Zeit:] draufgehen (ugs.) (in, on für); (be relinquished) aufgegeben werden; [Tradition:] abgeschafft werden; (be dismissed) [Arbeitskräfte:] entlassen werden

be gone from sight — außer Sicht geraten sein

my coat/the stain has gone — mein Mantel/der Fleck ist weg

where has my hat gone? — wo ist mein Hut [geblieben]?

all his money goes on women — er gibt sein ganzes Geld für Frauen aus

13) (elapse) [Zeit:] vergehen; [Interview usw.:] vorüber-, vorbeigehen

that has all gone by — das ist jetzt alles vorbei

in days gone by — in längst vergangenen Zeiten

14)

to go — (still remaining)

have something [still] to go — [noch] etwas übrig haben

there's hours to go — es dauert noch Stunden

one week etc. to go to... — noch eine Woche usw. bis...

there's only another mile to go — [es ist] nur noch eine Meile

still have a mile to go — noch eine Meile vor sich (Dat.) haben

one down, two to go — einer ist bereits erledigt, bleiben noch zwei übrig (salopp)

15) (be sold) weggehen (ugs.); verkauft werden

it went for £1 — es ging für 1 Pfund weg

going! going! gone! — zum ersten! zum zweiten! zum dritten!

16) (run) [Grenze, Straße usw.:] verlaufen, gehen; (afford access, lead) gehen; führen; (extend) reichen; (fig.) gehen

as or so far as he/it goes — soweit

17) (turn out, progress) [Ereignis, Projekt, Interview, Abend:] verlaufen

go against somebody/something — [Wahl, Kampf:] zu jemandes/einer Sache Ungunsten ausgehen; [Entscheidung, Urteil:] zu jemandes/einer Sache Ungunsten ausfallen

how did your holiday/party go? — wie war Ihr Urlaub/Ihre Party?

how is the book going? — was macht [denn] das Buch?

things have been going well/badly/smoothly — etc. in der letzten Zeit läuft alles gut/schief/glatt usw.

how are things going?, how is it going? — wie steht's od. (ugs.) läuft's?

18) (be, have form or nature, be in temporary state) sein; [Sprichwort, Gedicht, Titel:] lauten

this is how things go, that's the way it goes — so ist es nun mal

go against something — mit etwas nicht übereinstimmen

go against one's principles — gegen seine Prinzipien gehen

go hungry — hungern; hungrig bleiben

go without food/water — es ohne Essen/Wasser aushalten

go in fear of one's life — in beständiger Angst um sein Leben leben; see also go against

19) (become) werden

the tyre has gone flat — der Reifen ist platt

the phone has gone dead — die Leitung ist tot

the constituency/York went Tory — der Wahlkreis/York ging an die Tories

20) (have usual place) kommen; (belong) gehören

where does the box go? — wo kommt od. gehört die Kiste hin?

where do you want this chair to go? — wo soll od. kommt der Stuhl hin?

21) (fit) passen

go in[to] something — in etwas (Akk.) gehen od. [hinein]passen

go through something — durch etwas [hindurch]gehen od. [hindurch]passen

six into twelve goes twice — sechs geht zweimal in zwölf

five goes into forty exactly — vierzig durch fünf geht auf

22) (harmonize, match) passen ( with zu)

the two colours don't go — die beiden Farben passen nicht zusammen od. beißen sich

23) (serve, contribute) dienen

the qualities that go to make a leader — die Eigenschaften, die einen Führer ausmachen

it just goes to show that... — daran zeigt sich, dass...

24) (make sound of specified kind) machen; (emit sound) [Turmuhr, Gong:] schlagen; [Glocke:] läuten

There goes the bell. School is over — Es klingelt. Die Schule ist aus

the fire alarm went at 3 a. m. — der Feueralarm ging um 3 Uhr morgens los

a police car with its siren going — ein Polizeiwagen mit eingeschalteter Sirene

25) as intensifier (coll.)

don't go making or go and make him angry — verärgere ihn bloß nicht

don't go looking for trouble — such keinen Streit

I gave him a £10 note and, of course, he had to go and lose it — (iron.) ich gab ihm einen 10-Pfund-Schein, und er musste ihn natürlich prompt verlieren

now you've been and gone and done it! — (coll.) du hast ja was Schönes angerichtet! (ugs. iron.)

go tell him I'm ready — (coll./Amer.) geh und sag ihm, dass ich fertig bin

26) (coll.): (be acceptable or permitted) erlaubt sein; gehen (ugs.)

everything/anything goes — es ist alles erlaubt

it/that goes without saying — es/das ist doch selbstverständlich

what he etc. says, goes — was er usw. sagt, gilt. See also going; gone
2. transitive verb, forms as
I

1) (Cards) spielen

2) (coll.)

go it — es toll treiben; (work hard) rangehen

he has been going it a bit too hard — er hat es etwas zu weit getrieben

go it! — los!; weiter!
3. noun
, pl. goes (coll.)

1) (attempt, try) Versuch, der; (chance) Gelegenheit, die

have a go — es versuchen od. probieren

have a go at doing something — versuchen, etwas zu tun

have a go at something — sich an etwas (Dat.) versuchen

let me have/can I have a go? — lass mich [auch ein]mal/kann ich [auch ein]mal? (ugs.)

it's my go — ich bin an der Reihe od. dran

in two/three goes — bei zwei/drei Versuchen

at the first go — auf Anhieb

2)

have a go at somebody — (scold) sich (Dat.) jemanden vornehmen od. vorknöpfen (ugs.); (attack) über jemanden herfallen

3) (period of activity)

in one go — auf einmal

he downed his beer in one go — er trank sein Bier in einem Zug aus

4) (energy) Schwung, der

be full of go — voller Schwung od. Elan sein

have plenty of go — einen enormen Schwung od. Elan haben

5) (vigorous activity)

it's all go — es ist alles eine einzige Hetzerei (ugs.)

it's all go at work — es ist ganz schön was los bei der Arbeit

be on the go — auf Trab sein (ugs.)

keep somebody on the go — jemanden auf Trab halten (ugs.)

6) (success)

make a go of something — mit etwas Erfolg haben

it's no go — da ist nichts zu machen
4. adjective
(coll.)

all systems go — alles klar

Phrasal Verbs:

- go about

- go after

- go against

- go ahead

- go along

- go along with

- go around

- go at

- go away

- go back

- go by

- go down

- go down with

- go for

- go forward

- go in

- go in for

- go into

- go in with

- go off

- go on

- go on for

- go on to

- go on with

- go out

- go over

- go over to

- go round

- go through

- go through with

- go together

- go under

- go up

- go with

- go without

* * *

(deer-) stalking expr.

auf die Pirsch gehen ausdr. v.

(§ p.,p.p.: went, gone)

= funktionieren v.

führen v.

gehen v.

(§ p.,pp.: ging, ist gegangen)

English-german dictionary > go
8 sua

sŭus, a, um (old form sos, sa, sum; dat. plur. sis, Enn. ap. Fest. p. 301 Mull.; acc. sas. id. ib. p. 325 ib.; cf. Paul. ex Fest. p. 47; Schol. Pers. 1, 108; sing. sam for suam, Fest. p. 47 Mull.;
so for suo, C. I. L. 5, 2007. In ante-class. verse su- with the following vowel freq. forms one syllable,
Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 48; id. Ps. 1, 3, 5; Ter. And. 1, 1, 68; Lucr. 1, 1022; v. Neue, Formenl. 2, 189 sqq.), pron. poss., 3 d pers. [root SVA-; Sanscr. sva, own; cf. sui; Gr. seWo-, whence sphe, etc., and he; cf. heos], of or belonging to himself, herself, etc.; his own, her own, etc.; his, her, its, their; one ' s; hers, theirs.
I.
Ordinary possessive use his, etc. (cf. the similar use of the pers. pron. sui, q. v.).
A.
With antecedent in the same sentence.
1.
The antecedent a subject-nominative, expressed or understood.
(α).
His:
Caesar copias suas divisit,
Caes. B. C. 3, 97:
ille in sua sententia perseverat,
id. ib. 1, 72:
tantam habebat suarum rerum fiduciam,
id. ib. 2, 37:
cum sceleris sui socios Romae reliquisset,
Cic. Cat. 3, 1, 3:
cur ego non ignoscam si anteposuit suam salutem meae?
id. Pis. 32, 79; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45; id. Mil. 10, 27; id. Fam. 15, 14, 1:
Hanno praefecturam ejus (i.e. Muttinis) filio suo (Hannonis) dedit,
Liv. 26, 40, 7:
imperat princeps civibus suis,
Sen. Clem. 1, 16, 2:
nemo rem suam emit,
id. Ben. 7, 4, 8.—
(β).
Her:
mea Glycerium suos parentes repperit,
Ter. And. 5, 6, 5:
utinam haec ignoraret suum patrem,
id. Phorm. 5, 6, 34:
si nunc facere volt era officium suom,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 72:
ne eadem mulier cum suo conjuge honestissimum adulescentem oppressisse videatur,
Cic. Cael. 32, 78:
si omnibus suis copiis excellentem virum res publica armasset,
id. Phil. 13, 16, 32.—
(γ).
Its:
omne animal, simul et ortum est, et se ipsum et omnes partes suas diligit,
Cic. Fin. 2, 11, 33:
cum mea domus ardore suo deflagrationem Italiae toti minaretur,
id. Planc. 40, 95.—
(δ).
Their: (legiones) si consulem suum reliquerunt, vituperandae sunt Cic. Phil. 5, 2, 4:
mittent aliquem de suo numero,
id. ib. 11, 10, 25:
rationem illi sententiae suae non fere reddebant,
id. Tusc. 1, 17, 38:
qui agellos suos redimere a piratis solebant,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 37, § 85:
edicunt ut ad suum vestitum senatores redirent,
id. Sest. 14, 32:
suis finibus eos prohibent,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1: Allobrogibus sese persuasuros existimabant ut per suos (Allobrogum) fines eos (Helvetios) ire paterentur, id. id. 1, 6;
and distributively: ac naves onerariae LXIII. in portu expugnatae, quaedam cum suis oneribus, frumento, armis, aere, etc.,
some with their several cargoes, Liv. 26, 47, 9.—
2.
With a subject-clause as antecedent:
id sua sponte apparebat tuta celeribus consiliis praepositurum,
was selfevident, Liv. 22, 38, 13:
ad id quod sua sponte satis collectum animorum erat, indignitate etiam Romani accendebantur,
id. 3, 62, 1:
secutum tamen sua sponte est ut vilior ob ea regi Hannibal et suspectior fieret,
id. 35, 14, 4. —
3.
With subject-acc. as antecedent:
hanc dicam Athenis advenisse cum aliquo amatore suo, Plant. Mil. 2, 2, 86: doceo gratissimum esse in sua tribu Plancium,
Cic. Planc. 19, 47:
cupio eum suae causae confidere,
id. Sest. 64, 135:
suspicari debuit (Milo), eum (Clodium) ad villam suam (Clodii) deversurum,
id. Mil. 19, 51: Medeam praedicant in fuga fratris sui membra dissipavisse, id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 22:
(dixit) Caesarem pro sua dignitate debere et studium et iracundiam suam reipublicae dimittere,
Caes. B. C. 1, 8.—
4.
With object-acc. as antecedent.
(α).
Suus being an adjunct of the subject (generally rendered in Engl. by a pass. constr.):
hunc pater suus de templo deduxit,
he was taken from the temple by his father, Cic. Inv. 2, 17, 52:
hunc sui cives e civitate ejecerunt,
id. Sest. 68, 142:
Alexandrum uxor sua... occidit,
id. Inv. 2, 49, 144:
illum ulciscentur mores sui,
id. Att. 9, 12, 2:
quodsi quem natura sua... forte deficiet,
id. Or. 1, 14:
utrumque regem sua multitudo consalutaverat,
Liv. 1, 7, 1:
quas (urbes) sua virtus ac dii juvent, magnas sibi opes facere,
id. 1, 9, 3; 1, 7, 15; 6, 33, 5:
quos nec sua conscientia impulerit, nec, etc.,
id. 26, 33, 3; 25, 14, 7:
consulem C. Marium servus suus interemit,
Val. Max. 6, 8, 2:
quis non Vedium Pollionem pejus oderat quam servi sui?
Sen. Clem. 1, 18, 2:
sera dies sit qua illum gens sua caelo adserat,
id. Cons. Poll. 12 (31), 5.—With the antecedent understood from the principal sentence:
ita forma simili pueri ut mater sua internoscere (sc. eos) non posset,
Plaut. Men. prol. 19; and with suus as adjunct both of the subject and of the antecedent: jubet salvere suos vir uxorem suam, id. merc. 4, 3, 11. —
(β).
With impers. verbs:
sunt homines, quos libidinis infamiaeque suae neque pudeat neque taedeat,
Cic. Verr. 1, 12, 35:
video fore ut inimicos tuos poeniteat intemperantiae suae,
id. Fam. 3, 10, 1:
si Caesarem beneficii sui poeniteret,
id. Lig. 10, 29; so id. Agr. 2, 11, 26:
jam ne nobilitatis quidem suae plebejos poenitere,
Liv. 10, 7, 8:
militem jam minus virtutis poenitere suae,
id. 22, 12, 10.—
(γ).
As adjunct of other members of the sentence:
ad parentes suos ducas Silenium,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 86. nam is illius filiam conicit in navem clam matrem suam (i.e. filiae), id. Mil. 2, 1, 34:
eosdem ad quaestoris sui aut imperatoris, aut commilitonum suorum pericula impulistis,
Cic. Phil. 13, 17, 34:
totum enim ex sua patria sustulisti,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 49, § 127; id. Or. 3, 32, 126: quem (Hammonium) tibi etiam suo nomine ( on his own account) commendo... itaque peto a te ut ejus procuratorem et ipsum suo nomine diligas, id. Fam. 13, 21, 2:
Caesar Fabium in sua remittit hiberna,
Caes. B. G. 5, 33; id. B. C. 3, 24:
introire ad Ciceronem, et domi suae imparatum confodere,
Sall. C. 28, 1:
suis flammis delete Fidenas,
i. e. the flames kindled by the Fidenates, Liv. 4, 33, 5:
suo igni involvit hostes,
Tac. A. 14, 30:
quid Caesarem in sua fata inmisit?
Sen. Ep. 94, 65; id. Q. N. 1, praef. 7; cf.
with antecedent supplied from preceding sentence: non destiti rogare et petere (sc. Brutum) mea causa, suadere et hortari sua,
Cic. Att. 6, 2, 7.—
5.
With dat. as antecedent.
(α).
As adjunct of subject (cf. 4. supra):
suus rex reginae placet,
a queen likes her own king, Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 76:
ei nunc alia ducenda'st domum, sua cognata Lemniensis,
id. Cist. 1, 1, 101:
Autronio nonne sodales, non collegae sui... defuerunt?
Cic. Sull. 2, 7:
si ceteris facta sua recte prosunt,
id. Cat. 3, 12, 27:
cui non magistri sui atque doctores, cui non... locus ipse... in mente versetur?
id. Planc. 33, 81:
haec omnia plane... Siculis erepta sunt: primum suae leges, etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 13, § 33:
Romanis multitudo sua auxit animum,
Liv. 21, 50, 4:
sicuti populo Romano sua fortuna labet,
id. 42, 50, 7:
Lanuvinis sacra sua reddita,
id. 8, 14, 2:
vilitas sua illis detrahit pretium,
Sen. Ben. 4, 29, 2:
nemo est cui felicitas sua satisfaciat,
id. Ep. 115, 17:
labor illi suus restitutus est,
id. Brev. Vit. 20, 3:
magnitudo sua singulis constat,
id. Q. N. 1, 1, 10:
tantum sapienti sua, quantum Dec omnis aetas patet,
id. Ep. 53, 11. —
With antecedent supplied from principal sentence: mater quod suasit sua Adulescens mulier fecit, i.e. ei,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 38.—
(β).
Of other words:
regique Thebano regnum stabilivit suum,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 40:
mittam hodie huic suo die natali malam rem magnam,
id. Ps. 1, 3, 5:
ego Metello non irascor, neque ei suam vacationem eripio,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 68, § 164:
desinant insidiari domui suae consuli,
id. Cat. 1, 13, 32:
quibus ea res honori fuerit a suis civibus,
id. Mil. 35, 96: Scipio suas res Syracusanis restituit, Liv. [p. 1824] 29, 1, 17:
nos non suas (leges Lacedaemoniis arbitror) ademisse, sed nostras leges dedisse,
id. 39, 37, 6:
Graccho et Tuditano provinciae Lucani et Galliae cum suis exercitibus prorogatae,
id. 25, 3, 5.—
6.
With gen., abl., or object of a prep. as antecedent:
nec illius animi aciem praestringit splendor sui nominis,
Cic. Rab. Post. 16, 43:
nolite a sacris patriis Junonis Sospitae domesticum et suum consulem avellere,
id. Mur. 41, 90:
quamvis tu magna mihi scripseris de Bruti adventu ad suas legiones,
id. Att. 14, 13, 12:
suae legis ad scriptum ipsam quoque sententiam adjungere,
the meaning of their law to which they refer, id. Inv. 2, 49, 147:
cum ambitio alterius suam primum apud eos majestatem solvisset,
Liv. 22, 42, 12:
nunc causam instituendorum ludorum ab origine sua repetam,
Val. Max. 2, 4, 4:
Jubam in regno suo non locorum notitia adjuvet, non popularium pro rege suo virtus,
Sen. Ep. 71, 10; id. Ben. 7, 6, 3; id. Clem. 1, 3, 4.—Esp. with cujusque as antecedent:
in qua deliberatione ad suam cujusque naturam consilium est omne revocandum,
Cic. Off. 1, 33, 119 (v. II. D. 2. infra).— Abl.:
operam dare ut sua lex ipso scripto videatur niti,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 147 (cf. supra):
(Caesar reperiebat) ad Galbam propter justitiam prudentiamque suam totius belli summam deferri,
Caes. B. G. 2, 4:
credere, ad suum concilium a Jove deos advocari,
Sen. Q. N. 2, 42, 1.—
7.
With predic. nom. as antecedent:
sapientissimi artis suae professores sunt a quibus et propria studia verecunde et aliena callide administrantur,
Val. Max. 8, 12, 1.—
8.
With appositive noun.
(α).
With gram. subject as antecedent:
hoc Anaximandro, populari ac sodali suo, non persuasit,
Cic. Ac. 2, 37, 118:
vidit fortissimum virum, inimicissimum suum,
id. Mil. 9, 25:
(hic) fuit in Creta contubernalis Saturnini, propinqui sui,
id. Planc. 11, 27:
ut non per L. Crassum, adfinem suum... causam illam defenderit,
id. Balb. 21, 49:
ne cum hoc T. Broccho, avunculo, ne cum ejus filio, consobrino suo, ne nobiscum vivat,
id. Lig. 4, 11:
Caesar mittit ad eum A. Clodium, suum atque illius familiarem,
Caes. B. C. 3, 57.—
(β).
With object as antecedent:
Dicaearchum cum Aristoxeno, aequali et condiscipulo suo, omittamus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 18, 41:
tres fratres optimos, non solum sibi ipsos, neque nobis, necessariis suis, sed etiam rei publicae condonavit,
id. Lig. 12, 36:
Varroni, quem, sui generis hominem,... vulgus extrahere ad consulatum nitebatur,
Liv. 22, 34, 2.—
(γ).
With appositive noun as antecedent:
si P. Scipionem, clarissimum virum, majorumque suorum simillimum res publica tenere potuisset,
Cic. Phil. 13, 14, 29:
M. Fabi Ambusti, potentis viri cum inter sui corporis homines, tum ad plebem, etc.,
Liv. 6, 34, 5:
C. vero Fabricii, et Q. Aemilii Papi, principum saeculi sui, domibus argentum fuisse confitear oportet,
Val. Max. 4, 4, 3.—
9.
In participial clauses.
(α).
The antecedent being the logical subject of the participle, and other than the principal subject:
credamus igitur Panaetio, a Platone suo dissentienti ( = qui dissentiebat),
Cic. Tusc. 1, 32, 79:
ea Sex. Roscium, expulsum ex suis bonis, recepit domum,
id. Rosc. Am. 10, 27:
diffidentemque rebus suis confirmavit,
id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23:
Dejotarum ad me venientem cum omnibus copiis suis, certiorem feci, etc.,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 7; id. Cat. 4, 9, 18: si hominis et suis et populi Romani ornamentis amplissimi ( being greatly distinguished) causam repudiassem, id. Mur. 4, 8:
stupentes tribunos et suam jam vicem magis anxios quam, etc., liberavit consensus populi Romani,
Liv. 8, 35, 1; 22, 42, 8:
manet in folio scripta querela suo ( = quam scripsit),
Ov. F. 5, 224; cf. in abl. absol.:
et ipsis (hostibus) regressis in castra sua,
Liv. 22, 60, 9:
quibus (speculis) si unum ostenderis hominem, populus adparet, unaquaque parte faciem exprimente sua,
Sen. Q. N. 1, 5, 5.—
(β).
The logical subject of the participle, being also the principal subject:
sic a suis legionibus condemnatus irrupit in Galliam,
Cic. Phil. 10, 10, 21:
hunc agrum patres nostri, acceptum a majoribus suis ( = quem acceperant), perdiderunt,
id. Agr. 2, 31, 84:
ut in suis ordinibus dispositi dispersos adorirentur,
Caes. B. C. 3, 92: Appius, odium in se aliorum suo in eos metiens odio, haud ignaro, inquit, imminet fortuna, Liv. 3, 54, 3:
ipsa capit Condita in pharetra ( = quae condiderat) tela minora sua,
Ov. F. 2, 326; cf. in abl. absol.:
Sopater, expositis suis difficultatibus ( = cum exposuisset, etc.): Timarchidem... perducit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 28, § 69:
Caesar, primum suo deinde omnium ex conspectu remotis equis, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 1, 25:
Campani, audita sua pariter sociorumque clade, legatos ad Hannibalem miserunt,
Liv. 25, 15, 1:
(Appius) deposito suo magistratu... domum est reductus,
id. 4, 24, 7; 3, 35, 9; 9, 10, 13; 9, 41, 9.—
(γ).
The antecedent being the principal subject, not the logical subject of the participle:
M. Papirius dicitur Gallo, barbam suam (i.e. Papirii) permulcenti,... iram movisse,
Liv. 5, 41, 9: cum Gracchus, verecundia deserendi socios, implorantis fidem suam populique Romani, substitisset. id. 23, 36, 8; cf. in abl. absol.:
si sine maximo dedecore, tam impeditis suis rebus, potuisset emori,
Cic. Rab. Post. 10, 29; id. Mil. 14, 38; id. Planc. 21, 51; id. Clu. 14, 42:
ita (consul) proelio uno accidit Vestinorum res, haudquaquam tamen incruento milite suo (consulis),
Liv. 8, 29, 12; cf.
with antecedent to be supplied: Campani, cum, robore juventutis suae acciso, nulla (sc. eis) propinqua spes esset, etc.,
id. 7, 29, 7.—
10.
In gerund. construction. ( a) With subject as antecedent:
mihi ipsa Roma ad complectendum conservatorem suum progredi visa est,
Cic. Pis. 22, 52.—
(β).
With object, the logical subjects of the gerund as antecedent:
cur iis persequendi juris sui... adimis potestatem?
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21:
si senatui doloris sui de me declarandi potestas esset erepta,
id. Sest. 23, 51:
nec tribunis plebis (spatium datur) sui periculi deprecandi,
Caes. B. C. 1, 5.—
(γ).
With antecedent dependent on the gerund:
eamque rem illi putant a suum cuique tribuendo appellatam,
Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 19.—
11.
As adjunct of a noun dependent on a subjectinf., with its logical subject as antecedent:
magnum Miloni fuit, conficere illam pestem nulla sua invidia?
Cic. Mil. 15, 40:
neque enim fuit Gabinii, remittere tantum de suo nec regis, imponere tantum plus suis,
his claim, id. Rab. Post. 11, 31:
Piso, cui fructum pietatis suae neque ex me neque a populo Romano ferre licuit,
id. Sest. 31, 68:
ei cujus magis intersit, vel sua, vel rei publicae causa vivere,
id. Off. 3, 23, 90:
sapientis est consilium explicare suum de maximis rebus,
id. Or. 2, 81, 333; id. Mil. 15, 41.—With logical subject understood:
totam Italiam suis colonis ut complere (sc. eis) liceat, permittitur,
Cic. Agr. 2, 13, 34:
maximum (sc. eis) solacium erit, propinquorum eodem monumento declarari, et virtutem suorum, et populi Romani pietatem,
id. Phil. 14, 13, 35.
B.
Without gram. antec., one ' s, one ' s own.
1.
Dependent on subject-inff.:
ejusdem animi est, posteris suis amplitudinem nobis quam non acceperit tradere, et memoriam prope intermortuam generis sui, virtute renovare,
Cic. Mur. 7, 16:
siquidem atrocius est, patriae parentem quam suum occidere,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:
miliens perire est melius quam in sua civitate sine armorum praesidio non posse vivere,
id. ib. 2, 44, 112: quanto est honestius, alienis injuriis quam suis commoveri, one ' s own, id. Verr. 2, 3, 72, § 169:
contentum suis rebus esse maximae sunt certissimaeque divitiae,
id. Par. 6, 51:
ut non liceat sui commodi causa nocere alteri,
id. Off. 3, 5, 23:
detrahere de altero sui commodi causa,
id. ib. 3, 5, 24:
suis exemplis melius est uti,
Auct. Her. 4, 1, 2:
levius est sua decreta tollere quam aliorum,
Liv. 3, 21. 5; 39, 5, 2;
29, 37, 11: satius est vitae suae rationes quam frumenti publici nosse,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 18, 3:
quanto satius est sua mala exstinguere quam aliena posteris tradere?
id. Q. N. 3, praef. 5:
cum initia beneficiorum suorum spectare, tum etiam exitus decet,
id. Ben. 2, 14, 2; 3, 1, 5:
Romani nominis gloriae, non suae, composuisse illa decuit,
Plin. 1, prooem. § 16.—With 1 st pers. plur., as indef. antecedent: cum possimus ab Ennio sumere... exemplum, videtur esse arrogantia illa relinquere, et ad sua devenire, to one ' s own = to our own, Auct. Her. 4, 1, 2.—
2.
Without a subject-inf.:
omnia torquenda sunt ad commodum suae causae... sua diligenter narrando,
Cic. Inv. 1, 21, 30: ut in ceteris habenda ratio non sua (al. sui) solum, sed etiam aliorum, id. Off. 1, 39, 139:
erat Dareo mite ac tractabile ingenium, nisi suam naturam plerumque fortuna corrumperet (suam not referring to Dareo),
Curt. 3, 2, 17 MSS. (Foss, mansuetam). — With 1 st pers. plur., as indef. antecedent (cf. 1. supra):
non erit ista amicitia sed mercatura quaedam utilitatum suarum,
Cic. N. D. 1, 44, 122; cf.: pro suo possidere, II. A. 2. a. g; and Cic. Off. 2, 21, 73, II. A. 2. b. a; cf. also II. B. 1. a; II. B. 5. c.; II. B. 7. b.; II. C. 8. b. b infra.
C.
With antec. in a previous sentence. Here ejus, eorum, earum are used for his, her, their, unless the clause is oblique in regard to the antecedent, i. e. the antecedent is conceived as the author of the statement.
1.
In clauses dependent on a verbum sentiendi or dicendi, expressed or understood, referring to the grammatical or logical subject of the verb.
a.
In infinitive clauses:
(Clodius) Caesaris potentiam suam potentiam esse dicebat,
Cic. Mil. 32, 88:
(Caelius) a sua (causa) putat ejus (i.e. Ascitii) esse sejunctam,
id. Cael. 10, 24:
ipsos certo scio non negare ad haec bona Chrysogonum accessisse impulsu suo (referring to ipsos),
id. Rosc. Am. 37, 107:
hostes viderunt,... suorum tormentorum usum spatio propinquitatis interire,
Caes. B. C. 2, 16:
docent, sui judicii rem non esse,
id. ib. 1, 13.—The reference of suus may be ambiguous, esp. if an infinitive is dependent on another:
hoc Verrem dicere ajebant, te... opera sua consulem factum, i.e. Verris, though grammatically it might refer to the subj. of aiebant,
Cic. Verr. 1, 10, 29:
(Ariovistus) dixit neminem secum sine sua pernicie contendisse,
Caes. B. G. 1, 36; cf. the context with, in all, eleven reflexive pronouns referring to four different antecedents (populus Romanus, Ariovistus, Caesar, nemo); cf.
also: occurrebat ei, mancam praeturam suam futuram consule Milone,
Cic. Mil. 9, 25; 32, 88; Liv. 3, 42, 2.—
b.
Suus in a clause dependent on inf.:
scio equidem, ut, qui argentum afferret atque expressam imaginem suam (i.e. militis) huc ad nos, cum eo ajebat velle mitti mulierem,
Plaut. Ps. 2, 2, 55:
isti bonorum emptores arbitrantur, vos hic sedere qui excipiatis eos qui de suis (i.e. emptorum) manibus effugerint,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 52, 151:
Siculi venisse tempus ajebant ut commoda sua defenderem,
id. Div. in Caecil. 1, 3:
ut tunc tandem sentiret recuperanda esse quae prius sua culpa amissa forent,
Liv. 44, 8, 4. —
Ambiguous: velle Pompejum se Caesari purgatum, ne ea quae reipublicae causa egerit (Pompejus) in suam (i.e. Caesaris) contumeliam vertat (where suam might be referred to Pompejus),
Caes. B. C. 1, 8.—
c.
In oblique clauses introduced by ut or ne, or clauses subordinate to such:
Cassius constituit ut ludi absente te fierent suo nomine,
Cic. Att. 15, 11, 2:
postulat ut ad hanc suam praedam tam nefariam adjutores vos profiteamini,
id. Rosc. Am. 2, 6:
Nasidius eos magnopere hortatur ut rursus cum Bruti classe, additis suis (i.e. Nasidii) auxiliis confligant,
Caes. B. C. 2, 3:
(regem) denuntiasse sibi ut triduo regni sui decederent finibus,
Liv. 42, 25, 12:
Sabinae mulieres, hinc patres, hinc viros orantes, ne parricidio macularent partus suos (i.e. mulierum),
id. 1, 13, 2:
Patron praecepit suis ut arma induerent, ad omne imperium suum parati,
Curt. 5, 11, 1.—With reflex. pron., referring to a different antecedent:
ad hanc (Laidem) Demosthenes clanculum adit, et ut sibi copiam sui faceret, petit,
Gell. 1, 8, 5. —
d.
In subordinate clauses introduced by quin or quod:
(Dejotarus) non recusat quin id suum facinus judices,
Cic. Deiot. 15, 43; so id. ib. 4, 15;
16, 45: parietes hujus curiae tibi gratias agere gestiunt, quod futura sit illa auctoritas in his majorum suorum et suis sedibus,
id. Marcell. 3, 10:
quidni gauderet quod iram suam nemo sentiret?
Sen. Troad. 3, 13:
querenti quod uxor sua e fico se suspendisset,
Quint. 6, 3, 88;
and with intentional ambiguity: cum Proculejus quereretur de filio quod is mortem suam expectaret,
id. 9, 3, 68. —
e.
In interrogative clauses:
si, quod officii sui sit, non occurrit animo, nihil umquam omnino aget,
Cic. Ac. 2, 8, 25:
ut non auderet iterum dicere quot milia fundus suus abesset ab urbe,
id. Caecin. 10, [p. 1825] 28:
donec sciat unisquisque quid sui, quid alieni sit,
Liv. 6, 27, 8:
rex ignarus, quae cum Hannibale legatis suis convenisset, quaeque legati ejus ad se allaturi fuissent,
id. 23, 39, 2:
postquam animadvertit quantus agminis sui terror esset,
id. 43, 19, 5. —
2.
In a virtually oblique clause.
a.
In final clause, introduced by ut, ne, or rel., referring to the subject of the purpose:
me a portu praemisit domum, ut haec nuntiem uxori suae,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 41:
quasi Appius ille Caecus viam muniverit, non qua populus uteretur, sed ubi impune sui posteri latrocinarentur, i. e. Appii,
Cic. Mil. 7, 17:
quae gens ad Caesarem legatos mise. rat, ut suis omnibus facultatibus uteretur,
Caes. B. C. 3, 80:
inde castra movent, ne qua vis sociis suis ab Romano exercitu inferri possit,
Liv. 43, 23, 5:
(Romani) Albam a fundamentis proruerunt, ne memoria originum suarum exstaret,
id. 26, 13, 16:
oppidani nuntios Romam, qui certiorem de suo casu senatum facerent, misere,
id. 6, 33, 7; cf.:
tanto intervallo ab hostibus consedit, ut nec adventus suus propinquitate nimia nosci posset, et, etc.,
Liv. 10, 20, 7:
Datames locum delegit talem ut non multum obesse multitudo hostium suae paucitati posset,
Nep. Dat. 7, 3:
quid si gubernator a diis procellas petat ut gratior ars sua periculo fiat?
Sen. Ben. 6, 25, 4. —
b.
In other dependent clauses represented as conceived by an antecedent in the principal sentence:
Sulla, si sibi suus pudor ac dignitas non prodesset, nullum auxilium requisivit ( = negavit se defendi velle, si, etc.),
Cic. Sull. 5, 15:
Paetus omnes libros quos frater suus reliquisset mihi donavit ( = dixit se donare libros quos, etc.),
id. Att. 2, 1, 12:
non enim a te emit, sed, priusquam tu suum sibi venderes, ipse possedit ( = potitus est, ne, etc.),
id. Phil. 2, 37, 96:
Africanus, si sua res ageretur, testimonium non diceret,
id. Rosc. Am. 36, 3:
ille ipse (Pompejus) proposuit epistulam illam, in qua est Pro tuis rebus gestis amplissimis. Amplioribusne quam suis, quam Africani?
id. Att. 8, 9, 2:
spiritus dabat (Manlio) quod... vinculorum suorum invidiam dictator fugisset,
Liv. 6, 18, 4:
(Numa) Camenis eum lucum sacravit, quod earum ibi concilia cum conjuge sua Egeria essent,
id. 1, 21, 3:
adulescens deos omnis invocare ad gratiam illi pro se referendam, quoniam sibi nequaquam satis facultatis pro suo animo atque illius erga se esset,
id. 26, 50, 4 (cf. D. 1. a. infra).
D.
In the place of ejus.
1.
In clauses virtually oblique, but with indicative, being conceived by the antecedent (hence suus, not ejus), but asserted as fact by the author (hence indicative, not subjunctive):
Cicero tibi mandat ut Aristodemo idem respondeas, quod de fratre suo (Ciceronis) respondisti,
Cic. Att. 2, 7, 4:
oriundi ab Sabinis, ne, quia post Tatii mortem ab sua parte non erat regnatum, imperium amitterent, sui corporis creari regem volebant,
Liv. 1, 17, 2:
C. Caesar villam pulcherrimam, quia mater sua aliquando in illa custodita erat, diruit,
Sen. Ira, 3, 21, 5:
Philemonem, a manu servum, qui necem suam per venenum inimicis promiserat, non gravius quam simplici morte punivit,
Suet. Caes. 74; cf.:
quomodo excandescunt si quid e juba sua decisum est,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 12, 3.—
2.
To avoid ambiguity:
petunt rationes illius (Catilinae) ut orbetur consilio res publica, ut minuatur contra suum (i.e. Catilinae) furorem imperatorum copia (instead of ejus, which might be referred to res publica),
Cic. Mur. 39, 83:
equites a cornibus positos, cum jam pelleretur media peditum suorum acies, incurrisse ab lateribus ferunt,
Liv. 1, 37, 3.—
3.
Colloquially and in epistolary style suus is used emphatically instead of ejus, with the meaning own, peculiar: deinde ille actutum subferret suus servus poenas Sosia, his own slave (opp. Mercury, who personates Sosias), Plaut. Am. 3, 4, 19: mira erant in civitatibus ipsorum furta Graecorum quae magistratus sui fecerant, their own magistrates ( = ipsorum), Cic. Att. 6, 2, 5:
in quibus (litteris Bruti) unum alienum summa sua prudentia (est), ut spectem ludos suos,
his peculiar prudence, id. ib. 15, 26, 1; so,
quod quidem ille (Nero) decernebat, quorumdam dolo ad omina sui exitus vertebatur,
Tac. A. 16, 24; cf. II. A. 1. b and g; II. A. 2. a. b; II. B. 3.—
4.
Without particular emphasis (mostly ante- and post-class. and poet.):
tum erit tempestiva cum semen suum maturum erit,
Cato, R. R. 31:
vitis si macra erit, sarmenta sua concidito minute,
id. ib. 37:
qui sic purgatus erit, diuturna valetudine utatur, neque ullus morbus veniet, nisi sua culpa,
id. ib. 157:
Cimon in eandem invidiam incidit quam pater suus,
Nep. Cim. 3, 1:
id qua ratione consecutus sit (Lysander) latet. Non enim virtute sui exercitus factum est, etc.,
id. Lys. 1, 2:
ipse sub Esquiliis, ubi erat regia sua, Concidit,
Ov. F. 6, 601:
quodque suus conjux riguo collegerat horto, Truncat olus foliis,
id. M. 8, 646; so id. ib. 15, 819.
II.
In partic.
A.
As substt.
1.
sui, suorum, m., his, their (etc.) friends, soldiers, fellow-beings, equals, adherents, followers, partisans, posterity, slaves, family, etc., of persons in any near connection with the antecedent.
(α).
(Corresp. to the regular usage, I. A. B. C.) Cupio abducere ut reddam (i.e. eam) suis, to her family, friends, Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 77; cf. id. ib. 1, 2, 66:
cum animus societatem caritatis coierit cum suis, omnesque natura conjunctos suos duxerit,
fellow-beings, Cic. Leg. 1, 23, 60:
mulier ingeniosa praecepit suis omnia Caelio pollicerentur,
her slaves, id. Cael. 25, 62:
quo facilius et nostras domos obire, et ipse a suis coli possit,
his friends, id. ib. 7, 18:
qua gratiam beneficii vestri cum suorum laude conjungant,
their family, id. Agr. 2, 1, 1:
vellem hanc contemptionem pecuniae suis reliquisset,
to his posterity, id. Phil. 3, 6, 16:
cum divisurum se urbem palam suis polliceretur,
his partisans, id. ib. 13, 9, 19:
Caesar, cohortatus suos, proelium commisit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 25; so,
Curio exercitum reduxit, suis omnibus praeter Fabium incolumibus,
id. B. C. 2, 35:
Caesar receptui suorum timens,
id. ib. 3, 46:
certior ab suis factus est, praeclusas esse portas,
id. ib. 2, 20:
omnium suorum consensu, Curio bellum ducere parabat,
id. ib. 2, 37: so,
Pompejus suorum omnium hortatu statuerat proelio decertare,
id. ib. 3, 86:
Caesar Brundisium ad suos severius scripsit,
to his officers, id. ib. 3, 25:
naviculam conscendit cum paucis suis,
a few of his followers, id. ib. 3, 104:
multum cum suis consiliandi causa secreto praeter consuetudinem loqueretur,
id. ib. 1, 19:
nupsit Melino, adulescenti inprimis inter suos et honesto et nobili,
his equals, associates, Cic. Clu. 5, 11:
rex raptim a suis in equum impositus fugit,
his suite, Liv. 41, 4, 7:
subsidio suorum proelium restituere,
comrades, id. 21, 52, 10:
feras bestias... ad opem suis ferendam avertas,
their young, id. 26, 13, 12:
abstulit sibi in suos potestatem,
his slaves, Sen. Ira, 3, 12, 6:
Besso et Nabarzani nuntiaverant sui regem... interemptum esse,
their fellow - conspirators, Curt. 5, 12, 14. — Very rarely sing.:
ut bona mens suis omnibus fuerit. Si quem libido abripuit, illorum eum, cum quibus conjuravit, non suum judicet esse,
Liv. 39, 16, 5.—
(β).
Irregular use (acc. to I. D.): sui = ejus amici, etc. (freq.;
the absolute use of ejus in this sense being inadmissible): quasi vero quisquam dormiat? ne sui quidem hoc velint, non modo ipse (sui = ejus amici, liberi),
Cic. Tusc. 1, 38, 92:
is (annus) ejus omnem spem... morte pervertit. Fuit hoc luctuosum suis, acerbum patriae, etc.,
id. Or. 3, 2, 8:
quadrigas, quia per suos ( = ipsius milites) agendae erant, in prima acie locaverat rex,
Liv. 37, 41, 8:
auctoritatem Pisistrati qui inter suos ( = ejus cives) maxima erat,
id. 37, 12:
quo cum multitudine adversariorum sui superarentur, ipse fuit superior, etc.,
Nep. Hann. 8, 4; v. g.—
(γ).
Without antecedent (cf. I. B. supra): quoties necesse est fallere aut falli a suis, by one ' s friends, Sen. Phoen. 493.—
(δ).
Sing.: sŭa, suae. f., a sweetheart, mistress (rare): illam suam suas res sibi habere jussit. Cic. Phil. 2, 28. 69:
cedo quid hic faciet sua?
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 92.—
2.
sŭum, i, n., and more freq. sŭa, suorum, n. plur., = one ' s property.
a.
Sing.
(α).
Lit.:
nec suom adimerem alteri,
his property, his own, Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 38 (34):
nunc si ille salvos revenit, reddam suom sibi (v. D. 3. a. infra),
id. ib. 1, 2, 119:
illum studeo quam facillime ad suum pervenire,
Cic. Fam. 13, 26, 4:
populi Romani hanc esse consuetudinem ut socios sui nihil deperdere velit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 43; cf. Cic. Rab. Post. 11, 3, I. A. 11. supra:
nec donare illi de suo dicimur,
Sen. Ben. 7, 4, 2; so esp. with quisque; v. infra — Hence, de suo = per se, or sua sponte;
(stellae) quae per igneos tractus labentia inde splendorem trahant caloremque, non de suo clara,
Sen. Q. N. 7, 1, 6. —
(β).
Trop.:
meum mihi placebat, illi suum (of a literary essay),
Cic. Att. 14, 20, 3: suom quemque decet, his own manners, etc., Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 11; so, expendere oportet quid quisque habeat sui ( what peculiarities) nec velle experiri quam se aliena deceant;
id enim maxime quemque decet quod est cujusque maxime suum,
Cic. Off. 1, 31, 113.—
(γ).
Jurid. term: aliquid pro suo possidere, to possess in the belief of one ' s legal right:
pro suo possessio tale est, cum dominium nobis acquiri putamus. Et ea causa possidemus ex qua acquiritur, et praeterea pro suo,
Dig. 41, 10, 1;
so without an antecedent, and referring to a first person: item re donata, pro donato et pro suo possideo,
ib. 41, 10, 1; v. the whole tit. ib. 42, 10 (Pro suo); cf. ib. 23, 3, 67; cf. C., infra fin.;
similarly: usucapere pro suo = acquire dominion by a possession pro suo, Fragm. Vat. 111: res pro suo, quod justam causam possidendi habet, usucapit,
id. ib. 260; Dig. 41, 3, 27. —
b.
Plur.
(α).
One ' s property:
Roscius tibi omnia sua praeter animam tradidit,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 50, 146:
qui etiam hostibus externis victis sua saepissime reddiderunt,
id. Agr. 1, 6, 19:
tu autem vicinis tuis Massiliensibus sua reddis,
id. Att. 14, 14, 6:
Remi legatos miserunt qui dicerent se suaque omnia in fidem atque potestatem populi Romani permittere,
Caes. B. G. 2, 3, 2; 1, 11, 2; 2, 13, 2:
ipsi milites alveos informes quibus se suaque transveherent, faciebant,
their baggage, Liv. 21, 26, 9:
docere eos qui sua permisere fortunae,
Sen. Q. N. 3, praef. 7; so without an antecedent, one ' s own property (cf. I. B. 2. supra):
hanc ob causam maxime ut sua tenerentur res publicae constitutae sunt,
Cic. Off. 2, 21, 73;
rarely = eorum res: quod vero etiam sua reddiderint (i.e. Gallis),
Liv. 39, 55, 3. —
(β).
One ' s own affairs:
aliena ut melius videant et dijudicent Quam sua,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 96:
cognoscunt... immobile agmen et sua quemque molientem,
Liv. 10, 20, 8:
omnia ei hostium non secus quam sua nota erant,
id. 22, 41, 5:
aliena cum suis perdidit,
Sen. Ben. 7, 16, 3.— Absol., referring to a noun fem.: sua (finxit) C. Cassius ( = suas persuasiones; cf.
the context),
Quint. 6, 3, 90.
B.
Predicative uses: suum esse, facere, fieri, putare, etc., like a gen. poss., to be, etc., the property, or under the dominion, control, power of the antecedent.
1.
Of property in things.
(α).
Corporeal:
scripsit causam dicere Prius aurum quare sit suum,
Ter. Eun. prol. 11:
nihil erat cujusquam quod non hoc anno suum fore putabat (Clodius),
Cic. Mil. 32, 87:
quia suum cujusque fit, eorum quae natura fuerant communia quod cuique obtigit, id quisque teneat,
id. Off. 1, 7, 21:
Juba suam esse praedicans praedam,
Caes. B. C. 3, 84:
gratum sibi populum facturum, si omnes res Neapolitanorum suas duxissent,
Liv. 22, 32, 8: libros esse dicimus Ciceronis;
eosdem Dorus librarius suos vocat,
Sen. Ben. 7, 6, 1:
cum enim istarum personarum nihil suum esse possit,
since these persons can own nothing, Gai. Inst. 2, 96; cf. Dig. 1, 7, 15 pr.—Virtually predicative:
referas ad eos qui suam rem nullam habent ( = rem quae sua sit),
nothing of their own, Cic. Phil. 2, 6, 15:
qui in potestate nostra est, nihil suum habere potest,
Gai. Inst. 2, 84. — ( b) Of literary works:
quae convenere in Andriam ex Perinthia Fatetur transtulisse, atque usum pro suis ( = quasi sua essent),
Ter. And. prol. 14:
potest autem... quae tum audiet... ingenue pro suis dicere,
his own thoughts, Quint. 12, 3, 3.—
(γ).
Of a country or people:
suum facere = suae dicionis facere: commemorat ut (Caesar) magnam partem Italiae beneficio atque auctoritate eorum suam fecerit,
Caes. B. C. 2, 32:
in quam (Asiam) jam ex parte suam fecerit,
Liv. 44, 24, 4:
crudelissima ac superbissima gens sua omnia suique arbitrii facit,
id. 21, 44, 5.—
(δ).
Trop.:
omnia sua putavit quae vos vestra esse velletis,
Cic. Phil. 11, 12, 27:
non meminit, illum exercitum senatus populique Romani esse, non suum,
id. ib. 13, 6, 4: [p. 1826] probavit, non rempublicam suam esse, sed se reipublicae, Sen. Clem. 1, 19, 8;
so of incorporeal things: hi si velint scire quam brevis eorum vita sit, cogitent ex quota parte sua sit,
how much of it is their own, id. Brev. Vit. 19, 3; so, suum facere, to appropriate:
prudentis est, id quod in quoque optimum est, si possit, suum facere,
Quint. 10, 2, 26:
quaeremus quomodo animus (hanc virtutem) usu suam faciat,
Sen. Clem. 1, 3, 1.—
2.
Of persons.
(α).
Under a master ' s or father ' s control:
ut lege caverent, ne quis quem civitatis mutandae causa suum faceret, neve alienaret,
make any one his slave, Liv. 41, 8, 12: quid eam tum? suamne esse ajebat, his daughter, i.e. in his power? Ter. And. 5, 4, 29:
eduxit mater pro sua ( = quasi sua esset),
id. Eun. 1, 2, 76.—
(β).
Reflexively = sui juris, independent, one ' s own master or mistress, not subject to another ' s control, under one ' s own control (v. sui juris, infra):
ancilla, quae mea fuit hodie, sua nunc est,
Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 3.—
(γ).
Of moral power over others: suus = devoted to one:
hice hoc munere arbitrantur Suam Thaidem esse,
Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 38:
eos hic fecit suos Paulo sumptu,
id. Ad. 5, 4, 21:
sed istunc exora, ut (mulierem) suam esse adsimulet,
to be friendly to him, id. Heaut. 2, 3, 117:
cum Antonio sic agens ut perspiciat, si in eo negotio nobis satisfecerit, totum me futurum suum,
Cic. Att. 14, 1 a, 2:
Alpheus... utebatur populo sane suo,
devoted to him, id. Quint. 7, 29.— Poet.: vota suos habuere deos, the vows (inst. of the persons uttering them) had the gods on their side, Ov. M. 4, 373. —
(δ).
Of power over one's self, etc.:
nam qui sciet ubi quidque positum sit, quaque eo veniat, is poterit eruere, semperque esse in disputando suus,
self-possessed, Cic. Fin. 4, 4, 10:
inaestimabile bonum est suum fieri,
selfcontrol, Sen. Ep. 75, 18:
(furiosus) qui suus non est,
Dig. 42, 4, 7, § 9:
vix sua, vix sanae virgo Niseia compos Mentis erat,
Ov. M. 8, 35. —
3.
Suum est, as impers. predicate: = ejus est, characteristic of, peculiar to one (very rare):
dixit antea, sed suum illud est, nihil ut affirmet,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 99.
C.
Attributive usages, almost always (except in Seneca) with suus before its noun.
1.
The property, relations, affairs, etc., of one opposed to those of another, own.
a.
Opposition expressed:
nihil de suo casu, multa de vestro querebatur,
Cic. Balb. 8, 21:
sua sibi propiora pericula quam mea loquebantur,
id. Sest. 18, 40:
suasque et imperatoris laudes canentes,
Liv. 45, 38, 12:
damnatione collegae et sua,
id. 22, 35, 3:
Senecae fratris morte pavidum et pro sua incolumitate pavidum,
Tac. A. 14, 73:
velut pro Vitellio conquerentes suum dolorem proferebant,
id. H. 3, 37;
opp. alienus: ut suo potius tempore mercatorem admitterent, quam celerius alieno,
at a time convenient to themselves, Varr. R. R. 3, 16, 11. —Without antecedent, opp. externus:
(Platoni) duo placet esse motus, unum suum, alterum externum, esse autem divinius quod ipsum ex se sua sponte moveatur, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 2, 12, 32. —
b.
Implied:
voluptatem suis se finibus tenere jubeamus,
within the limits assigned to it, Cic. Fin. 3, 1, 1:
cum vobis immortale monumentum suis paene manibus senatus... exstruxerit,
id. Phil. 14, 12, 33:
superiores (amnes) in Italia, hic (Rhodanus) trans Alpes, hospitales suas tantum, nec largiores quam intulere aquas vehentes,
Plin. 2, 103, 106, § 224: colligitur aqua ex imbribus;
ex suo fonte nativa est,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 3:
pennas ambo non habuere suas (non suas = alienas),
Ov. Tr. 3, 4, 24. —
c.
In particular phrases. ( a) Sua sponte and suo Marte, of one ' s own accord, by one ' s self, without the suggestion, influence, aid, etc., of others:
Caesar bellum contra Antonium sua sponte suscepit,
Cic. Phil. 8, 2, 5:
sua sponte ad Caesarem in jus adierunt,
Caes. B. C. 1, 87.—So of things, = per se, by or of itself, for itself, for its own sake:
jus et omne honestum sua sponte expetendum (cf. in the context: per se igitur jus est expetendum),
Cic. Leg. 1, 18, 48: justitium sua sponte inceptum priusquam indiceretur, by itself, i. e. without a decree, Liv. 9, 7, 8; so,
sortes sua sponte attenuatas,
id. 22, 1, 11 (cf. id. 22, 38, 13; 35, 14, 4, I. A. 2., supra): rex enim ipse, sua sponte, nullis commentariis Caesaris, simul atque audivit ejus interitum suo Marte res suas recuperavit, Cic. Phil. 2, 37, 95.—
(β).
Suus locus, in milit. lang., one ' s own ground, position, or lines:
restitit suo loco Romana acies (opp. to the advance of the enemy),
Liv. 22, 16, 2.—So figuratively:
et staturas suo loco leges,
Sen. Ben. 2, 20, 2:
aciem instruxit primum suis locis, pauloque a castris Pompeji longius,
Caes. B. C. 3, 84 (cf.: suo loco, 7. b. g, infra).—
(γ).
For suo jure v. 3. infra.—
(δ).
Sua Venus = one's own Venus, i. e. good luck (v. Venus): ille non est mihi par virtutibus, nec officiis;
sed habuit suam Venerem,
Sen. Ben. 2, 28, 2. —
2.
Of private relations (opp. to public):
ut in suis rebus, ita in re publica luxuriosus nepos,
Cic. Agr. 2, 18, 48:
deinde ut communibus pro communibus utatur, privatis ut suis,
id. Off. 1, 7, 20:
quod oppidum Labienus sua pecunia exaedificaverat,
Caes. B. C. 1, 15:
militibus agros ex suis possessionibus pollicetur,
i. e. his private property, id. ib. 1, 17; Sen. Ben. 7, 6, 3. —
3.
Of just rights or claims:
imperatori senatuique honos suus redditus,
due to them, Liv. 3, 10, 3:
neque inpedimento fuit, quominus religionibus suus tenor suaque observatio redderetur,
Val. Max. 1, 1, 8:
quibus omnibus debetur suus decor,
Quint. 11, 1, 41. —
So distributively: is mensibus suis dimisit legionem,
in the month in which each soldier was entitled to his discharge, Liv. 40, 41, 8. — Esp.: suo jure (so, meo, nostro, tuo, etc., jure), by his own right:
Tullus Hostilius qui suo jure in porta nomen inscripsit,
Cic. Phil. 13, 12, 26:
earum rerum hic A. Licinius fructum a me repetere prope suo jure debet,
id. Arch. 1, 1; id. Marcell. 2, 6; id. Phil. 2, 25, 62; id. Balb. 8, 21:
numquam illum res publica suo jure esset ulta,
by its unquestionable right, id. Mil. 33, 88. —
4.
Of that to which one is exclusively devoted:
huic quaestioni suum diem dabimus,
a day for its exclusive discussion, Sen. Ep. 94, 52:
homini autem suum bonum ratio est,
his exclusive good, id. ib. 76, 10:
in majorem me quaestionem vocas, cui suus locus, suus dies dandus est,
id. Q. N. 2, 46, 1. —
With proprius: mentio inlata apud senatum est, rem suo proprio magistratu egere,
that the business needed a particular officer exclusively for itself, Liv. 4, 8, 4:
et Hannibalem suo proprio occupandum bello,
id. 27, 38, 7; cf.:
dissupasset hostes, ni suo proprio eum proelio equites Volscorum exceptum tenuissent,
in which they alone fought, id. 3, 70, 4:
mare habet suas venas quibus impletur,
by which it alone is fed, Sen. Q. N. 3, 14, 3. —
5.
According to one ' s liking, of one ' s own choice.
a.
Of persons, devoted to one, friendly, dear:
Milone occiso (Clodius) habuisset suos consules,
after his own heart, Cic. Mil. 33, 89:
collegit ipse se contra suum Clodium,
his dear Clodius, id. Pis. 12, 27 (cf.: suum facere, habere, II. B. 2. g).—
b.
Of things, favorable.
(α).
Of place: neque Jugurtham nisi... suo loco pugnam facere, on his own ground, i. e. chosen by him, favorable, Sall. J. 61, 1:
hic magna auxilia expectabant et suis locis bellum in hiemem ducere cogitabant,
Caes. B. C. 1, 61; cf.:
numquam nostris locis laboravimus,
Liv. 9, 19, 15.—
(β).
Of time:
cum Perseus suo maxime tempore et alieno hostibus incipere bellum posset,
Liv. 42, 43, 3; v. 7. b, infra. —
c.
Of circumstances: sua occasio, a favorable opportunity; sometimes without antecedent:
neque occasioni tuae desis, neque suam occasionem hosti des,
Liv. 22, 39, 21:
tantum abfuit ut ex incommodo alieno sua occasio peteretur,
id. 4, 58, 2:
aestuque suo Locros trajecit,
a favorable tide, id. 23, 41, 11:
ignoranti quem portum petat nullus suus ventus est,
Sen. Ep. 71, 3:
orba suis essent etiamnunc lintea ventis,
Ov. M. 13, 195:
aut ille Ventis iturus non suis,
Hor. Epod. 9, 30. —
6.
Of persons or things, peculiar, particular:
quae est ei (animo) natura? Propria, puto, et sua,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 29, 70:
omnis enim motus animi suum quendam a natura habet vultum,
id. de Or. 3, 57, 316:
geometrae et musici... more quodam loquuntur suo. Ipsae rhetorum artes verbis in docendo quasi privatis utuntur ac suis,
id. Fin. 3, 1, 4:
sensus omnis habet suum finem,
its peculiar limits, Quint. 9, 4, 61: animus cum suum ambitum complevit et finibus se suis cinxit, consummatum est summum bonum, Sen. Vit. Beat. 9, 3: est etiam in nominibus ( nouns) diverso collocatis sua gratia, their peculiar elegance, Quint. 9, 3, 86:
ibi non bello aperto, sed suis artibus, fraude et insidiis, est paene circumventus,
Liv. 21, 34, 1:
nec Hannibalem fefellit, suis se artibus peti,
id. 22, 16, 5:
adversus hostem non virtute tantum, sed suis (i. e. hostis) etiam pugnare consiliis oportebat,
Flor. 2, 6, 26:
liberam Minucii temeritatem se suo modo expleturum,
Liv. 22, 28, 2:
equites ovantes sui moris carmine,
id. 10, 26, 11:
exsultans cum sui moris tripudiis,
id. 21, 42, 3:
tripudiantes suo more,
id. 23, 26, 9.—So, suo Marte, referring to the style of fighting peculiar to the different arms:
equitem suo alienoque Marte pugnare,
that the cavalry were fighting both in their own style and in that of the other arms, Liv. 3, 62, 9; cf.: suo Marte, 1, c. a, supra.—And distributively ( = suus quisque):
suos autem haec operum genera ut auctores, sic etiam amatores habent,
Quint. 12, 10, 2:
illa vero fatidica fulmina ex alto et ex suis venire sideribus,
Plin. 2, 43, 43, § 113; cf.:
quae quidem planiora suis exemplis reddentur,
Val. Max. 3, 4 prooem.—
7.
Proper, right.
a.
Referring to one's ordinary or normal condition:
quod certe non fecisset, si suum numerum naves habuissent,
their regular complement, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 51, § 133. — So poet.:
flecte ratem! numerum non habet illa suum,
its full number, Ov. H. 10, 36:
novus exercitus consulibus est decretus: binae legiones cum suo equitatu,
Liv. 40, 36, 6:
cum suo justo equitatu,
id. 21, 17, 8:
totam (disciplinam) in suum statum redegit,
Val. Max. 2, 7, 2:
tranquilla mente et vultu suo,
with the ordinary expression of his face, Sen. Clem. 2, 6, 2:
media pars aeris ab his (ignibus) submota, in frigore suo manet. Natura enim aeris gelida est,
id. Q. N. 2, 10, 4:
cornuaque in patriis non sua vidit aquis,
not natural to her, Ov. H. 14, 90. —
So, non suus, of ingrafted branches and their fruit: miraturque (arbos) novas frondis et non sua poma,
Verg. G. 2, 82. —
b.
Of time, proper, regular, etc. (cf. 5. b, supra).
(α).
The regular time ( = stato tempore):
signum quod semper tempore exoritur suo,
Plaut. Rud. prol. 4:
cum et recte et suo tempore pepererit,
Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 16: aestas suo tempore incanduit...;
tam solstitium quam aequinoctium suos dies retulit,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 16, 3:
omnes venti vicibus suis spirant majore ex parte,
Plin. 2, 47, 48, § 128. —
(β).
The right or proper time:
salictum suo tempore caedito,
Cato, R. R. 33:
cessit e vita suo magis quam suorum civium tempore,
the right time for himself, Cic. Brut. 1, 4; so,
exstingui homini suo tempore optabile est,
id. Sen. 23, 85:
Scandilius dicit se suo tempore rediturum,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 60, § 139:
si Ardeates sua tempora exspectare velint,
Liv. 4, 7, 6:
Chrysippus dicit, illum... opperiri debere suum tempus, ad quod velut dato signo prosiliat,
Sen. Ben. 2, 25, 3:
quam multi exercitus tempore suo victorem hostem pepulerunt!
Liv. 44, 39, 4. — Without antecedent: sed suo tempore totius sceleris hujus fons aperietur. Cic. Phil. 14, 6, 15; cf.:
de ordine laudis, etc., praecipiemus suo tempore,
Quint. 2, 4, 21. —
(γ).
Suo loco = at the proper place:
quae erant prudentiae propria suo loco dicta sunt,
Cic. Off. 1, 40, 143:
quod reddetur suo loco,
Quint. 11, 1, 16:
ut suo loco dicetur,
Plin. 2, 90, 102, § 221:
inscripta quae suis locis reddam,
id. 1, prooem. § 27; Sen. Ben. 2, 20, 2; cf. 1, c. b; 4. supra. —
(δ).
Suited, appropriate, adapted to one:
in eodem fundo suum quidquid conseri oportet,
Cato, R. R. 7:
siquidem hanc vendidero pretio suo,
at a suitable price, Plaut. Pers. 4, 4, 30:
in partes suas digerenda causa,
Quint. 11, 1, 6:
confundetur quidquid in suas partes natura digessit,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 29, 8. — Poet.: haec ego dumque queror, lacrimae sua verba sequuntur, Deque meis oculis in tua membra cadunt, appropriate, i. e. tristia, Ov. H. 14, 67.—Without antecedent: suum quidquid genus talearum serito, any fit kind, i. e. suited to the ground, Cato, R. R. 48. —
8.
Own, with the notion of independence of, or dependence on others (cf. B. 2. g d).
a.
Of political independence: pacem condicionibus his fecerunt ut Capuae suae leges, sui magistratus essent, her own laws, i. e. not subject to Carthage, Liv. 23, 7, 2: liberos [p. 1827] eos ac suis legibus victuros, id. 25, 23, 4. —
Esp. in the phrases suae potestatis or in sua potestate esse, suo jure uti, sui juris esse: Puteolos, qui nunc in sua potestate sunt, suo jure, libertate aequa utuntur, totos occupabunt,
Cic. Agr. 2, 31, 86:
Rhegini potestatis suae ad ultimum remanserunt,
retained their self-government, Liv. 23, 30, 9:
urbem ne quam formulae sui juris facerent,
id. 38, 9, 10. —
b.
Of paternal authority.
(α).
Free from the power of the paterfamilias; in the phrases sui juris esse, suae potestatis esse, to be independent:
quaedam personae sui juris sunt, quaedam alieno juri sunt subjectae, Gai,
Inst. 1, 48:
sui juris sunt familiarum suarum principes, id est pater familiae, itemque mater familiae,
Ulp. Fragm. 4, 1:
liberi parentum potestate liberantur emancipatione. Sed filius quidem ter manumissus sui juris fit, ceteri autem liberi una manumissione sui juris fiunt,
id. ib. 10, 1:
morte patris filius et filia sui juris fiunt,
id. ib. 10, 2:
patres familiarum sunt qui sunt suae potestatis,
Dig. 1, 6, 4:
si modo defunctus testator suae potestatis mortis tempore fuerit,
Gai. Inst. 2, 147. —
With indef. reference: si sui juris sumus,
Dig. 46, 2, 20; cf.:
pro suo possideo, 2. a. supra.—Attributively: sui juris arrogatio feminae,
Cod. Just. 8, 47, 8:
homo sui juris,
ib. 10, § 5.— Trop.:
sapiens numquam semiliber erit: integrae semper libertatis et sui juris,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 5, 3:
non illarum coitu fieri cometen, sed proprium et sui juris esse,
id. Q. N. 7, 12, 2: nullique sunt tam feri et sui juris adfectus, ut non disciplina perdomentur, id. Ira, 2, 12, 3. —
(β).
Subject to paternal authority, in the phrases suus heres, sui liberi; suus heres, an heir who had been in the paternal power of the deceased:
CVI SVVS HERES NON SIT, XII. Tab. fr. 5, 4.—In the jurists without antecedent: sui et necessarii heredes sunt velut filius filiave, nepos neptisve ex filia, deinceps ceteri qui modo in potestate morientis fuerunt,
Gai. Inst. 2, 156:
(emancipati liberi) non sunt sui heredes,
ib. 2, 135:
alia facta est juris interpretatio inter suos heredes,
ib. 3, 15:
datur patrono adversus suos heredes bonorum possessio (where patrono is not the antecedent of suos),
ib. 3, 41:
sui heredes vel instituendi sunt vel exheredandi,
Ulp. Fragm. 22, 14:
accrescunt suis quidem heredibus in partem virilem, extraneis autem in partem dimidiam,
id. ib. 22, 17. —
Sui liberi, children in paternal power: de suis et legitimis liberis,
Cod. Just. 6, 55 inscr.
D.
In particular connections.
1.
With ipse, his own, etc. (cf. Zumpt, Gram. § 696).
a.
Ipse agreeing with the antecedent of suus, the antecedent being,
(α).
A subjectnom.:
(ingenium ejus) valet ipsum suis viribus,
by its own strength, Cic. Cael. 19, 45:
legio Martia non ipsa suis decretis hostem judicavit Antonium?
by its own resolutions, id. Phil. 4, 2, 5:
ruit ipse suis cladibus,
id. ib. 14, 3, 8:
si ex scriptis cognosci ipsi suis potuissent,
id. de Or. 2, 2, 8:
qui se ipse sua gravitate et castimonia defenderet,
id. Cael. 5, 11:
quod ipse suae civitatis imperium obtenturus esset,
Caes. B. G. 1, 3:
suamet ipsae fraude omnes interierunt,
Liv. 8, 18, 9; 39, 49, 3:
ut saeviret ipse in suum sanguinem effecerunt,
id. 40, 5, 1:
respicerent suum ipsi exercitum,
id. 42, 52, 10; 21, 31, 12; 22, 38, 3; 6, 19, 6.—
(β).
A subject-acc.:
sunt qui dicant eam sua ipsam peremptam mercede,
Liv. 1, 11, 9:
(tribuniciam potestatem) suis ipsam viribus dissolvi,
id. 2, 44, 2.—
(γ).
An object in dat. or acc.:
sic ut ipsis consistendi in suis munitionibus locus non esset,
Caes. B. C. 2, 6:
tribuni (hostem) intra suamet ipsum moenia compulere,
Liv. 6, 36, 4:
alios sua ipsos invidia opportunos interemit,
id. 1, 54, 8; 22, 14, 13.—Suus as adjunct of subject (rare):
aliquando sua praesidia in ipsos consurrexerunt,
their own garrisons revolted against them, Sen. Clem. 1, 26, 1.—
b.
With gen. of ipse, strengthening the possessive notion (cf. 4.;
post-Aug. and very rare, but freq. in modern Lat.): aves (foetus suos) libero caelo suaeque ipsorum fiduciae permittunt,
Quint. 2, 6, 7 (but tuus ipsius occurs in Cic.:
tuo ipsius studio,
Cic. Mur. 4, 9:
tuam ipsius amicitiam,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 4, § 7).—
c.
Both suus and ipse agreeing with the governing noun (very rare; not in Cic. or Caes.): quae tamen in ipso cursu suo dissipata est (= ipsa in cursu suo), in its very course, Sen. Q. N. 1, 1, 3 dub.:
suamet ipsa scelera,
Sall. C. 23, 2 (Dietsch ex conj. ipse):
suismet ipsis corporibus,
Liv. 2, 19, 5 MSS. (Weissenb. ex conj. ipsi):
a suismet ipsis praesidiis,
id. 8, 25, 6 MSS. (Weissenb. ipsi).—
2.
With quisque, distributively, each ( every one)... his own; in prose quisque is generally preceded by suus.
a.
Quisque and suus in different cases.
(α).
Quisque as subjectnom.:
sentit enim vim quisque suam quoad possit abuti,
Lucr. 5, 1033:
suo quisque loco cubet,
Cato, R. R. 5:
suum quisque noscat ingenium,
Cic. Off. 1, 31, 114:
ad suam quisque (me disciplinam) rapiet,
id. Ac. 2, 36, 114:
quod suos quisque servos in tali re facere voluisset,
id. Mil. 10, 29:
cum suo quisque auxilio uteretur,
Caes. B. C. 1, 51:
celeriter ad suos quisque ordines redit,
id. ib. 3, 37.—In apposition with plur. subj. (freq. in Liv.):
nunc alii sensus quo pacto quisque suam rem Sentiat,
Lucr. 4, 522:
ut omnes cives Romani in suis quisque centuriis prima luce adessent,
that all the Roman citizens should be present, each in his own centuria, Liv. 1, 44, 1:
hinc senatus, hinc plebs, suum quisque intuentes ducem constiterant,
id. 6, 15, 3:
ut (trigemini) pro sua quisque patria dimicent,
id. 1, 24, 2:
stabant compositi suis quisque ordinibus,
id. 44, 38, 11:
(consules) in suas quisque provincias proficiscuntur,
id. 25, 12, 2; 25, 26, 13:
in suo quaeque (stella) motu naturam suam exercent,
Plin. 2, 39, 39, § 106.—With abl. absol.:
omnes, velut dis auctoribus in spem suam quisque acceptis, proelium una voce poscunt,
Liv. 21, 45, 9 Weissenb. ad loc.:
relictis suis quisque stationibus... concurrerunt,
id. 32, 24, 4; 4, 44, 10; 39, 49, 3; 2, 38, 6.—
(β).
With acc. of quisque as subj.:
fabrum esse suae quemque fortunae, App. Claud. ap. Ps.-Sall. Ep. ad Caes. Rep. c. l.: sui quemque juris et retinendi et dimittendi esse dominum,
Cic. Balb. 13, 31:
recipere se in domos suas quemque jussit,
Liv. 25, 10, 9; and (ungrammatically) nom., as apposition to a subj.-acc.:
se non modo suam quisque patriam, sed totam Siciliam relicturos,
id. 26, 29, 3 MSS. (Weissenb. ex conj. quosque).—
(γ).
As adjunct of the subject-nom., with a case of quisque as object, attribut. gen., etc.:
sua cujusque animantis natura est,
Cic. Fin. 5, 9, 25:
sua quemque fraus, suum facinus, suum scelus, etc., de sanitate ac mente deturbat,
id. Pis. 20, 46:
sua quemque fraus et suus terror maxime vexat,
id. Rosc. Am. 24, 67:
suum cuique incommodum ferendum est,
id. Off. 3, 6, 30:
ut solidum suum cuique solvatur,
id. Rab. Post. 17, 46:
ne suus cuique domi hostis esset,
Liv. 3, 16, 3:
ut sua cuique respublica in manu esset,
id. 26, 8, 11:
animus suus cuique ordinem pugnandi dabat,
id. 22, 5, 8:
tentorium suum cuique militi domus ac penates sunt,
id. 44, 39, 5:
suus cuique (stellae) color est,
Plin. 2, 18, 16, § 79:
trahit sua quemque voluptas,
Verg. E. 2, 65:
stat sua cuique dies,
id. A. 10, 467.—
(δ).
As predicate-nom. (v. II. B.):
opinionem, quae sua cuique conjectanti esse potest,
Liv. 6, 12, 3.—
(ε).
As adjunct of subj.-acc.:
suum cuique honorem et gradum redditum gaudeo,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 47, 136:
scientiam autem suam cujusque artis esse,
id. Fin. 5, 9, 26.—
(ζ).
As adjunct of an object, with a case of quisque as object or attribut. gen.: suam cuique sponsam, mihi meam: suum cuique amorem, mihi meum, Atil. Fragm. inc. 1: suom cuique per me uti atque frui licet, Cato ap. Gell. 13, 24 (23), 1:
ut suo quemque appellem nomine,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 52:
placet Stoicis suo quamque rem nomine appellare,
Cic. Fam. 9, 22, 1:
ad suam cujusque naturam consilium est omne revocandum,
id. Off. 1, 33, 119:
justitia quae suum cuique distribuit,
id. N. D. 3, 15, 38:
in tribuendo suum cuique,
id. Off. 1, 5, 14:
Turnus sui cuique periculi recens erat documentum,
Liv. 1, 52, 4:
in trimatu suo cuique dimidiam esse mensuram futurae certum esse,
Plin. 7, 15, 16, § 73:
certa cuique rerum suarum possessio,
Vell. 2, 89, 4; cf.: qua re suum unicuique studium suaque omnibus delectatio relinquatur, Ps.-Cic. Cons. 26, 93.—With quemque in apposition with acc. plur.:
Camillus vidit intentos opifices suo quemque operi,
Liv. 6, 25, 9; so cujusque in appos. with gen. plur.: trium clarissimorum suae cujusque gentis virorum mors, id. 39, 52, 7; and cuique with dat. plur.: sui cuique mores fingunt fortunam hominibus, Poet. ap. Nep. Att. 11, 6 (where Lachm. ad Lucr. 2, 372, reads quique, ex conj.; cf. b. b, infra).—
b.
Attraction of suus and quisque as adjuncts of nouns.
(α).
Attraction of suus:
ut nemo sit nostrum quin in sensibus sui cujusque generis judicium requirat acrius (= suum cujusque generis judicium),
Cic. Ac. 2, 7, 19:
quas tamen inter omnes (voces) est suo quoque in genere (vox) mediocris ( = inter omnes voces est mediocris vox, sua quoque in genere),
id. de Or. 3, 57, 216:
eo concilia suae cujusque regionis indici jussit (= sua cujusque regionis concilia),
Liv. 45, 29, 10:
equites suae cuique parti post principia collocat (= equites suos cuique parti),
id. 3, 22, 6:
cum motibus armorum et corporum suae cuique genti assuetis,
id. 25, 17, 5:
legiones deducebantur cum tribunis et centurionibus et sui cujusque ordinis militibus (= suis cujusque),
Tac. A. 14, 27:
quae sui cujusque sunt ingenii,
Quint. 7, 10, 10 Halm (al. sua):
sui cujusque ingenii poma vel semina gerunt (= sua cujusque),
Col. 3, 1;
and by a double attraction: has (cohortes) subsidiariae ternae et aliae totidem suae cujusque legionis subsequebantur (= has cohortes... totidem cujusque legionis, suam quaeque legionem, subsequebantur),
Caes. B. C. 1, 83. —
(β).
Attraction of quisque:
tanta ibi copia venustatum in suo quique loco sita,
Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 6 (al. quaeque):
quodvis frumentum non tamen omne Quique suo genere inter se simile esse videbis,
Lucr. 2, 372 Lachm. and Munro ad loc.:
cum verba debeant sui cujusque generis copulari,
Varr. L. L. 10, 48:
in sensibus sui cujusque generis judicium,
Cic. Ac. 2, 7, 19:
haec igitur proclivitas ad suum quodque genus aegrotatio dicatur,
id. Tusc. 4, 12, 28:
separatim greges sui cujusque generis nocte remeabant (= greges sui quisque generis),
Liv. 24, 3, 5:
ut sui cujusque mensis acciperet (frumentum),
Suet. Aug. 40;
and quisque both attracted and in its own case: quia cujusque partis naturae et in corpore et in animo sua quaeque vis sit (where either cujusque or quaeque is redundant),
Cic. Fin. 5, 17, 46; v. Madv. ad loc.; Cato, R. R. 23 fin.;
so esp. in the phrases suo quoque tempore, anno, die, loco, etc.: pecunia, quae in stipendium Romanis suo quoque anno penderetur, deerat (= suo quaeque anno),
each instalment in the year when due, Liv. 33, 46, 9 Weissenb. ad loc.:
suo quoque loco,
Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 2; 1, 22, 6:
opera quae suis quibusque temporibus anni vilicum exsequi oporteret,
Col. 11, 3:
suo quoque tempore,
Vitr. 2, 9, 4:
nisi sua quaque die usurae exsolverentur (= sua quaeque die),
Dig. 22, 1, 12 init.; 13, 7, 8, § 3:
ut opera rustica suo quoque tempore faciat,
ib. 19, 2, 25, § 3 (al. quaeque)—
c.
In the order quisque... suus.
(α).
In relative clauses, comparative clauses with ut, and interrogative clauses introduced by quid, etc., where quisque immediately follows the relative, etc.:
ut quisque suom volt esse, ita est,
Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 45; cf.
with sibi,
Cic. Leg. 1, 18, 49; id. Lael. 9, 30:
expendere oportere quid quisque habeat sui... nec velle experiri quam se aliena deceant. Id enim maxime quemque decet quod est cujusque maxime suum,
id. Off. 1, 31, 113:
neque solum quid in senatu quisque civitatis suae dicerent ignorabant, sed, etc.,
Liv. 32, 19, 9:
gratius id fore laetiusque quod quisque sua manu ex hoste captum rettulerit,
id. 5, 20, 8; 6, 25, 10; cf.:
in quibus cum multa sint quae sua quisque dicere velit, nihil est quod quisque suum possit dicere,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 23, 1.—
(β).
If the emphasis is not on suus, but (for quisque, when emphatic, unusquisque is used) on some other word:
in civitates quemque suas... dimisit,
Liv. 21, 48, 2:
in patriam quisque suam remissus est,
Just. 33, 2, 8:
in vestigio quemque suo vidit,
Liv. 28, 22, 15; cf.:
hospitibus quisque suis scribebant,
id. 33, 45, 6:
pro facultatibus quisque suis,
id. 42, 53, 3; cf.:
respiciendae sunt cuique facultates suae,
Sen. Ben. 2, 15, 3:
praecipitat quisque vitam suam et futuri desiderio laborat,
id. Brev. Vit. 7, 5; id. Ben. 7, 5, 1:
tunc praeceps quisque se proripit et penates suos deserit,
id. Q. N. 6, 1, 5; 5, 18, 8:
summum quisque causae suae judicem facit,
Plin. 1, prooem. § 10: aestimatione nocturnae [p. 1828] quietis, dimidio quisque spatio vitae suae vivit, id. 7, 50, 51, § 167.—
(γ).
Poets adopt the order quisque suus when the metre requires it, Verg. A. 6, 743:
oscula quisque suae matri tulerunt,
Ov. F. 2, 715. —
(δ).
When suus and quisque belong to different clauses:
atque earum quaeque, suum tenens munus... manet in lege naturae,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 13, 38. —
d.
Suus uterque, or uterque suus, distributively of two subjects:
suas uterque legiones reducit in castra,
Caes. B. C. 1, 40; 2, 28:
ideo quod uterque suam legem confirmare debebit,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 142:
cum sui utrosque adhortarentur,
Liv. 1, 25, 1:
ad utrumque ducem sui redierunt,
id. 21, 29, 5:
utraque (lex) sua via it,
Sen. Ben. 6, 6, 1; cf.
uterque, in apposit.: nec ipsi tam inter se acriter contenderunt, quam studia excitaverant uterque sui corporis hominum,
Liv. 26, 48, 6.—
3.
With sibi.
(α).
Sibi with pronom. force (cf. sui, IV. C. fin.):
reddam suum sibi,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 119 ( = ei; but referred to b, infra, by Brix ad loc.); cf.:
suam rem sibi salvam sistam,
id. Poen. 5, 2, 123:
idem lege sibi sua curationem petet,
for himself, Cic. Agr. 2, 9, 22 (cf. id. Phil. 2, 37, 96;
I. B. 2. b. supra): ut vindicare sibi suum fulgorem possint,
Sen. Q. N. 1, 1, 11; cf.
the formula of divorce: tuas res tibi habeto,
Dig. 24, 2, 2.—Hence, illam suam suas res sibi habere jussit, Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69.—
(β).
With sibi redundant, to strengthen suus (anteand post-class. and colloq.):
quo pacto serviat suo sibi patri,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 5:
eum necabam ilico per cerebrum pinna sua sibi, quasi turturem,
id. Poen. 2, 40; v. sui, IV. C. and the passages there cited.—
4.
With gen. agreeing with the subject of suus:
quas cum solus pertulisset ut sua unius in his gratia esset,
that the credit of it should belong to him alone, Liv. 2, 8, 3:
qui de sua unius sententia omnia gerat,
id. 44, 22, 11; cf.:
unam Aegyptus in hoc spem habet suam,
Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 2.—For suus ipsius, etc., v. D. 1. b. supra.—
5.
With demonstr., rel., or indef. pronn. and adjj., of his, hers, etc.:
postulat ut ad hanc suam praedam adjutores vos profiteamini,
to this booty of his, Cic. Rosc. Am. 2, 6:
Sestius cum illo exercitu suo,
id. Sest. 5, 12:
qua gravitate sua,
id. ib. 61, 129:
suam rem publicam illam defenderunt,
that republic of theirs, id. ib. 67, 141:
in istum civem suum,
against this citizen of theirs, id. Balb. 18, 41:
cum illo suo pari,
id. Pis. 8, 18:
te nulla sua calamitate civitas satiare potest?
id. Phil. 8, 6, 19:
dubitatis igitur, quin vos M. Laterensis ad suam spem aliquam delegerit,
for some hope of his, id. Planc. 16, 39:
non tam sua ulla spe quam militum impetu tractus,
by any hope of his, Liv. 25, 21, 5:
nullo suo merito,
from no fault of theirs, id. 26, 29, 4:
ipse arcano cum paucis familiaribus suis colloquitur,
with a few of his friends, Caes. B. C. 1, 19.—
6.
With descriptive adjj.
(α).
Standing before the adj. and noun (so most freq.):
suorum improbissimorum sermonum domicilium,
Cic. Pis. 31, 76:
causam sui dementissimi consilii,
id. Phil. 2, 22, 53:
suam insatiabilem crudelitatem,
id. ib. 11, 3, 8:
suis amplissimis fortunis,
id. ib. 13, 8, 16:
suum pristinum morem,
id. Pis. 12, 27:
suis lenissimis postulatis,
Caes. B. C. 1, 5: simili ratione Pompeius in suis veteribus castris consedit (suis emphatic; cf. b, infra), id. ib. 3, 76.—
(β).
Between the adj. and noun (less emphatic):
pro eximiis suis beneficiis,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 4, 7:
propter summam suam humanitatem,
id. Fam. 15, 14, 1:
ex praeteritis suis officiis,
Caes. B. C. 3, 60:
Caesar in veteribus suis castris consedit,
id. ib. 3, 76.—
(γ).
After adj. and noun:
veterem amicum suum excepit,
Cic. Rab. Post. 16, 43:
in illo ardenti tribunatu suo,
id. Sest. 54, 116.—
7.
Objectively for the pers. pron. (rare):
neque cuiquam mortalium injuriae suae parvae videntur ( = sibi illatae),
Sall. C. 51, 11; so,
neglectam ab Scipione et nimis leviter latam suam injuriam ratus,
Liv. 29, 9, 9:
ipsae enim leges te a cognitione sua judicio publico reppulerunt ( = a se cognoscendo),
Cic. Balb. 14, 32:
suam invidiam tali morte quaesitam ( = quaesitum esse ab eo ut homines se inviderent),
Tac. A. 3, 16; so,
nulla sua invidia,
Cic. Mil. 15, 40.—
8.
Abl. fem. sua, with refert or interest, for gen. of the pers. pron.: neminem esse qui quomodo se habeat nihil sua censeat interesse, Cic. Fin. 5, 10, 30:
si scit sua nihil interesse utrum anima per os, an per jugulum exeat,
Sen. Ep. 76, 33; v. intersum, III.—
9.
Strengthened by the suffix - pte or -met.
(α).
By - pte (not used with ipse) affixed to the forms sua, suo, and (ante-class.) suum:
quom illa osculata esset suumpte amicum,
Plaut. Mil. 2, 4, 38:
ut terrena suopte nutu et suo pondere in terram ferantur,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 17, 40:
ferri suopte pondere,
id. N. D. 1, 25, 69:
suapte natura,
id. Fat. 18, 42:
suapte vi et natura,
id. ib. 19, 43; id. Fin. 1, 16, 54; 5, 22, 61:
suopte ingenio,
Liv. 25, 18; so id. 1, 25, 1; 1, 18, 4:
suapte manu,
Cic. Or. 3, 3, 10:
locus suapte natura infestus,
Liv. 44, 6, 9; so,
suapte natura,
id. 4, 22, 4:
flumina suapte natura vasta,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 27, 8; so id. Ben. 4, 17, 2:
sponte suapte,
Varr. L. L. 6, 7, § 70.—
(β).
With - met, almost always followed by ipse (in all forms of suus except suus, suum, suae, and suorum):
suomet ipsi more,
Sall. J. 31, 6:
suomet ipsi instrumento,
Liv. 22, 14, 13:
suomet ipsi metu,
Tac. H. 3, 16 fin.:
suamet ipsum pecunia,
Sall. J. 8, 2:
suamet ipsae fraude,
Liv. 8, 18, 9:
intra suamet ipsum moenia,
id. 6, 36, 4:
suismet ipsi praesidiis,
id. 8, 25, 6:
suismet ipsis corporibus,
id. 2, 19, 5:
suosmet ipsi cives,
id. 2, 9, 5:
suasmet ipse spes,
Tac. A. 3, 66 fin. —Without ipse:
populum suimet sanguinis mercede,
Sall. H. Fragm. 1, 41, 25 Dietsch:
magna pars suismet aut proxumorum telis obtruncabantur,
id. ib. 2, 52 ib.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > sua
9 suum

sŭus, a, um (old form sos, sa, sum; dat. plur. sis, Enn. ap. Fest. p. 301 Mull.; acc. sas. id. ib. p. 325 ib.; cf. Paul. ex Fest. p. 47; Schol. Pers. 1, 108; sing. sam for suam, Fest. p. 47 Mull.;
so for suo, C. I. L. 5, 2007. In ante-class. verse su- with the following vowel freq. forms one syllable,
Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 48; id. Ps. 1, 3, 5; Ter. And. 1, 1, 68; Lucr. 1, 1022; v. Neue, Formenl. 2, 189 sqq.), pron. poss., 3 d pers. [root SVA-; Sanscr. sva, own; cf. sui; Gr. seWo-, whence sphe, etc., and he; cf. heos], of or belonging to himself, herself, etc.; his own, her own, etc.; his, her, its, their; one ' s; hers, theirs.
I.
Ordinary possessive use his, etc. (cf. the similar use of the pers. pron. sui, q. v.).
A.
With antecedent in the same sentence.
1.
The antecedent a subject-nominative, expressed or understood.
(α).
His:
Caesar copias suas divisit,
Caes. B. C. 3, 97:
ille in sua sententia perseverat,
id. ib. 1, 72:
tantam habebat suarum rerum fiduciam,
id. ib. 2, 37:
cum sceleris sui socios Romae reliquisset,
Cic. Cat. 3, 1, 3:
cur ego non ignoscam si anteposuit suam salutem meae?
id. Pis. 32, 79; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45; id. Mil. 10, 27; id. Fam. 15, 14, 1:
Hanno praefecturam ejus (i.e. Muttinis) filio suo (Hannonis) dedit,
Liv. 26, 40, 7:
imperat princeps civibus suis,
Sen. Clem. 1, 16, 2:
nemo rem suam emit,
id. Ben. 7, 4, 8.—
(β).
Her:
mea Glycerium suos parentes repperit,
Ter. And. 5, 6, 5:
utinam haec ignoraret suum patrem,
id. Phorm. 5, 6, 34:
si nunc facere volt era officium suom,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 72:
ne eadem mulier cum suo conjuge honestissimum adulescentem oppressisse videatur,
Cic. Cael. 32, 78:
si omnibus suis copiis excellentem virum res publica armasset,
id. Phil. 13, 16, 32.—
(γ).
Its:
omne animal, simul et ortum est, et se ipsum et omnes partes suas diligit,
Cic. Fin. 2, 11, 33:
cum mea domus ardore suo deflagrationem Italiae toti minaretur,
id. Planc. 40, 95.—
(δ).
Their: (legiones) si consulem suum reliquerunt, vituperandae sunt Cic. Phil. 5, 2, 4:
mittent aliquem de suo numero,
id. ib. 11, 10, 25:
rationem illi sententiae suae non fere reddebant,
id. Tusc. 1, 17, 38:
qui agellos suos redimere a piratis solebant,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 37, § 85:
edicunt ut ad suum vestitum senatores redirent,
id. Sest. 14, 32:
suis finibus eos prohibent,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1: Allobrogibus sese persuasuros existimabant ut per suos (Allobrogum) fines eos (Helvetios) ire paterentur, id. id. 1, 6;
and distributively: ac naves onerariae LXIII. in portu expugnatae, quaedam cum suis oneribus, frumento, armis, aere, etc.,
some with their several cargoes, Liv. 26, 47, 9.—
2.
With a subject-clause as antecedent:
id sua sponte apparebat tuta celeribus consiliis praepositurum,
was selfevident, Liv. 22, 38, 13:
ad id quod sua sponte satis collectum animorum erat, indignitate etiam Romani accendebantur,
id. 3, 62, 1:
secutum tamen sua sponte est ut vilior ob ea regi Hannibal et suspectior fieret,
id. 35, 14, 4. —
3.
With subject-acc. as antecedent:
hanc dicam Athenis advenisse cum aliquo amatore suo, Plant. Mil. 2, 2, 86: doceo gratissimum esse in sua tribu Plancium,
Cic. Planc. 19, 47:
cupio eum suae causae confidere,
id. Sest. 64, 135:
suspicari debuit (Milo), eum (Clodium) ad villam suam (Clodii) deversurum,
id. Mil. 19, 51: Medeam praedicant in fuga fratris sui membra dissipavisse, id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 22:
(dixit) Caesarem pro sua dignitate debere et studium et iracundiam suam reipublicae dimittere,
Caes. B. C. 1, 8.—
4.
With object-acc. as antecedent.
(α).
Suus being an adjunct of the subject (generally rendered in Engl. by a pass. constr.):
hunc pater suus de templo deduxit,
he was taken from the temple by his father, Cic. Inv. 2, 17, 52:
hunc sui cives e civitate ejecerunt,
id. Sest. 68, 142:
Alexandrum uxor sua... occidit,
id. Inv. 2, 49, 144:
illum ulciscentur mores sui,
id. Att. 9, 12, 2:
quodsi quem natura sua... forte deficiet,
id. Or. 1, 14:
utrumque regem sua multitudo consalutaverat,
Liv. 1, 7, 1:
quas (urbes) sua virtus ac dii juvent, magnas sibi opes facere,
id. 1, 9, 3; 1, 7, 15; 6, 33, 5:
quos nec sua conscientia impulerit, nec, etc.,
id. 26, 33, 3; 25, 14, 7:
consulem C. Marium servus suus interemit,
Val. Max. 6, 8, 2:
quis non Vedium Pollionem pejus oderat quam servi sui?
Sen. Clem. 1, 18, 2:
sera dies sit qua illum gens sua caelo adserat,
id. Cons. Poll. 12 (31), 5.—With the antecedent understood from the principal sentence:
ita forma simili pueri ut mater sua internoscere (sc. eos) non posset,
Plaut. Men. prol. 19; and with suus as adjunct both of the subject and of the antecedent: jubet salvere suos vir uxorem suam, id. merc. 4, 3, 11. —
(β).
With impers. verbs:
sunt homines, quos libidinis infamiaeque suae neque pudeat neque taedeat,
Cic. Verr. 1, 12, 35:
video fore ut inimicos tuos poeniteat intemperantiae suae,
id. Fam. 3, 10, 1:
si Caesarem beneficii sui poeniteret,
id. Lig. 10, 29; so id. Agr. 2, 11, 26:
jam ne nobilitatis quidem suae plebejos poenitere,
Liv. 10, 7, 8:
militem jam minus virtutis poenitere suae,
id. 22, 12, 10.—
(γ).
As adjunct of other members of the sentence:
ad parentes suos ducas Silenium,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 86. nam is illius filiam conicit in navem clam matrem suam (i.e. filiae), id. Mil. 2, 1, 34:
eosdem ad quaestoris sui aut imperatoris, aut commilitonum suorum pericula impulistis,
Cic. Phil. 13, 17, 34:
totum enim ex sua patria sustulisti,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 49, § 127; id. Or. 3, 32, 126: quem (Hammonium) tibi etiam suo nomine ( on his own account) commendo... itaque peto a te ut ejus procuratorem et ipsum suo nomine diligas, id. Fam. 13, 21, 2:
Caesar Fabium in sua remittit hiberna,
Caes. B. G. 5, 33; id. B. C. 3, 24:
introire ad Ciceronem, et domi suae imparatum confodere,
Sall. C. 28, 1:
suis flammis delete Fidenas,
i. e. the flames kindled by the Fidenates, Liv. 4, 33, 5:
suo igni involvit hostes,
Tac. A. 14, 30:
quid Caesarem in sua fata inmisit?
Sen. Ep. 94, 65; id. Q. N. 1, praef. 7; cf.
with antecedent supplied from preceding sentence: non destiti rogare et petere (sc. Brutum) mea causa, suadere et hortari sua,
Cic. Att. 6, 2, 7.—
5.
With dat. as antecedent.
(α).
As adjunct of subject (cf. 4. supra):
suus rex reginae placet,
a queen likes her own king, Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 76:
ei nunc alia ducenda'st domum, sua cognata Lemniensis,
id. Cist. 1, 1, 101:
Autronio nonne sodales, non collegae sui... defuerunt?
Cic. Sull. 2, 7:
si ceteris facta sua recte prosunt,
id. Cat. 3, 12, 27:
cui non magistri sui atque doctores, cui non... locus ipse... in mente versetur?
id. Planc. 33, 81:
haec omnia plane... Siculis erepta sunt: primum suae leges, etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 13, § 33:
Romanis multitudo sua auxit animum,
Liv. 21, 50, 4:
sicuti populo Romano sua fortuna labet,
id. 42, 50, 7:
Lanuvinis sacra sua reddita,
id. 8, 14, 2:
vilitas sua illis detrahit pretium,
Sen. Ben. 4, 29, 2:
nemo est cui felicitas sua satisfaciat,
id. Ep. 115, 17:
labor illi suus restitutus est,
id. Brev. Vit. 20, 3:
magnitudo sua singulis constat,
id. Q. N. 1, 1, 10:
tantum sapienti sua, quantum Dec omnis aetas patet,
id. Ep. 53, 11. —
With antecedent supplied from principal sentence: mater quod suasit sua Adulescens mulier fecit, i.e. ei,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 38.—
(β).
Of other words:
regique Thebano regnum stabilivit suum,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 40:
mittam hodie huic suo die natali malam rem magnam,
id. Ps. 1, 3, 5:
ego Metello non irascor, neque ei suam vacationem eripio,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 68, § 164:
desinant insidiari domui suae consuli,
id. Cat. 1, 13, 32:
quibus ea res honori fuerit a suis civibus,
id. Mil. 35, 96: Scipio suas res Syracusanis restituit, Liv. [p. 1824] 29, 1, 17:
nos non suas (leges Lacedaemoniis arbitror) ademisse, sed nostras leges dedisse,
id. 39, 37, 6:
Graccho et Tuditano provinciae Lucani et Galliae cum suis exercitibus prorogatae,
id. 25, 3, 5.—
6.
With gen., abl., or object of a prep. as antecedent:
nec illius animi aciem praestringit splendor sui nominis,
Cic. Rab. Post. 16, 43:
nolite a sacris patriis Junonis Sospitae domesticum et suum consulem avellere,
id. Mur. 41, 90:
quamvis tu magna mihi scripseris de Bruti adventu ad suas legiones,
id. Att. 14, 13, 12:
suae legis ad scriptum ipsam quoque sententiam adjungere,
the meaning of their law to which they refer, id. Inv. 2, 49, 147:
cum ambitio alterius suam primum apud eos majestatem solvisset,
Liv. 22, 42, 12:
nunc causam instituendorum ludorum ab origine sua repetam,
Val. Max. 2, 4, 4:
Jubam in regno suo non locorum notitia adjuvet, non popularium pro rege suo virtus,
Sen. Ep. 71, 10; id. Ben. 7, 6, 3; id. Clem. 1, 3, 4.—Esp. with cujusque as antecedent:
in qua deliberatione ad suam cujusque naturam consilium est omne revocandum,
Cic. Off. 1, 33, 119 (v. II. D. 2. infra).— Abl.:
operam dare ut sua lex ipso scripto videatur niti,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 147 (cf. supra):
(Caesar reperiebat) ad Galbam propter justitiam prudentiamque suam totius belli summam deferri,
Caes. B. G. 2, 4:
credere, ad suum concilium a Jove deos advocari,
Sen. Q. N. 2, 42, 1.—
7.
With predic. nom. as antecedent:
sapientissimi artis suae professores sunt a quibus et propria studia verecunde et aliena callide administrantur,
Val. Max. 8, 12, 1.—
8.
With appositive noun.
(α).
With gram. subject as antecedent:
hoc Anaximandro, populari ac sodali suo, non persuasit,
Cic. Ac. 2, 37, 118:
vidit fortissimum virum, inimicissimum suum,
id. Mil. 9, 25:
(hic) fuit in Creta contubernalis Saturnini, propinqui sui,
id. Planc. 11, 27:
ut non per L. Crassum, adfinem suum... causam illam defenderit,
id. Balb. 21, 49:
ne cum hoc T. Broccho, avunculo, ne cum ejus filio, consobrino suo, ne nobiscum vivat,
id. Lig. 4, 11:
Caesar mittit ad eum A. Clodium, suum atque illius familiarem,
Caes. B. C. 3, 57.—
(β).
With object as antecedent:
Dicaearchum cum Aristoxeno, aequali et condiscipulo suo, omittamus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 18, 41:
tres fratres optimos, non solum sibi ipsos, neque nobis, necessariis suis, sed etiam rei publicae condonavit,
id. Lig. 12, 36:
Varroni, quem, sui generis hominem,... vulgus extrahere ad consulatum nitebatur,
Liv. 22, 34, 2.—
(γ).
With appositive noun as antecedent:
si P. Scipionem, clarissimum virum, majorumque suorum simillimum res publica tenere potuisset,
Cic. Phil. 13, 14, 29:
M. Fabi Ambusti, potentis viri cum inter sui corporis homines, tum ad plebem, etc.,
Liv. 6, 34, 5:
C. vero Fabricii, et Q. Aemilii Papi, principum saeculi sui, domibus argentum fuisse confitear oportet,
Val. Max. 4, 4, 3.—
9.
In participial clauses.
(α).
The antecedent being the logical subject of the participle, and other than the principal subject:
credamus igitur Panaetio, a Platone suo dissentienti ( = qui dissentiebat),
Cic. Tusc. 1, 32, 79:
ea Sex. Roscium, expulsum ex suis bonis, recepit domum,
id. Rosc. Am. 10, 27:
diffidentemque rebus suis confirmavit,
id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23:
Dejotarum ad me venientem cum omnibus copiis suis, certiorem feci, etc.,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 7; id. Cat. 4, 9, 18: si hominis et suis et populi Romani ornamentis amplissimi ( being greatly distinguished) causam repudiassem, id. Mur. 4, 8:
stupentes tribunos et suam jam vicem magis anxios quam, etc., liberavit consensus populi Romani,
Liv. 8, 35, 1; 22, 42, 8:
manet in folio scripta querela suo ( = quam scripsit),
Ov. F. 5, 224; cf. in abl. absol.:
et ipsis (hostibus) regressis in castra sua,
Liv. 22, 60, 9:
quibus (speculis) si unum ostenderis hominem, populus adparet, unaquaque parte faciem exprimente sua,
Sen. Q. N. 1, 5, 5.—
(β).
The logical subject of the participle, being also the principal subject:
sic a suis legionibus condemnatus irrupit in Galliam,
Cic. Phil. 10, 10, 21:
hunc agrum patres nostri, acceptum a majoribus suis ( = quem acceperant), perdiderunt,
id. Agr. 2, 31, 84:
ut in suis ordinibus dispositi dispersos adorirentur,
Caes. B. C. 3, 92: Appius, odium in se aliorum suo in eos metiens odio, haud ignaro, inquit, imminet fortuna, Liv. 3, 54, 3:
ipsa capit Condita in pharetra ( = quae condiderat) tela minora sua,
Ov. F. 2, 326; cf. in abl. absol.:
Sopater, expositis suis difficultatibus ( = cum exposuisset, etc.): Timarchidem... perducit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 28, § 69:
Caesar, primum suo deinde omnium ex conspectu remotis equis, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 1, 25:
Campani, audita sua pariter sociorumque clade, legatos ad Hannibalem miserunt,
Liv. 25, 15, 1:
(Appius) deposito suo magistratu... domum est reductus,
id. 4, 24, 7; 3, 35, 9; 9, 10, 13; 9, 41, 9.—
(γ).
The antecedent being the principal subject, not the logical subject of the participle:
M. Papirius dicitur Gallo, barbam suam (i.e. Papirii) permulcenti,... iram movisse,
Liv. 5, 41, 9: cum Gracchus, verecundia deserendi socios, implorantis fidem suam populique Romani, substitisset. id. 23, 36, 8; cf. in abl. absol.:
si sine maximo dedecore, tam impeditis suis rebus, potuisset emori,
Cic. Rab. Post. 10, 29; id. Mil. 14, 38; id. Planc. 21, 51; id. Clu. 14, 42:
ita (consul) proelio uno accidit Vestinorum res, haudquaquam tamen incruento milite suo (consulis),
Liv. 8, 29, 12; cf.
with antecedent to be supplied: Campani, cum, robore juventutis suae acciso, nulla (sc. eis) propinqua spes esset, etc.,
id. 7, 29, 7.—
10.
In gerund. construction. ( a) With subject as antecedent:
mihi ipsa Roma ad complectendum conservatorem suum progredi visa est,
Cic. Pis. 22, 52.—
(β).
With object, the logical subjects of the gerund as antecedent:
cur iis persequendi juris sui... adimis potestatem?
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21:
si senatui doloris sui de me declarandi potestas esset erepta,
id. Sest. 23, 51:
nec tribunis plebis (spatium datur) sui periculi deprecandi,
Caes. B. C. 1, 5.—
(γ).
With antecedent dependent on the gerund:
eamque rem illi putant a suum cuique tribuendo appellatam,
Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 19.—
11.
As adjunct of a noun dependent on a subjectinf., with its logical subject as antecedent:
magnum Miloni fuit, conficere illam pestem nulla sua invidia?
Cic. Mil. 15, 40:
neque enim fuit Gabinii, remittere tantum de suo nec regis, imponere tantum plus suis,
his claim, id. Rab. Post. 11, 31:
Piso, cui fructum pietatis suae neque ex me neque a populo Romano ferre licuit,
id. Sest. 31, 68:
ei cujus magis intersit, vel sua, vel rei publicae causa vivere,
id. Off. 3, 23, 90:
sapientis est consilium explicare suum de maximis rebus,
id. Or. 2, 81, 333; id. Mil. 15, 41.—With logical subject understood:
totam Italiam suis colonis ut complere (sc. eis) liceat, permittitur,
Cic. Agr. 2, 13, 34:
maximum (sc. eis) solacium erit, propinquorum eodem monumento declarari, et virtutem suorum, et populi Romani pietatem,
id. Phil. 14, 13, 35.
B.
Without gram. antec., one ' s, one ' s own.
1.
Dependent on subject-inff.:
ejusdem animi est, posteris suis amplitudinem nobis quam non acceperit tradere, et memoriam prope intermortuam generis sui, virtute renovare,
Cic. Mur. 7, 16:
siquidem atrocius est, patriae parentem quam suum occidere,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:
miliens perire est melius quam in sua civitate sine armorum praesidio non posse vivere,
id. ib. 2, 44, 112: quanto est honestius, alienis injuriis quam suis commoveri, one ' s own, id. Verr. 2, 3, 72, § 169:
contentum suis rebus esse maximae sunt certissimaeque divitiae,
id. Par. 6, 51:
ut non liceat sui commodi causa nocere alteri,
id. Off. 3, 5, 23:
detrahere de altero sui commodi causa,
id. ib. 3, 5, 24:
suis exemplis melius est uti,
Auct. Her. 4, 1, 2:
levius est sua decreta tollere quam aliorum,
Liv. 3, 21. 5; 39, 5, 2;
29, 37, 11: satius est vitae suae rationes quam frumenti publici nosse,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 18, 3:
quanto satius est sua mala exstinguere quam aliena posteris tradere?
id. Q. N. 3, praef. 5:
cum initia beneficiorum suorum spectare, tum etiam exitus decet,
id. Ben. 2, 14, 2; 3, 1, 5:
Romani nominis gloriae, non suae, composuisse illa decuit,
Plin. 1, prooem. § 16.—With 1 st pers. plur., as indef. antecedent: cum possimus ab Ennio sumere... exemplum, videtur esse arrogantia illa relinquere, et ad sua devenire, to one ' s own = to our own, Auct. Her. 4, 1, 2.—
2.
Without a subject-inf.:
omnia torquenda sunt ad commodum suae causae... sua diligenter narrando,
Cic. Inv. 1, 21, 30: ut in ceteris habenda ratio non sua (al. sui) solum, sed etiam aliorum, id. Off. 1, 39, 139:
erat Dareo mite ac tractabile ingenium, nisi suam naturam plerumque fortuna corrumperet (suam not referring to Dareo),
Curt. 3, 2, 17 MSS. (Foss, mansuetam). — With 1 st pers. plur., as indef. antecedent (cf. 1. supra):
non erit ista amicitia sed mercatura quaedam utilitatum suarum,
Cic. N. D. 1, 44, 122; cf.: pro suo possidere, II. A. 2. a. g; and Cic. Off. 2, 21, 73, II. A. 2. b. a; cf. also II. B. 1. a; II. B. 5. c.; II. B. 7. b.; II. C. 8. b. b infra.
C.
With antec. in a previous sentence. Here ejus, eorum, earum are used for his, her, their, unless the clause is oblique in regard to the antecedent, i. e. the antecedent is conceived as the author of the statement.
1.
In clauses dependent on a verbum sentiendi or dicendi, expressed or understood, referring to the grammatical or logical subject of the verb.
a.
In infinitive clauses:
(Clodius) Caesaris potentiam suam potentiam esse dicebat,
Cic. Mil. 32, 88:
(Caelius) a sua (causa) putat ejus (i.e. Ascitii) esse sejunctam,
id. Cael. 10, 24:
ipsos certo scio non negare ad haec bona Chrysogonum accessisse impulsu suo (referring to ipsos),
id. Rosc. Am. 37, 107:
hostes viderunt,... suorum tormentorum usum spatio propinquitatis interire,
Caes. B. C. 2, 16:
docent, sui judicii rem non esse,
id. ib. 1, 13.—The reference of suus may be ambiguous, esp. if an infinitive is dependent on another:
hoc Verrem dicere ajebant, te... opera sua consulem factum, i.e. Verris, though grammatically it might refer to the subj. of aiebant,
Cic. Verr. 1, 10, 29:
(Ariovistus) dixit neminem secum sine sua pernicie contendisse,
Caes. B. G. 1, 36; cf. the context with, in all, eleven reflexive pronouns referring to four different antecedents (populus Romanus, Ariovistus, Caesar, nemo); cf.
also: occurrebat ei, mancam praeturam suam futuram consule Milone,
Cic. Mil. 9, 25; 32, 88; Liv. 3, 42, 2.—
b.
Suus in a clause dependent on inf.:
scio equidem, ut, qui argentum afferret atque expressam imaginem suam (i.e. militis) huc ad nos, cum eo ajebat velle mitti mulierem,
Plaut. Ps. 2, 2, 55:
isti bonorum emptores arbitrantur, vos hic sedere qui excipiatis eos qui de suis (i.e. emptorum) manibus effugerint,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 52, 151:
Siculi venisse tempus ajebant ut commoda sua defenderem,
id. Div. in Caecil. 1, 3:
ut tunc tandem sentiret recuperanda esse quae prius sua culpa amissa forent,
Liv. 44, 8, 4. —
Ambiguous: velle Pompejum se Caesari purgatum, ne ea quae reipublicae causa egerit (Pompejus) in suam (i.e. Caesaris) contumeliam vertat (where suam might be referred to Pompejus),
Caes. B. C. 1, 8.—
c.
In oblique clauses introduced by ut or ne, or clauses subordinate to such:
Cassius constituit ut ludi absente te fierent suo nomine,
Cic. Att. 15, 11, 2:
postulat ut ad hanc suam praedam tam nefariam adjutores vos profiteamini,
id. Rosc. Am. 2, 6:
Nasidius eos magnopere hortatur ut rursus cum Bruti classe, additis suis (i.e. Nasidii) auxiliis confligant,
Caes. B. C. 2, 3:
(regem) denuntiasse sibi ut triduo regni sui decederent finibus,
Liv. 42, 25, 12:
Sabinae mulieres, hinc patres, hinc viros orantes, ne parricidio macularent partus suos (i.e. mulierum),
id. 1, 13, 2:
Patron praecepit suis ut arma induerent, ad omne imperium suum parati,
Curt. 5, 11, 1.—With reflex. pron., referring to a different antecedent:
ad hanc (Laidem) Demosthenes clanculum adit, et ut sibi copiam sui faceret, petit,
Gell. 1, 8, 5. —
d.
In subordinate clauses introduced by quin or quod:
(Dejotarus) non recusat quin id suum facinus judices,
Cic. Deiot. 15, 43; so id. ib. 4, 15;
16, 45: parietes hujus curiae tibi gratias agere gestiunt, quod futura sit illa auctoritas in his majorum suorum et suis sedibus,
id. Marcell. 3, 10:
quidni gauderet quod iram suam nemo sentiret?
Sen. Troad. 3, 13:
querenti quod uxor sua e fico se suspendisset,
Quint. 6, 3, 88;
and with intentional ambiguity: cum Proculejus quereretur de filio quod is mortem suam expectaret,
id. 9, 3, 68. —
e.
In interrogative clauses:
si, quod officii sui sit, non occurrit animo, nihil umquam omnino aget,
Cic. Ac. 2, 8, 25:
ut non auderet iterum dicere quot milia fundus suus abesset ab urbe,
id. Caecin. 10, [p. 1825] 28:
donec sciat unisquisque quid sui, quid alieni sit,
Liv. 6, 27, 8:
rex ignarus, quae cum Hannibale legatis suis convenisset, quaeque legati ejus ad se allaturi fuissent,
id. 23, 39, 2:
postquam animadvertit quantus agminis sui terror esset,
id. 43, 19, 5. —
2.
In a virtually oblique clause.
a.
In final clause, introduced by ut, ne, or rel., referring to the subject of the purpose:
me a portu praemisit domum, ut haec nuntiem uxori suae,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 41:
quasi Appius ille Caecus viam muniverit, non qua populus uteretur, sed ubi impune sui posteri latrocinarentur, i. e. Appii,
Cic. Mil. 7, 17:
quae gens ad Caesarem legatos mise. rat, ut suis omnibus facultatibus uteretur,
Caes. B. C. 3, 80:
inde castra movent, ne qua vis sociis suis ab Romano exercitu inferri possit,
Liv. 43, 23, 5:
(Romani) Albam a fundamentis proruerunt, ne memoria originum suarum exstaret,
id. 26, 13, 16:
oppidani nuntios Romam, qui certiorem de suo casu senatum facerent, misere,
id. 6, 33, 7; cf.:
tanto intervallo ab hostibus consedit, ut nec adventus suus propinquitate nimia nosci posset, et, etc.,
Liv. 10, 20, 7:
Datames locum delegit talem ut non multum obesse multitudo hostium suae paucitati posset,
Nep. Dat. 7, 3:
quid si gubernator a diis procellas petat ut gratior ars sua periculo fiat?
Sen. Ben. 6, 25, 4. —
b.
In other dependent clauses represented as conceived by an antecedent in the principal sentence:
Sulla, si sibi suus pudor ac dignitas non prodesset, nullum auxilium requisivit ( = negavit se defendi velle, si, etc.),
Cic. Sull. 5, 15:
Paetus omnes libros quos frater suus reliquisset mihi donavit ( = dixit se donare libros quos, etc.),
id. Att. 2, 1, 12:
non enim a te emit, sed, priusquam tu suum sibi venderes, ipse possedit ( = potitus est, ne, etc.),
id. Phil. 2, 37, 96:
Africanus, si sua res ageretur, testimonium non diceret,
id. Rosc. Am. 36, 3:
ille ipse (Pompejus) proposuit epistulam illam, in qua est Pro tuis rebus gestis amplissimis. Amplioribusne quam suis, quam Africani?
id. Att. 8, 9, 2:
spiritus dabat (Manlio) quod... vinculorum suorum invidiam dictator fugisset,
Liv. 6, 18, 4:
(Numa) Camenis eum lucum sacravit, quod earum ibi concilia cum conjuge sua Egeria essent,
id. 1, 21, 3:
adulescens deos omnis invocare ad gratiam illi pro se referendam, quoniam sibi nequaquam satis facultatis pro suo animo atque illius erga se esset,
id. 26, 50, 4 (cf. D. 1. a. infra).
D.
In the place of ejus.
1.
In clauses virtually oblique, but with indicative, being conceived by the antecedent (hence suus, not ejus), but asserted as fact by the author (hence indicative, not subjunctive):
Cicero tibi mandat ut Aristodemo idem respondeas, quod de fratre suo (Ciceronis) respondisti,
Cic. Att. 2, 7, 4:
oriundi ab Sabinis, ne, quia post Tatii mortem ab sua parte non erat regnatum, imperium amitterent, sui corporis creari regem volebant,
Liv. 1, 17, 2:
C. Caesar villam pulcherrimam, quia mater sua aliquando in illa custodita erat, diruit,
Sen. Ira, 3, 21, 5:
Philemonem, a manu servum, qui necem suam per venenum inimicis promiserat, non gravius quam simplici morte punivit,
Suet. Caes. 74; cf.:
quomodo excandescunt si quid e juba sua decisum est,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 12, 3.—
2.
To avoid ambiguity:
petunt rationes illius (Catilinae) ut orbetur consilio res publica, ut minuatur contra suum (i.e. Catilinae) furorem imperatorum copia (instead of ejus, which might be referred to res publica),
Cic. Mur. 39, 83:
equites a cornibus positos, cum jam pelleretur media peditum suorum acies, incurrisse ab lateribus ferunt,
Liv. 1, 37, 3.—
3.
Colloquially and in epistolary style suus is used emphatically instead of ejus, with the meaning own, peculiar: deinde ille actutum subferret suus servus poenas Sosia, his own slave (opp. Mercury, who personates Sosias), Plaut. Am. 3, 4, 19: mira erant in civitatibus ipsorum furta Graecorum quae magistratus sui fecerant, their own magistrates ( = ipsorum), Cic. Att. 6, 2, 5:
in quibus (litteris Bruti) unum alienum summa sua prudentia (est), ut spectem ludos suos,
his peculiar prudence, id. ib. 15, 26, 1; so,
quod quidem ille (Nero) decernebat, quorumdam dolo ad omina sui exitus vertebatur,
Tac. A. 16, 24; cf. II. A. 1. b and g; II. A. 2. a. b; II. B. 3.—
4.
Without particular emphasis (mostly ante- and post-class. and poet.):
tum erit tempestiva cum semen suum maturum erit,
Cato, R. R. 31:
vitis si macra erit, sarmenta sua concidito minute,
id. ib. 37:
qui sic purgatus erit, diuturna valetudine utatur, neque ullus morbus veniet, nisi sua culpa,
id. ib. 157:
Cimon in eandem invidiam incidit quam pater suus,
Nep. Cim. 3, 1:
id qua ratione consecutus sit (Lysander) latet. Non enim virtute sui exercitus factum est, etc.,
id. Lys. 1, 2:
ipse sub Esquiliis, ubi erat regia sua, Concidit,
Ov. F. 6, 601:
quodque suus conjux riguo collegerat horto, Truncat olus foliis,
id. M. 8, 646; so id. ib. 15, 819.
II.
In partic.
A.
As substt.
1.
sui, suorum, m., his, their (etc.) friends, soldiers, fellow-beings, equals, adherents, followers, partisans, posterity, slaves, family, etc., of persons in any near connection with the antecedent.
(α).
(Corresp. to the regular usage, I. A. B. C.) Cupio abducere ut reddam (i.e. eam) suis, to her family, friends, Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 77; cf. id. ib. 1, 2, 66:
cum animus societatem caritatis coierit cum suis, omnesque natura conjunctos suos duxerit,
fellow-beings, Cic. Leg. 1, 23, 60:
mulier ingeniosa praecepit suis omnia Caelio pollicerentur,
her slaves, id. Cael. 25, 62:
quo facilius et nostras domos obire, et ipse a suis coli possit,
his friends, id. ib. 7, 18:
qua gratiam beneficii vestri cum suorum laude conjungant,
their family, id. Agr. 2, 1, 1:
vellem hanc contemptionem pecuniae suis reliquisset,
to his posterity, id. Phil. 3, 6, 16:
cum divisurum se urbem palam suis polliceretur,
his partisans, id. ib. 13, 9, 19:
Caesar, cohortatus suos, proelium commisit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 25; so,
Curio exercitum reduxit, suis omnibus praeter Fabium incolumibus,
id. B. C. 2, 35:
Caesar receptui suorum timens,
id. ib. 3, 46:
certior ab suis factus est, praeclusas esse portas,
id. ib. 2, 20:
omnium suorum consensu, Curio bellum ducere parabat,
id. ib. 2, 37: so,
Pompejus suorum omnium hortatu statuerat proelio decertare,
id. ib. 3, 86:
Caesar Brundisium ad suos severius scripsit,
to his officers, id. ib. 3, 25:
naviculam conscendit cum paucis suis,
a few of his followers, id. ib. 3, 104:
multum cum suis consiliandi causa secreto praeter consuetudinem loqueretur,
id. ib. 1, 19:
nupsit Melino, adulescenti inprimis inter suos et honesto et nobili,
his equals, associates, Cic. Clu. 5, 11:
rex raptim a suis in equum impositus fugit,
his suite, Liv. 41, 4, 7:
subsidio suorum proelium restituere,
comrades, id. 21, 52, 10:
feras bestias... ad opem suis ferendam avertas,
their young, id. 26, 13, 12:
abstulit sibi in suos potestatem,
his slaves, Sen. Ira, 3, 12, 6:
Besso et Nabarzani nuntiaverant sui regem... interemptum esse,
their fellow - conspirators, Curt. 5, 12, 14. — Very rarely sing.:
ut bona mens suis omnibus fuerit. Si quem libido abripuit, illorum eum, cum quibus conjuravit, non suum judicet esse,
Liv. 39, 16, 5.—
(β).
Irregular use (acc. to I. D.): sui = ejus amici, etc. (freq.;
the absolute use of ejus in this sense being inadmissible): quasi vero quisquam dormiat? ne sui quidem hoc velint, non modo ipse (sui = ejus amici, liberi),
Cic. Tusc. 1, 38, 92:
is (annus) ejus omnem spem... morte pervertit. Fuit hoc luctuosum suis, acerbum patriae, etc.,
id. Or. 3, 2, 8:
quadrigas, quia per suos ( = ipsius milites) agendae erant, in prima acie locaverat rex,
Liv. 37, 41, 8:
auctoritatem Pisistrati qui inter suos ( = ejus cives) maxima erat,
id. 37, 12:
quo cum multitudine adversariorum sui superarentur, ipse fuit superior, etc.,
Nep. Hann. 8, 4; v. g.—
(γ).
Without antecedent (cf. I. B. supra): quoties necesse est fallere aut falli a suis, by one ' s friends, Sen. Phoen. 493.—
(δ).
Sing.: sŭa, suae. f., a sweetheart, mistress (rare): illam suam suas res sibi habere jussit. Cic. Phil. 2, 28. 69:
cedo quid hic faciet sua?
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 92.—
2.
sŭum, i, n., and more freq. sŭa, suorum, n. plur., = one ' s property.
a.
Sing.
(α).
Lit.:
nec suom adimerem alteri,
his property, his own, Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 38 (34):
nunc si ille salvos revenit, reddam suom sibi (v. D. 3. a. infra),
id. ib. 1, 2, 119:
illum studeo quam facillime ad suum pervenire,
Cic. Fam. 13, 26, 4:
populi Romani hanc esse consuetudinem ut socios sui nihil deperdere velit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 43; cf. Cic. Rab. Post. 11, 3, I. A. 11. supra:
nec donare illi de suo dicimur,
Sen. Ben. 7, 4, 2; so esp. with quisque; v. infra — Hence, de suo = per se, or sua sponte;
(stellae) quae per igneos tractus labentia inde splendorem trahant caloremque, non de suo clara,
Sen. Q. N. 7, 1, 6. —
(β).
Trop.:
meum mihi placebat, illi suum (of a literary essay),
Cic. Att. 14, 20, 3: suom quemque decet, his own manners, etc., Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 11; so, expendere oportet quid quisque habeat sui ( what peculiarities) nec velle experiri quam se aliena deceant;
id enim maxime quemque decet quod est cujusque maxime suum,
Cic. Off. 1, 31, 113.—
(γ).
Jurid. term: aliquid pro suo possidere, to possess in the belief of one ' s legal right:
pro suo possessio tale est, cum dominium nobis acquiri putamus. Et ea causa possidemus ex qua acquiritur, et praeterea pro suo,
Dig. 41, 10, 1;
so without an antecedent, and referring to a first person: item re donata, pro donato et pro suo possideo,
ib. 41, 10, 1; v. the whole tit. ib. 42, 10 (Pro suo); cf. ib. 23, 3, 67; cf. C., infra fin.;
similarly: usucapere pro suo = acquire dominion by a possession pro suo, Fragm. Vat. 111: res pro suo, quod justam causam possidendi habet, usucapit,
id. ib. 260; Dig. 41, 3, 27. —
b.
Plur.
(α).
One ' s property:
Roscius tibi omnia sua praeter animam tradidit,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 50, 146:
qui etiam hostibus externis victis sua saepissime reddiderunt,
id. Agr. 1, 6, 19:
tu autem vicinis tuis Massiliensibus sua reddis,
id. Att. 14, 14, 6:
Remi legatos miserunt qui dicerent se suaque omnia in fidem atque potestatem populi Romani permittere,
Caes. B. G. 2, 3, 2; 1, 11, 2; 2, 13, 2:
ipsi milites alveos informes quibus se suaque transveherent, faciebant,
their baggage, Liv. 21, 26, 9:
docere eos qui sua permisere fortunae,
Sen. Q. N. 3, praef. 7; so without an antecedent, one ' s own property (cf. I. B. 2. supra):
hanc ob causam maxime ut sua tenerentur res publicae constitutae sunt,
Cic. Off. 2, 21, 73;
rarely = eorum res: quod vero etiam sua reddiderint (i.e. Gallis),
Liv. 39, 55, 3. —
(β).
One ' s own affairs:
aliena ut melius videant et dijudicent Quam sua,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 96:
cognoscunt... immobile agmen et sua quemque molientem,
Liv. 10, 20, 8:
omnia ei hostium non secus quam sua nota erant,
id. 22, 41, 5:
aliena cum suis perdidit,
Sen. Ben. 7, 16, 3.— Absol., referring to a noun fem.: sua (finxit) C. Cassius ( = suas persuasiones; cf.
the context),
Quint. 6, 3, 90.
B.
Predicative uses: suum esse, facere, fieri, putare, etc., like a gen. poss., to be, etc., the property, or under the dominion, control, power of the antecedent.
1.
Of property in things.
(α).
Corporeal:
scripsit causam dicere Prius aurum quare sit suum,
Ter. Eun. prol. 11:
nihil erat cujusquam quod non hoc anno suum fore putabat (Clodius),
Cic. Mil. 32, 87:
quia suum cujusque fit, eorum quae natura fuerant communia quod cuique obtigit, id quisque teneat,
id. Off. 1, 7, 21:
Juba suam esse praedicans praedam,
Caes. B. C. 3, 84:
gratum sibi populum facturum, si omnes res Neapolitanorum suas duxissent,
Liv. 22, 32, 8: libros esse dicimus Ciceronis;
eosdem Dorus librarius suos vocat,
Sen. Ben. 7, 6, 1:
cum enim istarum personarum nihil suum esse possit,
since these persons can own nothing, Gai. Inst. 2, 96; cf. Dig. 1, 7, 15 pr.—Virtually predicative:
referas ad eos qui suam rem nullam habent ( = rem quae sua sit),
nothing of their own, Cic. Phil. 2, 6, 15:
qui in potestate nostra est, nihil suum habere potest,
Gai. Inst. 2, 84. — ( b) Of literary works:
quae convenere in Andriam ex Perinthia Fatetur transtulisse, atque usum pro suis ( = quasi sua essent),
Ter. And. prol. 14:
potest autem... quae tum audiet... ingenue pro suis dicere,
his own thoughts, Quint. 12, 3, 3.—
(γ).
Of a country or people:
suum facere = suae dicionis facere: commemorat ut (Caesar) magnam partem Italiae beneficio atque auctoritate eorum suam fecerit,
Caes. B. C. 2, 32:
in quam (Asiam) jam ex parte suam fecerit,
Liv. 44, 24, 4:
crudelissima ac superbissima gens sua omnia suique arbitrii facit,
id. 21, 44, 5.—
(δ).
Trop.:
omnia sua putavit quae vos vestra esse velletis,
Cic. Phil. 11, 12, 27:
non meminit, illum exercitum senatus populique Romani esse, non suum,
id. ib. 13, 6, 4: [p. 1826] probavit, non rempublicam suam esse, sed se reipublicae, Sen. Clem. 1, 19, 8;
so of incorporeal things: hi si velint scire quam brevis eorum vita sit, cogitent ex quota parte sua sit,
how much of it is their own, id. Brev. Vit. 19, 3; so, suum facere, to appropriate:
prudentis est, id quod in quoque optimum est, si possit, suum facere,
Quint. 10, 2, 26:
quaeremus quomodo animus (hanc virtutem) usu suam faciat,
Sen. Clem. 1, 3, 1.—
2.
Of persons.
(α).
Under a master ' s or father ' s control:
ut lege caverent, ne quis quem civitatis mutandae causa suum faceret, neve alienaret,
make any one his slave, Liv. 41, 8, 12: quid eam tum? suamne esse ajebat, his daughter, i.e. in his power? Ter. And. 5, 4, 29:
eduxit mater pro sua ( = quasi sua esset),
id. Eun. 1, 2, 76.—
(β).
Reflexively = sui juris, independent, one ' s own master or mistress, not subject to another ' s control, under one ' s own control (v. sui juris, infra):
ancilla, quae mea fuit hodie, sua nunc est,
Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 3.—
(γ).
Of moral power over others: suus = devoted to one:
hice hoc munere arbitrantur Suam Thaidem esse,
Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 38:
eos hic fecit suos Paulo sumptu,
id. Ad. 5, 4, 21:
sed istunc exora, ut (mulierem) suam esse adsimulet,
to be friendly to him, id. Heaut. 2, 3, 117:
cum Antonio sic agens ut perspiciat, si in eo negotio nobis satisfecerit, totum me futurum suum,
Cic. Att. 14, 1 a, 2:
Alpheus... utebatur populo sane suo,
devoted to him, id. Quint. 7, 29.— Poet.: vota suos habuere deos, the vows (inst. of the persons uttering them) had the gods on their side, Ov. M. 4, 373. —
(δ).
Of power over one's self, etc.:
nam qui sciet ubi quidque positum sit, quaque eo veniat, is poterit eruere, semperque esse in disputando suus,
self-possessed, Cic. Fin. 4, 4, 10:
inaestimabile bonum est suum fieri,
selfcontrol, Sen. Ep. 75, 18:
(furiosus) qui suus non est,
Dig. 42, 4, 7, § 9:
vix sua, vix sanae virgo Niseia compos Mentis erat,
Ov. M. 8, 35. —
3.
Suum est, as impers. predicate: = ejus est, characteristic of, peculiar to one (very rare):
dixit antea, sed suum illud est, nihil ut affirmet,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 99.
C.
Attributive usages, almost always (except in Seneca) with suus before its noun.
1.
The property, relations, affairs, etc., of one opposed to those of another, own.
a.
Opposition expressed:
nihil de suo casu, multa de vestro querebatur,
Cic. Balb. 8, 21:
sua sibi propiora pericula quam mea loquebantur,
id. Sest. 18, 40:
suasque et imperatoris laudes canentes,
Liv. 45, 38, 12:
damnatione collegae et sua,
id. 22, 35, 3:
Senecae fratris morte pavidum et pro sua incolumitate pavidum,
Tac. A. 14, 73:
velut pro Vitellio conquerentes suum dolorem proferebant,
id. H. 3, 37;
opp. alienus: ut suo potius tempore mercatorem admitterent, quam celerius alieno,
at a time convenient to themselves, Varr. R. R. 3, 16, 11. —Without antecedent, opp. externus:
(Platoni) duo placet esse motus, unum suum, alterum externum, esse autem divinius quod ipsum ex se sua sponte moveatur, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 2, 12, 32. —
b.
Implied:
voluptatem suis se finibus tenere jubeamus,
within the limits assigned to it, Cic. Fin. 3, 1, 1:
cum vobis immortale monumentum suis paene manibus senatus... exstruxerit,
id. Phil. 14, 12, 33:
superiores (amnes) in Italia, hic (Rhodanus) trans Alpes, hospitales suas tantum, nec largiores quam intulere aquas vehentes,
Plin. 2, 103, 106, § 224: colligitur aqua ex imbribus;
ex suo fonte nativa est,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 3:
pennas ambo non habuere suas (non suas = alienas),
Ov. Tr. 3, 4, 24. —
c.
In particular phrases. ( a) Sua sponte and suo Marte, of one ' s own accord, by one ' s self, without the suggestion, influence, aid, etc., of others:
Caesar bellum contra Antonium sua sponte suscepit,
Cic. Phil. 8, 2, 5:
sua sponte ad Caesarem in jus adierunt,
Caes. B. C. 1, 87.—So of things, = per se, by or of itself, for itself, for its own sake:
jus et omne honestum sua sponte expetendum (cf. in the context: per se igitur jus est expetendum),
Cic. Leg. 1, 18, 48: justitium sua sponte inceptum priusquam indiceretur, by itself, i. e. without a decree, Liv. 9, 7, 8; so,
sortes sua sponte attenuatas,
id. 22, 1, 11 (cf. id. 22, 38, 13; 35, 14, 4, I. A. 2., supra): rex enim ipse, sua sponte, nullis commentariis Caesaris, simul atque audivit ejus interitum suo Marte res suas recuperavit, Cic. Phil. 2, 37, 95.—
(β).
Suus locus, in milit. lang., one ' s own ground, position, or lines:
restitit suo loco Romana acies (opp. to the advance of the enemy),
Liv. 22, 16, 2.—So figuratively:
et staturas suo loco leges,
Sen. Ben. 2, 20, 2:
aciem instruxit primum suis locis, pauloque a castris Pompeji longius,
Caes. B. C. 3, 84 (cf.: suo loco, 7. b. g, infra).—
(γ).
For suo jure v. 3. infra.—
(δ).
Sua Venus = one's own Venus, i. e. good luck (v. Venus): ille non est mihi par virtutibus, nec officiis;
sed habuit suam Venerem,
Sen. Ben. 2, 28, 2. —
2.
Of private relations (opp. to public):
ut in suis rebus, ita in re publica luxuriosus nepos,
Cic. Agr. 2, 18, 48:
deinde ut communibus pro communibus utatur, privatis ut suis,
id. Off. 1, 7, 20:
quod oppidum Labienus sua pecunia exaedificaverat,
Caes. B. C. 1, 15:
militibus agros ex suis possessionibus pollicetur,
i. e. his private property, id. ib. 1, 17; Sen. Ben. 7, 6, 3. —
3.
Of just rights or claims:
imperatori senatuique honos suus redditus,
due to them, Liv. 3, 10, 3:
neque inpedimento fuit, quominus religionibus suus tenor suaque observatio redderetur,
Val. Max. 1, 1, 8:
quibus omnibus debetur suus decor,
Quint. 11, 1, 41. —
So distributively: is mensibus suis dimisit legionem,
in the month in which each soldier was entitled to his discharge, Liv. 40, 41, 8. — Esp.: suo jure (so, meo, nostro, tuo, etc., jure), by his own right:
Tullus Hostilius qui suo jure in porta nomen inscripsit,
Cic. Phil. 13, 12, 26:
earum rerum hic A. Licinius fructum a me repetere prope suo jure debet,
id. Arch. 1, 1; id. Marcell. 2, 6; id. Phil. 2, 25, 62; id. Balb. 8, 21:
numquam illum res publica suo jure esset ulta,
by its unquestionable right, id. Mil. 33, 88. —
4.
Of that to which one is exclusively devoted:
huic quaestioni suum diem dabimus,
a day for its exclusive discussion, Sen. Ep. 94, 52:
homini autem suum bonum ratio est,
his exclusive good, id. ib. 76, 10:
in majorem me quaestionem vocas, cui suus locus, suus dies dandus est,
id. Q. N. 2, 46, 1. —
With proprius: mentio inlata apud senatum est, rem suo proprio magistratu egere,
that the business needed a particular officer exclusively for itself, Liv. 4, 8, 4:
et Hannibalem suo proprio occupandum bello,
id. 27, 38, 7; cf.:
dissupasset hostes, ni suo proprio eum proelio equites Volscorum exceptum tenuissent,
in which they alone fought, id. 3, 70, 4:
mare habet suas venas quibus impletur,
by which it alone is fed, Sen. Q. N. 3, 14, 3. —
5.
According to one ' s liking, of one ' s own choice.
a.
Of persons, devoted to one, friendly, dear:
Milone occiso (Clodius) habuisset suos consules,
after his own heart, Cic. Mil. 33, 89:
collegit ipse se contra suum Clodium,
his dear Clodius, id. Pis. 12, 27 (cf.: suum facere, habere, II. B. 2. g).—
b.
Of things, favorable.
(α).
Of place: neque Jugurtham nisi... suo loco pugnam facere, on his own ground, i. e. chosen by him, favorable, Sall. J. 61, 1:
hic magna auxilia expectabant et suis locis bellum in hiemem ducere cogitabant,
Caes. B. C. 1, 61; cf.:
numquam nostris locis laboravimus,
Liv. 9, 19, 15.—
(β).
Of time:
cum Perseus suo maxime tempore et alieno hostibus incipere bellum posset,
Liv. 42, 43, 3; v. 7. b, infra. —
c.
Of circumstances: sua occasio, a favorable opportunity; sometimes without antecedent:
neque occasioni tuae desis, neque suam occasionem hosti des,
Liv. 22, 39, 21:
tantum abfuit ut ex incommodo alieno sua occasio peteretur,
id. 4, 58, 2:
aestuque suo Locros trajecit,
a favorable tide, id. 23, 41, 11:
ignoranti quem portum petat nullus suus ventus est,
Sen. Ep. 71, 3:
orba suis essent etiamnunc lintea ventis,
Ov. M. 13, 195:
aut ille Ventis iturus non suis,
Hor. Epod. 9, 30. —
6.
Of persons or things, peculiar, particular:
quae est ei (animo) natura? Propria, puto, et sua,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 29, 70:
omnis enim motus animi suum quendam a natura habet vultum,
id. de Or. 3, 57, 316:
geometrae et musici... more quodam loquuntur suo. Ipsae rhetorum artes verbis in docendo quasi privatis utuntur ac suis,
id. Fin. 3, 1, 4:
sensus omnis habet suum finem,
its peculiar limits, Quint. 9, 4, 61: animus cum suum ambitum complevit et finibus se suis cinxit, consummatum est summum bonum, Sen. Vit. Beat. 9, 3: est etiam in nominibus ( nouns) diverso collocatis sua gratia, their peculiar elegance, Quint. 9, 3, 86:
ibi non bello aperto, sed suis artibus, fraude et insidiis, est paene circumventus,
Liv. 21, 34, 1:
nec Hannibalem fefellit, suis se artibus peti,
id. 22, 16, 5:
adversus hostem non virtute tantum, sed suis (i. e. hostis) etiam pugnare consiliis oportebat,
Flor. 2, 6, 26:
liberam Minucii temeritatem se suo modo expleturum,
Liv. 22, 28, 2:
equites ovantes sui moris carmine,
id. 10, 26, 11:
exsultans cum sui moris tripudiis,
id. 21, 42, 3:
tripudiantes suo more,
id. 23, 26, 9.—So, suo Marte, referring to the style of fighting peculiar to the different arms:
equitem suo alienoque Marte pugnare,
that the cavalry were fighting both in their own style and in that of the other arms, Liv. 3, 62, 9; cf.: suo Marte, 1, c. a, supra.—And distributively ( = suus quisque):
suos autem haec operum genera ut auctores, sic etiam amatores habent,
Quint. 12, 10, 2:
illa vero fatidica fulmina ex alto et ex suis venire sideribus,
Plin. 2, 43, 43, § 113; cf.:
quae quidem planiora suis exemplis reddentur,
Val. Max. 3, 4 prooem.—
7.
Proper, right.
a.
Referring to one's ordinary or normal condition:
quod certe non fecisset, si suum numerum naves habuissent,
their regular complement, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 51, § 133. — So poet.:
flecte ratem! numerum non habet illa suum,
its full number, Ov. H. 10, 36:
novus exercitus consulibus est decretus: binae legiones cum suo equitatu,
Liv. 40, 36, 6:
cum suo justo equitatu,
id. 21, 17, 8:
totam (disciplinam) in suum statum redegit,
Val. Max. 2, 7, 2:
tranquilla mente et vultu suo,
with the ordinary expression of his face, Sen. Clem. 2, 6, 2:
media pars aeris ab his (ignibus) submota, in frigore suo manet. Natura enim aeris gelida est,
id. Q. N. 2, 10, 4:
cornuaque in patriis non sua vidit aquis,
not natural to her, Ov. H. 14, 90. —
So, non suus, of ingrafted branches and their fruit: miraturque (arbos) novas frondis et non sua poma,
Verg. G. 2, 82. —
b.
Of time, proper, regular, etc. (cf. 5. b, supra).
(α).
The regular time ( = stato tempore):
signum quod semper tempore exoritur suo,
Plaut. Rud. prol. 4:
cum et recte et suo tempore pepererit,
Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 16: aestas suo tempore incanduit...;
tam solstitium quam aequinoctium suos dies retulit,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 16, 3:
omnes venti vicibus suis spirant majore ex parte,
Plin. 2, 47, 48, § 128. —
(β).
The right or proper time:
salictum suo tempore caedito,
Cato, R. R. 33:
cessit e vita suo magis quam suorum civium tempore,
the right time for himself, Cic. Brut. 1, 4; so,
exstingui homini suo tempore optabile est,
id. Sen. 23, 85:
Scandilius dicit se suo tempore rediturum,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 60, § 139:
si Ardeates sua tempora exspectare velint,
Liv. 4, 7, 6:
Chrysippus dicit, illum... opperiri debere suum tempus, ad quod velut dato signo prosiliat,
Sen. Ben. 2, 25, 3:
quam multi exercitus tempore suo victorem hostem pepulerunt!
Liv. 44, 39, 4. — Without antecedent: sed suo tempore totius sceleris hujus fons aperietur. Cic. Phil. 14, 6, 15; cf.:
de ordine laudis, etc., praecipiemus suo tempore,
Quint. 2, 4, 21. —
(γ).
Suo loco = at the proper place:
quae erant prudentiae propria suo loco dicta sunt,
Cic. Off. 1, 40, 143:
quod reddetur suo loco,
Quint. 11, 1, 16:
ut suo loco dicetur,
Plin. 2, 90, 102, § 221:
inscripta quae suis locis reddam,
id. 1, prooem. § 27; Sen. Ben. 2, 20, 2; cf. 1, c. b; 4. supra. —
(δ).
Suited, appropriate, adapted to one:
in eodem fundo suum quidquid conseri oportet,
Cato, R. R. 7:
siquidem hanc vendidero pretio suo,
at a suitable price, Plaut. Pers. 4, 4, 30:
in partes suas digerenda causa,
Quint. 11, 1, 6:
confundetur quidquid in suas partes natura digessit,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 29, 8. — Poet.: haec ego dumque queror, lacrimae sua verba sequuntur, Deque meis oculis in tua membra cadunt, appropriate, i. e. tristia, Ov. H. 14, 67.—Without antecedent: suum quidquid genus talearum serito, any fit kind, i. e. suited to the ground, Cato, R. R. 48. —
8.
Own, with the notion of independence of, or dependence on others (cf. B. 2. g d).
a.
Of political independence: pacem condicionibus his fecerunt ut Capuae suae leges, sui magistratus essent, her own laws, i. e. not subject to Carthage, Liv. 23, 7, 2: liberos [p. 1827] eos ac suis legibus victuros, id. 25, 23, 4. —
Esp. in the phrases suae potestatis or in sua potestate esse, suo jure uti, sui juris esse: Puteolos, qui nunc in sua potestate sunt, suo jure, libertate aequa utuntur, totos occupabunt,
Cic. Agr. 2, 31, 86:
Rhegini potestatis suae ad ultimum remanserunt,
retained their self-government, Liv. 23, 30, 9:
urbem ne quam formulae sui juris facerent,
id. 38, 9, 10. —
b.
Of paternal authority.
(α).
Free from the power of the paterfamilias; in the phrases sui juris esse, suae potestatis esse, to be independent:
quaedam personae sui juris sunt, quaedam alieno juri sunt subjectae, Gai,
Inst. 1, 48:
sui juris sunt familiarum suarum principes, id est pater familiae, itemque mater familiae,
Ulp. Fragm. 4, 1:
liberi parentum potestate liberantur emancipatione. Sed filius quidem ter manumissus sui juris fit, ceteri autem liberi una manumissione sui juris fiunt,
id. ib. 10, 1:
morte patris filius et filia sui juris fiunt,
id. ib. 10, 2:
patres familiarum sunt qui sunt suae potestatis,
Dig. 1, 6, 4:
si modo defunctus testator suae potestatis mortis tempore fuerit,
Gai. Inst. 2, 147. —
With indef. reference: si sui juris sumus,
Dig. 46, 2, 20; cf.:
pro suo possideo, 2. a. supra.—Attributively: sui juris arrogatio feminae,
Cod. Just. 8, 47, 8:
homo sui juris,
ib. 10, § 5.— Trop.:
sapiens numquam semiliber erit: integrae semper libertatis et sui juris,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 5, 3:
non illarum coitu fieri cometen, sed proprium et sui juris esse,
id. Q. N. 7, 12, 2: nullique sunt tam feri et sui juris adfectus, ut non disciplina perdomentur, id. Ira, 2, 12, 3. —
(β).
Subject to paternal authority, in the phrases suus heres, sui liberi; suus heres, an heir who had been in the paternal power of the deceased:
CVI SVVS HERES NON SIT, XII. Tab. fr. 5, 4.—In the jurists without antecedent: sui et necessarii heredes sunt velut filius filiave, nepos neptisve ex filia, deinceps ceteri qui modo in potestate morientis fuerunt,
Gai. Inst. 2, 156:
(emancipati liberi) non sunt sui heredes,
ib. 2, 135:
alia facta est juris interpretatio inter suos heredes,
ib. 3, 15:
datur patrono adversus suos heredes bonorum possessio (where patrono is not the antecedent of suos),
ib. 3, 41:
sui heredes vel instituendi sunt vel exheredandi,
Ulp. Fragm. 22, 14:
accrescunt suis quidem heredibus in partem virilem, extraneis autem in partem dimidiam,
id. ib. 22, 17. —
Sui liberi, children in paternal power: de suis et legitimis liberis,
Cod. Just. 6, 55 inscr.
D.
In particular connections.
1.
With ipse, his own, etc. (cf. Zumpt, Gram. § 696).
a.
Ipse agreeing with the antecedent of suus, the antecedent being,
(α).
A subjectnom.:
(ingenium ejus) valet ipsum suis viribus,
by its own strength, Cic. Cael. 19, 45:
legio Martia non ipsa suis decretis hostem judicavit Antonium?
by its own resolutions, id. Phil. 4, 2, 5:
ruit ipse suis cladibus,
id. ib. 14, 3, 8:
si ex scriptis cognosci ipsi suis potuissent,
id. de Or. 2, 2, 8:
qui se ipse sua gravitate et castimonia defenderet,
id. Cael. 5, 11:
quod ipse suae civitatis imperium obtenturus esset,
Caes. B. G. 1, 3:
suamet ipsae fraude omnes interierunt,
Liv. 8, 18, 9; 39, 49, 3:
ut saeviret ipse in suum sanguinem effecerunt,
id. 40, 5, 1:
respicerent suum ipsi exercitum,
id. 42, 52, 10; 21, 31, 12; 22, 38, 3; 6, 19, 6.—
(β).
A subject-acc.:
sunt qui dicant eam sua ipsam peremptam mercede,
Liv. 1, 11, 9:
(tribuniciam potestatem) suis ipsam viribus dissolvi,
id. 2, 44, 2.—
(γ).
An object in dat. or acc.:
sic ut ipsis consistendi in suis munitionibus locus non esset,
Caes. B. C. 2, 6:
tribuni (hostem) intra suamet ipsum moenia compulere,
Liv. 6, 36, 4:
alios sua ipsos invidia opportunos interemit,
id. 1, 54, 8; 22, 14, 13.—Suus as adjunct of subject (rare):
aliquando sua praesidia in ipsos consurrexerunt,
their own garrisons revolted against them, Sen. Clem. 1, 26, 1.—
b.
With gen. of ipse, strengthening the possessive notion (cf. 4.;
post-Aug. and very rare, but freq. in modern Lat.): aves (foetus suos) libero caelo suaeque ipsorum fiduciae permittunt,
Quint. 2, 6, 7 (but tuus ipsius occurs in Cic.:
tuo ipsius studio,
Cic. Mur. 4, 9:
tuam ipsius amicitiam,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 4, § 7).—
c.
Both suus and ipse agreeing with the governing noun (very rare; not in Cic. or Caes.): quae tamen in ipso cursu suo dissipata est (= ipsa in cursu suo), in its very course, Sen. Q. N. 1, 1, 3 dub.:
suamet ipsa scelera,
Sall. C. 23, 2 (Dietsch ex conj. ipse):
suismet ipsis corporibus,
Liv. 2, 19, 5 MSS. (Weissenb. ex conj. ipsi):
a suismet ipsis praesidiis,
id. 8, 25, 6 MSS. (Weissenb. ipsi).—
2.
With quisque, distributively, each ( every one)... his own; in prose quisque is generally preceded by suus.
a.
Quisque and suus in different cases.
(α).
Quisque as subjectnom.:
sentit enim vim quisque suam quoad possit abuti,
Lucr. 5, 1033:
suo quisque loco cubet,
Cato, R. R. 5:
suum quisque noscat ingenium,
Cic. Off. 1, 31, 114:
ad suam quisque (me disciplinam) rapiet,
id. Ac. 2, 36, 114:
quod suos quisque servos in tali re facere voluisset,
id. Mil. 10, 29:
cum suo quisque auxilio uteretur,
Caes. B. C. 1, 51:
celeriter ad suos quisque ordines redit,
id. ib. 3, 37.—In apposition with plur. subj. (freq. in Liv.):
nunc alii sensus quo pacto quisque suam rem Sentiat,
Lucr. 4, 522:
ut omnes cives Romani in suis quisque centuriis prima luce adessent,
that all the Roman citizens should be present, each in his own centuria, Liv. 1, 44, 1:
hinc senatus, hinc plebs, suum quisque intuentes ducem constiterant,
id. 6, 15, 3:
ut (trigemini) pro sua quisque patria dimicent,
id. 1, 24, 2:
stabant compositi suis quisque ordinibus,
id. 44, 38, 11:
(consules) in suas quisque provincias proficiscuntur,
id. 25, 12, 2; 25, 26, 13:
in suo quaeque (stella) motu naturam suam exercent,
Plin. 2, 39, 39, § 106.—With abl. absol.:
omnes, velut dis auctoribus in spem suam quisque acceptis, proelium una voce poscunt,
Liv. 21, 45, 9 Weissenb. ad loc.:
relictis suis quisque stationibus... concurrerunt,
id. 32, 24, 4; 4, 44, 10; 39, 49, 3; 2, 38, 6.—
(β).
With acc. of quisque as subj.:
fabrum esse suae quemque fortunae, App. Claud. ap. Ps.-Sall. Ep. ad Caes. Rep. c. l.: sui quemque juris et retinendi et dimittendi esse dominum,
Cic. Balb. 13, 31:
recipere se in domos suas quemque jussit,
Liv. 25, 10, 9; and (ungrammatically) nom., as apposition to a subj.-acc.:
se non modo suam quisque patriam, sed totam Siciliam relicturos,
id. 26, 29, 3 MSS. (Weissenb. ex conj. quosque).—
(γ).
As adjunct of the subject-nom., with a case of quisque as object, attribut. gen., etc.:
sua cujusque animantis natura est,
Cic. Fin. 5, 9, 25:
sua quemque fraus, suum facinus, suum scelus, etc., de sanitate ac mente deturbat,
id. Pis. 20, 46:
sua quemque fraus et suus terror maxime vexat,
id. Rosc. Am. 24, 67:
suum cuique incommodum ferendum est,
id. Off. 3, 6, 30:
ut solidum suum cuique solvatur,
id. Rab. Post. 17, 46:
ne suus cuique domi hostis esset,
Liv. 3, 16, 3:
ut sua cuique respublica in manu esset,
id. 26, 8, 11:
animus suus cuique ordinem pugnandi dabat,
id. 22, 5, 8:
tentorium suum cuique militi domus ac penates sunt,
id. 44, 39, 5:
suus cuique (stellae) color est,
Plin. 2, 18, 16, § 79:
trahit sua quemque voluptas,
Verg. E. 2, 65:
stat sua cuique dies,
id. A. 10, 467.—
(δ).
As predicate-nom. (v. II. B.):
opinionem, quae sua cuique conjectanti esse potest,
Liv. 6, 12, 3.—
(ε).
As adjunct of subj.-acc.:
suum cuique honorem et gradum redditum gaudeo,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 47, 136:
scientiam autem suam cujusque artis esse,
id. Fin. 5, 9, 26.—
(ζ).
As adjunct of an object, with a case of quisque as object or attribut. gen.: suam cuique sponsam, mihi meam: suum cuique amorem, mihi meum, Atil. Fragm. inc. 1: suom cuique per me uti atque frui licet, Cato ap. Gell. 13, 24 (23), 1:
ut suo quemque appellem nomine,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 52:
placet Stoicis suo quamque rem nomine appellare,
Cic. Fam. 9, 22, 1:
ad suam cujusque naturam consilium est omne revocandum,
id. Off. 1, 33, 119:
justitia quae suum cuique distribuit,
id. N. D. 3, 15, 38:
in tribuendo suum cuique,
id. Off. 1, 5, 14:
Turnus sui cuique periculi recens erat documentum,
Liv. 1, 52, 4:
in trimatu suo cuique dimidiam esse mensuram futurae certum esse,
Plin. 7, 15, 16, § 73:
certa cuique rerum suarum possessio,
Vell. 2, 89, 4; cf.: qua re suum unicuique studium suaque omnibus delectatio relinquatur, Ps.-Cic. Cons. 26, 93.—With quemque in apposition with acc. plur.:
Camillus vidit intentos opifices suo quemque operi,
Liv. 6, 25, 9; so cujusque in appos. with gen. plur.: trium clarissimorum suae cujusque gentis virorum mors, id. 39, 52, 7; and cuique with dat. plur.: sui cuique mores fingunt fortunam hominibus, Poet. ap. Nep. Att. 11, 6 (where Lachm. ad Lucr. 2, 372, reads quique, ex conj.; cf. b. b, infra).—
b.
Attraction of suus and quisque as adjuncts of nouns.
(α).
Attraction of suus:
ut nemo sit nostrum quin in sensibus sui cujusque generis judicium requirat acrius (= suum cujusque generis judicium),
Cic. Ac. 2, 7, 19:
quas tamen inter omnes (voces) est suo quoque in genere (vox) mediocris ( = inter omnes voces est mediocris vox, sua quoque in genere),
id. de Or. 3, 57, 216:
eo concilia suae cujusque regionis indici jussit (= sua cujusque regionis concilia),
Liv. 45, 29, 10:
equites suae cuique parti post principia collocat (= equites suos cuique parti),
id. 3, 22, 6:
cum motibus armorum et corporum suae cuique genti assuetis,
id. 25, 17, 5:
legiones deducebantur cum tribunis et centurionibus et sui cujusque ordinis militibus (= suis cujusque),
Tac. A. 14, 27:
quae sui cujusque sunt ingenii,
Quint. 7, 10, 10 Halm (al. sua):
sui cujusque ingenii poma vel semina gerunt (= sua cujusque),
Col. 3, 1;
and by a double attraction: has (cohortes) subsidiariae ternae et aliae totidem suae cujusque legionis subsequebantur (= has cohortes... totidem cujusque legionis, suam quaeque legionem, subsequebantur),
Caes. B. C. 1, 83. —
(β).
Attraction of quisque:
tanta ibi copia venustatum in suo quique loco sita,
Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 6 (al. quaeque):
quodvis frumentum non tamen omne Quique suo genere inter se simile esse videbis,
Lucr. 2, 372 Lachm. and Munro ad loc.:
cum verba debeant sui cujusque generis copulari,
Varr. L. L. 10, 48:
in sensibus sui cujusque generis judicium,
Cic. Ac. 2, 7, 19:
haec igitur proclivitas ad suum quodque genus aegrotatio dicatur,
id. Tusc. 4, 12, 28:
separatim greges sui cujusque generis nocte remeabant (= greges sui quisque generis),
Liv. 24, 3, 5:
ut sui cujusque mensis acciperet (frumentum),
Suet. Aug. 40;
and quisque both attracted and in its own case: quia cujusque partis naturae et in corpore et in animo sua quaeque vis sit (where either cujusque or quaeque is redundant),
Cic. Fin. 5, 17, 46; v. Madv. ad loc.; Cato, R. R. 23 fin.;
so esp. in the phrases suo quoque tempore, anno, die, loco, etc.: pecunia, quae in stipendium Romanis suo quoque anno penderetur, deerat (= suo quaeque anno),
each instalment in the year when due, Liv. 33, 46, 9 Weissenb. ad loc.:
suo quoque loco,
Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 2; 1, 22, 6:
opera quae suis quibusque temporibus anni vilicum exsequi oporteret,
Col. 11, 3:
suo quoque tempore,
Vitr. 2, 9, 4:
nisi sua quaque die usurae exsolverentur (= sua quaeque die),
Dig. 22, 1, 12 init.; 13, 7, 8, § 3:
ut opera rustica suo quoque tempore faciat,
ib. 19, 2, 25, § 3 (al. quaeque)—
c.
In the order quisque... suus.
(α).
In relative clauses, comparative clauses with ut, and interrogative clauses introduced by quid, etc., where quisque immediately follows the relative, etc.:
ut quisque suom volt esse, ita est,
Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 45; cf.
with sibi,
Cic. Leg. 1, 18, 49; id. Lael. 9, 30:
expendere oportere quid quisque habeat sui... nec velle experiri quam se aliena deceant. Id enim maxime quemque decet quod est cujusque maxime suum,
id. Off. 1, 31, 113:
neque solum quid in senatu quisque civitatis suae dicerent ignorabant, sed, etc.,
Liv. 32, 19, 9:
gratius id fore laetiusque quod quisque sua manu ex hoste captum rettulerit,
id. 5, 20, 8; 6, 25, 10; cf.:
in quibus cum multa sint quae sua quisque dicere velit, nihil est quod quisque suum possit dicere,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 23, 1.—
(β).
If the emphasis is not on suus, but (for quisque, when emphatic, unusquisque is used) on some other word:
in civitates quemque suas... dimisit,
Liv. 21, 48, 2:
in patriam quisque suam remissus est,
Just. 33, 2, 8:
in vestigio quemque suo vidit,
Liv. 28, 22, 15; cf.:
hospitibus quisque suis scribebant,
id. 33, 45, 6:
pro facultatibus quisque suis,
id. 42, 53, 3; cf.:
respiciendae sunt cuique facultates suae,
Sen. Ben. 2, 15, 3:
praecipitat quisque vitam suam et futuri desiderio laborat,
id. Brev. Vit. 7, 5; id. Ben. 7, 5, 1:
tunc praeceps quisque se proripit et penates suos deserit,
id. Q. N. 6, 1, 5; 5, 18, 8:
summum quisque causae suae judicem facit,
Plin. 1, prooem. § 10: aestimatione nocturnae [p. 1828] quietis, dimidio quisque spatio vitae suae vivit, id. 7, 50, 51, § 167.—
(γ).
Poets adopt the order quisque suus when the metre requires it, Verg. A. 6, 743:
oscula quisque suae matri tulerunt,
Ov. F. 2, 715. —
(δ).
When suus and quisque belong to different clauses:
atque earum quaeque, suum tenens munus... manet in lege naturae,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 13, 38. —
d.
Suus uterque, or uterque suus, distributively of two subjects:
suas uterque legiones reducit in castra,
Caes. B. C. 1, 40; 2, 28:
ideo quod uterque suam legem confirmare debebit,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 142:
cum sui utrosque adhortarentur,
Liv. 1, 25, 1:
ad utrumque ducem sui redierunt,
id. 21, 29, 5:
utraque (lex) sua via it,
Sen. Ben. 6, 6, 1; cf.
uterque, in apposit.: nec ipsi tam inter se acriter contenderunt, quam studia excitaverant uterque sui corporis hominum,
Liv. 26, 48, 6.—
3.
With sibi.
(α).
Sibi with pronom. force (cf. sui, IV. C. fin.):
reddam suum sibi,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 119 ( = ei; but referred to b, infra, by Brix ad loc.); cf.:
suam rem sibi salvam sistam,
id. Poen. 5, 2, 123:
idem lege sibi sua curationem petet,
for himself, Cic. Agr. 2, 9, 22 (cf. id. Phil. 2, 37, 96;
I. B. 2. b. supra): ut vindicare sibi suum fulgorem possint,
Sen. Q. N. 1, 1, 11; cf.
the formula of divorce: tuas res tibi habeto,
Dig. 24, 2, 2.—Hence, illam suam suas res sibi habere jussit, Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69.—
(β).
With sibi redundant, to strengthen suus (anteand post-class. and colloq.):
quo pacto serviat suo sibi patri,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 5:
eum necabam ilico per cerebrum pinna sua sibi, quasi turturem,
id. Poen. 2, 40; v. sui, IV. C. and the passages there cited.—
4.
With gen. agreeing with the subject of suus:
quas cum solus pertulisset ut sua unius in his gratia esset,
that the credit of it should belong to him alone, Liv. 2, 8, 3:
qui de sua unius sententia omnia gerat,
id. 44, 22, 11; cf.:
unam Aegyptus in hoc spem habet suam,
Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 2.—For suus ipsius, etc., v. D. 1. b. supra.—
5.
With demonstr., rel., or indef. pronn. and adjj., of his, hers, etc.:
postulat ut ad hanc suam praedam adjutores vos profiteamini,
to this booty of his, Cic. Rosc. Am. 2, 6:
Sestius cum illo exercitu suo,
id. Sest. 5, 12:
qua gravitate sua,
id. ib. 61, 129:
suam rem publicam illam defenderunt,
that republic of theirs, id. ib. 67, 141:
in istum civem suum,
against this citizen of theirs, id. Balb. 18, 41:
cum illo suo pari,
id. Pis. 8, 18:
te nulla sua calamitate civitas satiare potest?
id. Phil. 8, 6, 19:
dubitatis igitur, quin vos M. Laterensis ad suam spem aliquam delegerit,
for some hope of his, id. Planc. 16, 39:
non tam sua ulla spe quam militum impetu tractus,
by any hope of his, Liv. 25, 21, 5:
nullo suo merito,
from no fault of theirs, id. 26, 29, 4:
ipse arcano cum paucis familiaribus suis colloquitur,
with a few of his friends, Caes. B. C. 1, 19.—
6.
With descriptive adjj.
(α).
Standing before the adj. and noun (so most freq.):
suorum improbissimorum sermonum domicilium,
Cic. Pis. 31, 76:
causam sui dementissimi consilii,
id. Phil. 2, 22, 53:
suam insatiabilem crudelitatem,
id. ib. 11, 3, 8:
suis amplissimis fortunis,
id. ib. 13, 8, 16:
suum pristinum morem,
id. Pis. 12, 27:
suis lenissimis postulatis,
Caes. B. C. 1, 5: simili ratione Pompeius in suis veteribus castris consedit (suis emphatic; cf. b, infra), id. ib. 3, 76.—
(β).
Between the adj. and noun (less emphatic):
pro eximiis suis beneficiis,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 4, 7:
propter summam suam humanitatem,
id. Fam. 15, 14, 1:
ex praeteritis suis officiis,
Caes. B. C. 3, 60:
Caesar in veteribus suis castris consedit,
id. ib. 3, 76.—
(γ).
After adj. and noun:
veterem amicum suum excepit,
Cic. Rab. Post. 16, 43:
in illo ardenti tribunatu suo,
id. Sest. 54, 116.—
7.
Objectively for the pers. pron. (rare):
neque cuiquam mortalium injuriae suae parvae videntur ( = sibi illatae),
Sall. C. 51, 11; so,
neglectam ab Scipione et nimis leviter latam suam injuriam ratus,
Liv. 29, 9, 9:
ipsae enim leges te a cognitione sua judicio publico reppulerunt ( = a se cognoscendo),
Cic. Balb. 14, 32:
suam invidiam tali morte quaesitam ( = quaesitum esse ab eo ut homines se inviderent),
Tac. A. 3, 16; so,
nulla sua invidia,
Cic. Mil. 15, 40.—
8.
Abl. fem. sua, with refert or interest, for gen. of the pers. pron.: neminem esse qui quomodo se habeat nihil sua censeat interesse, Cic. Fin. 5, 10, 30:
si scit sua nihil interesse utrum anima per os, an per jugulum exeat,
Sen. Ep. 76, 33; v. intersum, III.—
9.
Strengthened by the suffix - pte or -met.
(α).
By - pte (not used with ipse) affixed to the forms sua, suo, and (ante-class.) suum:
quom illa osculata esset suumpte amicum,
Plaut. Mil. 2, 4, 38:
ut terrena suopte nutu et suo pondere in terram ferantur,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 17, 40:
ferri suopte pondere,
id. N. D. 1, 25, 69:
suapte natura,
id. Fat. 18, 42:
suapte vi et natura,
id. ib. 19, 43; id. Fin. 1, 16, 54; 5, 22, 61:
suopte ingenio,
Liv. 25, 18; so id. 1, 25, 1; 1, 18, 4:
suapte manu,
Cic. Or. 3, 3, 10:
locus suapte natura infestus,
Liv. 44, 6, 9; so,
suapte natura,
id. 4, 22, 4:
flumina suapte natura vasta,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 27, 8; so id. Ben. 4, 17, 2:
sponte suapte,
Varr. L. L. 6, 7, § 70.—
(β).
With - met, almost always followed by ipse (in all forms of suus except suus, suum, suae, and suorum):
suomet ipsi more,
Sall. J. 31, 6:
suomet ipsi instrumento,
Liv. 22, 14, 13:
suomet ipsi metu,
Tac. H. 3, 16 fin.:
suamet ipsum pecunia,
Sall. J. 8, 2:
suamet ipsae fraude,
Liv. 8, 18, 9:
intra suamet ipsum moenia,
id. 6, 36, 4:
suismet ipsi praesidiis,
id. 8, 25, 6:
suismet ipsis corporibus,
id. 2, 19, 5:
suosmet ipsi cives,
id. 2, 9, 5:
suasmet ipse spes,
Tac. A. 3, 66 fin. —Without ipse:
populum suimet sanguinis mercede,
Sall. H. Fragm. 1, 41, 25 Dietsch:
magna pars suismet aut proxumorum telis obtruncabantur,
id. ib. 2, 52 ib.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > suum
10 suus

sŭus, a, um (old form sos, sa, sum; dat. plur. sis, Enn. ap. Fest. p. 301 Mull.; acc. sas. id. ib. p. 325 ib.; cf. Paul. ex Fest. p. 47; Schol. Pers. 1, 108; sing. sam for suam, Fest. p. 47 Mull.;
so for suo, C. I. L. 5, 2007. In ante-class. verse su- with the following vowel freq. forms one syllable,
Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 48; id. Ps. 1, 3, 5; Ter. And. 1, 1, 68; Lucr. 1, 1022; v. Neue, Formenl. 2, 189 sqq.), pron. poss., 3 d pers. [root SVA-; Sanscr. sva, own; cf. sui; Gr. seWo-, whence sphe, etc., and he; cf. heos], of or belonging to himself, herself, etc.; his own, her own, etc.; his, her, its, their; one ' s; hers, theirs.
I.
Ordinary possessive use his, etc. (cf. the similar use of the pers. pron. sui, q. v.).
A.
With antecedent in the same sentence.
1.
The antecedent a subject-nominative, expressed or understood.
(α).
His:
Caesar copias suas divisit,
Caes. B. C. 3, 97:
ille in sua sententia perseverat,
id. ib. 1, 72:
tantam habebat suarum rerum fiduciam,
id. ib. 2, 37:
cum sceleris sui socios Romae reliquisset,
Cic. Cat. 3, 1, 3:
cur ego non ignoscam si anteposuit suam salutem meae?
id. Pis. 32, 79; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45; id. Mil. 10, 27; id. Fam. 15, 14, 1:
Hanno praefecturam ejus (i.e. Muttinis) filio suo (Hannonis) dedit,
Liv. 26, 40, 7:
imperat princeps civibus suis,
Sen. Clem. 1, 16, 2:
nemo rem suam emit,
id. Ben. 7, 4, 8.—
(β).
Her:
mea Glycerium suos parentes repperit,
Ter. And. 5, 6, 5:
utinam haec ignoraret suum patrem,
id. Phorm. 5, 6, 34:
si nunc facere volt era officium suom,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 72:
ne eadem mulier cum suo conjuge honestissimum adulescentem oppressisse videatur,
Cic. Cael. 32, 78:
si omnibus suis copiis excellentem virum res publica armasset,
id. Phil. 13, 16, 32.—
(γ).
Its:
omne animal, simul et ortum est, et se ipsum et omnes partes suas diligit,
Cic. Fin. 2, 11, 33:
cum mea domus ardore suo deflagrationem Italiae toti minaretur,
id. Planc. 40, 95.—
(δ).
Their: (legiones) si consulem suum reliquerunt, vituperandae sunt Cic. Phil. 5, 2, 4:
mittent aliquem de suo numero,
id. ib. 11, 10, 25:
rationem illi sententiae suae non fere reddebant,
id. Tusc. 1, 17, 38:
qui agellos suos redimere a piratis solebant,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 37, § 85:
edicunt ut ad suum vestitum senatores redirent,
id. Sest. 14, 32:
suis finibus eos prohibent,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1: Allobrogibus sese persuasuros existimabant ut per suos (Allobrogum) fines eos (Helvetios) ire paterentur, id. id. 1, 6;
and distributively: ac naves onerariae LXIII. in portu expugnatae, quaedam cum suis oneribus, frumento, armis, aere, etc.,
some with their several cargoes, Liv. 26, 47, 9.—
2.
With a subject-clause as antecedent:
id sua sponte apparebat tuta celeribus consiliis praepositurum,
was selfevident, Liv. 22, 38, 13:
ad id quod sua sponte satis collectum animorum erat, indignitate etiam Romani accendebantur,
id. 3, 62, 1:
secutum tamen sua sponte est ut vilior ob ea regi Hannibal et suspectior fieret,
id. 35, 14, 4. —
3.
With subject-acc. as antecedent:
hanc dicam Athenis advenisse cum aliquo amatore suo, Plant. Mil. 2, 2, 86: doceo gratissimum esse in sua tribu Plancium,
Cic. Planc. 19, 47:
cupio eum suae causae confidere,
id. Sest. 64, 135:
suspicari debuit (Milo), eum (Clodium) ad villam suam (Clodii) deversurum,
id. Mil. 19, 51: Medeam praedicant in fuga fratris sui membra dissipavisse, id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 22:
(dixit) Caesarem pro sua dignitate debere et studium et iracundiam suam reipublicae dimittere,
Caes. B. C. 1, 8.—
4.
With object-acc. as antecedent.
(α).
Suus being an adjunct of the subject (generally rendered in Engl. by a pass. constr.):
hunc pater suus de templo deduxit,
he was taken from the temple by his father, Cic. Inv. 2, 17, 52:
hunc sui cives e civitate ejecerunt,
id. Sest. 68, 142:
Alexandrum uxor sua... occidit,
id. Inv. 2, 49, 144:
illum ulciscentur mores sui,
id. Att. 9, 12, 2:
quodsi quem natura sua... forte deficiet,
id. Or. 1, 14:
utrumque regem sua multitudo consalutaverat,
Liv. 1, 7, 1:
quas (urbes) sua virtus ac dii juvent, magnas sibi opes facere,
id. 1, 9, 3; 1, 7, 15; 6, 33, 5:
quos nec sua conscientia impulerit, nec, etc.,
id. 26, 33, 3; 25, 14, 7:
consulem C. Marium servus suus interemit,
Val. Max. 6, 8, 2:
quis non Vedium Pollionem pejus oderat quam servi sui?
Sen. Clem. 1, 18, 2:
sera dies sit qua illum gens sua caelo adserat,
id. Cons. Poll. 12 (31), 5.—With the antecedent understood from the principal sentence:
ita forma simili pueri ut mater sua internoscere (sc. eos) non posset,
Plaut. Men. prol. 19; and with suus as adjunct both of the subject and of the antecedent: jubet salvere suos vir uxorem suam, id. merc. 4, 3, 11. —
(β).
With impers. verbs:
sunt homines, quos libidinis infamiaeque suae neque pudeat neque taedeat,
Cic. Verr. 1, 12, 35:
video fore ut inimicos tuos poeniteat intemperantiae suae,
id. Fam. 3, 10, 1:
si Caesarem beneficii sui poeniteret,
id. Lig. 10, 29; so id. Agr. 2, 11, 26:
jam ne nobilitatis quidem suae plebejos poenitere,
Liv. 10, 7, 8:
militem jam minus virtutis poenitere suae,
id. 22, 12, 10.—
(γ).
As adjunct of other members of the sentence:
ad parentes suos ducas Silenium,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 86. nam is illius filiam conicit in navem clam matrem suam (i.e. filiae), id. Mil. 2, 1, 34:
eosdem ad quaestoris sui aut imperatoris, aut commilitonum suorum pericula impulistis,
Cic. Phil. 13, 17, 34:
totum enim ex sua patria sustulisti,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 49, § 127; id. Or. 3, 32, 126: quem (Hammonium) tibi etiam suo nomine ( on his own account) commendo... itaque peto a te ut ejus procuratorem et ipsum suo nomine diligas, id. Fam. 13, 21, 2:
Caesar Fabium in sua remittit hiberna,
Caes. B. G. 5, 33; id. B. C. 3, 24:
introire ad Ciceronem, et domi suae imparatum confodere,
Sall. C. 28, 1:
suis flammis delete Fidenas,
i. e. the flames kindled by the Fidenates, Liv. 4, 33, 5:
suo igni involvit hostes,
Tac. A. 14, 30:
quid Caesarem in sua fata inmisit?
Sen. Ep. 94, 65; id. Q. N. 1, praef. 7; cf.
with antecedent supplied from preceding sentence: non destiti rogare et petere (sc. Brutum) mea causa, suadere et hortari sua,
Cic. Att. 6, 2, 7.—
5.
With dat. as antecedent.
(α).
As adjunct of subject (cf. 4. supra):
suus rex reginae placet,
a queen likes her own king, Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 76:
ei nunc alia ducenda'st domum, sua cognata Lemniensis,
id. Cist. 1, 1, 101:
Autronio nonne sodales, non collegae sui... defuerunt?
Cic. Sull. 2, 7:
si ceteris facta sua recte prosunt,
id. Cat. 3, 12, 27:
cui non magistri sui atque doctores, cui non... locus ipse... in mente versetur?
id. Planc. 33, 81:
haec omnia plane... Siculis erepta sunt: primum suae leges, etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 13, § 33:
Romanis multitudo sua auxit animum,
Liv. 21, 50, 4:
sicuti populo Romano sua fortuna labet,
id. 42, 50, 7:
Lanuvinis sacra sua reddita,
id. 8, 14, 2:
vilitas sua illis detrahit pretium,
Sen. Ben. 4, 29, 2:
nemo est cui felicitas sua satisfaciat,
id. Ep. 115, 17:
labor illi suus restitutus est,
id. Brev. Vit. 20, 3:
magnitudo sua singulis constat,
id. Q. N. 1, 1, 10:
tantum sapienti sua, quantum Dec omnis aetas patet,
id. Ep. 53, 11. —
With antecedent supplied from principal sentence: mater quod suasit sua Adulescens mulier fecit, i.e. ei,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 38.—
(β).
Of other words:
regique Thebano regnum stabilivit suum,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 40:
mittam hodie huic suo die natali malam rem magnam,
id. Ps. 1, 3, 5:
ego Metello non irascor, neque ei suam vacationem eripio,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 68, § 164:
desinant insidiari domui suae consuli,
id. Cat. 1, 13, 32:
quibus ea res honori fuerit a suis civibus,
id. Mil. 35, 96: Scipio suas res Syracusanis restituit, Liv. [p. 1824] 29, 1, 17:
nos non suas (leges Lacedaemoniis arbitror) ademisse, sed nostras leges dedisse,
id. 39, 37, 6:
Graccho et Tuditano provinciae Lucani et Galliae cum suis exercitibus prorogatae,
id. 25, 3, 5.—
6.
With gen., abl., or object of a prep. as antecedent:
nec illius animi aciem praestringit splendor sui nominis,
Cic. Rab. Post. 16, 43:
nolite a sacris patriis Junonis Sospitae domesticum et suum consulem avellere,
id. Mur. 41, 90:
quamvis tu magna mihi scripseris de Bruti adventu ad suas legiones,
id. Att. 14, 13, 12:
suae legis ad scriptum ipsam quoque sententiam adjungere,
the meaning of their law to which they refer, id. Inv. 2, 49, 147:
cum ambitio alterius suam primum apud eos majestatem solvisset,
Liv. 22, 42, 12:
nunc causam instituendorum ludorum ab origine sua repetam,
Val. Max. 2, 4, 4:
Jubam in regno suo non locorum notitia adjuvet, non popularium pro rege suo virtus,
Sen. Ep. 71, 10; id. Ben. 7, 6, 3; id. Clem. 1, 3, 4.—Esp. with cujusque as antecedent:
in qua deliberatione ad suam cujusque naturam consilium est omne revocandum,
Cic. Off. 1, 33, 119 (v. II. D. 2. infra).— Abl.:
operam dare ut sua lex ipso scripto videatur niti,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 147 (cf. supra):
(Caesar reperiebat) ad Galbam propter justitiam prudentiamque suam totius belli summam deferri,
Caes. B. G. 2, 4:
credere, ad suum concilium a Jove deos advocari,
Sen. Q. N. 2, 42, 1.—
7.
With predic. nom. as antecedent:
sapientissimi artis suae professores sunt a quibus et propria studia verecunde et aliena callide administrantur,
Val. Max. 8, 12, 1.—
8.
With appositive noun.
(α).
With gram. subject as antecedent:
hoc Anaximandro, populari ac sodali suo, non persuasit,
Cic. Ac. 2, 37, 118:
vidit fortissimum virum, inimicissimum suum,
id. Mil. 9, 25:
(hic) fuit in Creta contubernalis Saturnini, propinqui sui,
id. Planc. 11, 27:
ut non per L. Crassum, adfinem suum... causam illam defenderit,
id. Balb. 21, 49:
ne cum hoc T. Broccho, avunculo, ne cum ejus filio, consobrino suo, ne nobiscum vivat,
id. Lig. 4, 11:
Caesar mittit ad eum A. Clodium, suum atque illius familiarem,
Caes. B. C. 3, 57.—
(β).
With object as antecedent:
Dicaearchum cum Aristoxeno, aequali et condiscipulo suo, omittamus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 18, 41:
tres fratres optimos, non solum sibi ipsos, neque nobis, necessariis suis, sed etiam rei publicae condonavit,
id. Lig. 12, 36:
Varroni, quem, sui generis hominem,... vulgus extrahere ad consulatum nitebatur,
Liv. 22, 34, 2.—
(γ).
With appositive noun as antecedent:
si P. Scipionem, clarissimum virum, majorumque suorum simillimum res publica tenere potuisset,
Cic. Phil. 13, 14, 29:
M. Fabi Ambusti, potentis viri cum inter sui corporis homines, tum ad plebem, etc.,
Liv. 6, 34, 5:
C. vero Fabricii, et Q. Aemilii Papi, principum saeculi sui, domibus argentum fuisse confitear oportet,
Val. Max. 4, 4, 3.—
9.
In participial clauses.
(α).
The antecedent being the logical subject of the participle, and other than the principal subject:
credamus igitur Panaetio, a Platone suo dissentienti ( = qui dissentiebat),
Cic. Tusc. 1, 32, 79:
ea Sex. Roscium, expulsum ex suis bonis, recepit domum,
id. Rosc. Am. 10, 27:
diffidentemque rebus suis confirmavit,
id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23:
Dejotarum ad me venientem cum omnibus copiis suis, certiorem feci, etc.,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 7; id. Cat. 4, 9, 18: si hominis et suis et populi Romani ornamentis amplissimi ( being greatly distinguished) causam repudiassem, id. Mur. 4, 8:
stupentes tribunos et suam jam vicem magis anxios quam, etc., liberavit consensus populi Romani,
Liv. 8, 35, 1; 22, 42, 8:
manet in folio scripta querela suo ( = quam scripsit),
Ov. F. 5, 224; cf. in abl. absol.:
et ipsis (hostibus) regressis in castra sua,
Liv. 22, 60, 9:
quibus (speculis) si unum ostenderis hominem, populus adparet, unaquaque parte faciem exprimente sua,
Sen. Q. N. 1, 5, 5.—
(β).
The logical subject of the participle, being also the principal subject:
sic a suis legionibus condemnatus irrupit in Galliam,
Cic. Phil. 10, 10, 21:
hunc agrum patres nostri, acceptum a majoribus suis ( = quem acceperant), perdiderunt,
id. Agr. 2, 31, 84:
ut in suis ordinibus dispositi dispersos adorirentur,
Caes. B. C. 3, 92: Appius, odium in se aliorum suo in eos metiens odio, haud ignaro, inquit, imminet fortuna, Liv. 3, 54, 3:
ipsa capit Condita in pharetra ( = quae condiderat) tela minora sua,
Ov. F. 2, 326; cf. in abl. absol.:
Sopater, expositis suis difficultatibus ( = cum exposuisset, etc.): Timarchidem... perducit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 28, § 69:
Caesar, primum suo deinde omnium ex conspectu remotis equis, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 1, 25:
Campani, audita sua pariter sociorumque clade, legatos ad Hannibalem miserunt,
Liv. 25, 15, 1:
(Appius) deposito suo magistratu... domum est reductus,
id. 4, 24, 7; 3, 35, 9; 9, 10, 13; 9, 41, 9.—
(γ).
The antecedent being the principal subject, not the logical subject of the participle:
M. Papirius dicitur Gallo, barbam suam (i.e. Papirii) permulcenti,... iram movisse,
Liv. 5, 41, 9: cum Gracchus, verecundia deserendi socios, implorantis fidem suam populique Romani, substitisset. id. 23, 36, 8; cf. in abl. absol.:
si sine maximo dedecore, tam impeditis suis rebus, potuisset emori,
Cic. Rab. Post. 10, 29; id. Mil. 14, 38; id. Planc. 21, 51; id. Clu. 14, 42:
ita (consul) proelio uno accidit Vestinorum res, haudquaquam tamen incruento milite suo (consulis),
Liv. 8, 29, 12; cf.
with antecedent to be supplied: Campani, cum, robore juventutis suae acciso, nulla (sc. eis) propinqua spes esset, etc.,
id. 7, 29, 7.—
10.
In gerund. construction. ( a) With subject as antecedent:
mihi ipsa Roma ad complectendum conservatorem suum progredi visa est,
Cic. Pis. 22, 52.—
(β).
With object, the logical subjects of the gerund as antecedent:
cur iis persequendi juris sui... adimis potestatem?
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21:
si senatui doloris sui de me declarandi potestas esset erepta,
id. Sest. 23, 51:
nec tribunis plebis (spatium datur) sui periculi deprecandi,
Caes. B. C. 1, 5.—
(γ).
With antecedent dependent on the gerund:
eamque rem illi putant a suum cuique tribuendo appellatam,
Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 19.—
11.
As adjunct of a noun dependent on a subjectinf., with its logical subject as antecedent:
magnum Miloni fuit, conficere illam pestem nulla sua invidia?
Cic. Mil. 15, 40:
neque enim fuit Gabinii, remittere tantum de suo nec regis, imponere tantum plus suis,
his claim, id. Rab. Post. 11, 31:
Piso, cui fructum pietatis suae neque ex me neque a populo Romano ferre licuit,
id. Sest. 31, 68:
ei cujus magis intersit, vel sua, vel rei publicae causa vivere,
id. Off. 3, 23, 90:
sapientis est consilium explicare suum de maximis rebus,
id. Or. 2, 81, 333; id. Mil. 15, 41.—With logical subject understood:
totam Italiam suis colonis ut complere (sc. eis) liceat, permittitur,
Cic. Agr. 2, 13, 34:
maximum (sc. eis) solacium erit, propinquorum eodem monumento declarari, et virtutem suorum, et populi Romani pietatem,
id. Phil. 14, 13, 35.
B.
Without gram. antec., one ' s, one ' s own.
1.
Dependent on subject-inff.:
ejusdem animi est, posteris suis amplitudinem nobis quam non acceperit tradere, et memoriam prope intermortuam generis sui, virtute renovare,
Cic. Mur. 7, 16:
siquidem atrocius est, patriae parentem quam suum occidere,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:
miliens perire est melius quam in sua civitate sine armorum praesidio non posse vivere,
id. ib. 2, 44, 112: quanto est honestius, alienis injuriis quam suis commoveri, one ' s own, id. Verr. 2, 3, 72, § 169:
contentum suis rebus esse maximae sunt certissimaeque divitiae,
id. Par. 6, 51:
ut non liceat sui commodi causa nocere alteri,
id. Off. 3, 5, 23:
detrahere de altero sui commodi causa,
id. ib. 3, 5, 24:
suis exemplis melius est uti,
Auct. Her. 4, 1, 2:
levius est sua decreta tollere quam aliorum,
Liv. 3, 21. 5; 39, 5, 2;
29, 37, 11: satius est vitae suae rationes quam frumenti publici nosse,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 18, 3:
quanto satius est sua mala exstinguere quam aliena posteris tradere?
id. Q. N. 3, praef. 5:
cum initia beneficiorum suorum spectare, tum etiam exitus decet,
id. Ben. 2, 14, 2; 3, 1, 5:
Romani nominis gloriae, non suae, composuisse illa decuit,
Plin. 1, prooem. § 16.—With 1 st pers. plur., as indef. antecedent: cum possimus ab Ennio sumere... exemplum, videtur esse arrogantia illa relinquere, et ad sua devenire, to one ' s own = to our own, Auct. Her. 4, 1, 2.—
2.
Without a subject-inf.:
omnia torquenda sunt ad commodum suae causae... sua diligenter narrando,
Cic. Inv. 1, 21, 30: ut in ceteris habenda ratio non sua (al. sui) solum, sed etiam aliorum, id. Off. 1, 39, 139:
erat Dareo mite ac tractabile ingenium, nisi suam naturam plerumque fortuna corrumperet (suam not referring to Dareo),
Curt. 3, 2, 17 MSS. (Foss, mansuetam). — With 1 st pers. plur., as indef. antecedent (cf. 1. supra):
non erit ista amicitia sed mercatura quaedam utilitatum suarum,
Cic. N. D. 1, 44, 122; cf.: pro suo possidere, II. A. 2. a. g; and Cic. Off. 2, 21, 73, II. A. 2. b. a; cf. also II. B. 1. a; II. B. 5. c.; II. B. 7. b.; II. C. 8. b. b infra.
C.
With antec. in a previous sentence. Here ejus, eorum, earum are used for his, her, their, unless the clause is oblique in regard to the antecedent, i. e. the antecedent is conceived as the author of the statement.
1.
In clauses dependent on a verbum sentiendi or dicendi, expressed or understood, referring to the grammatical or logical subject of the verb.
a.
In infinitive clauses:
(Clodius) Caesaris potentiam suam potentiam esse dicebat,
Cic. Mil. 32, 88:
(Caelius) a sua (causa) putat ejus (i.e. Ascitii) esse sejunctam,
id. Cael. 10, 24:
ipsos certo scio non negare ad haec bona Chrysogonum accessisse impulsu suo (referring to ipsos),
id. Rosc. Am. 37, 107:
hostes viderunt,... suorum tormentorum usum spatio propinquitatis interire,
Caes. B. C. 2, 16:
docent, sui judicii rem non esse,
id. ib. 1, 13.—The reference of suus may be ambiguous, esp. if an infinitive is dependent on another:
hoc Verrem dicere ajebant, te... opera sua consulem factum, i.e. Verris, though grammatically it might refer to the subj. of aiebant,
Cic. Verr. 1, 10, 29:
(Ariovistus) dixit neminem secum sine sua pernicie contendisse,
Caes. B. G. 1, 36; cf. the context with, in all, eleven reflexive pronouns referring to four different antecedents (populus Romanus, Ariovistus, Caesar, nemo); cf.
also: occurrebat ei, mancam praeturam suam futuram consule Milone,
Cic. Mil. 9, 25; 32, 88; Liv. 3, 42, 2.—
b.
Suus in a clause dependent on inf.:
scio equidem, ut, qui argentum afferret atque expressam imaginem suam (i.e. militis) huc ad nos, cum eo ajebat velle mitti mulierem,
Plaut. Ps. 2, 2, 55:
isti bonorum emptores arbitrantur, vos hic sedere qui excipiatis eos qui de suis (i.e. emptorum) manibus effugerint,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 52, 151:
Siculi venisse tempus ajebant ut commoda sua defenderem,
id. Div. in Caecil. 1, 3:
ut tunc tandem sentiret recuperanda esse quae prius sua culpa amissa forent,
Liv. 44, 8, 4. —
Ambiguous: velle Pompejum se Caesari purgatum, ne ea quae reipublicae causa egerit (Pompejus) in suam (i.e. Caesaris) contumeliam vertat (where suam might be referred to Pompejus),
Caes. B. C. 1, 8.—
c.
In oblique clauses introduced by ut or ne, or clauses subordinate to such:
Cassius constituit ut ludi absente te fierent suo nomine,
Cic. Att. 15, 11, 2:
postulat ut ad hanc suam praedam tam nefariam adjutores vos profiteamini,
id. Rosc. Am. 2, 6:
Nasidius eos magnopere hortatur ut rursus cum Bruti classe, additis suis (i.e. Nasidii) auxiliis confligant,
Caes. B. C. 2, 3:
(regem) denuntiasse sibi ut triduo regni sui decederent finibus,
Liv. 42, 25, 12:
Sabinae mulieres, hinc patres, hinc viros orantes, ne parricidio macularent partus suos (i.e. mulierum),
id. 1, 13, 2:
Patron praecepit suis ut arma induerent, ad omne imperium suum parati,
Curt. 5, 11, 1.—With reflex. pron., referring to a different antecedent:
ad hanc (Laidem) Demosthenes clanculum adit, et ut sibi copiam sui faceret, petit,
Gell. 1, 8, 5. —
d.
In subordinate clauses introduced by quin or quod:
(Dejotarus) non recusat quin id suum facinus judices,
Cic. Deiot. 15, 43; so id. ib. 4, 15;
16, 45: parietes hujus curiae tibi gratias agere gestiunt, quod futura sit illa auctoritas in his majorum suorum et suis sedibus,
id. Marcell. 3, 10:
quidni gauderet quod iram suam nemo sentiret?
Sen. Troad. 3, 13:
querenti quod uxor sua e fico se suspendisset,
Quint. 6, 3, 88;
and with intentional ambiguity: cum Proculejus quereretur de filio quod is mortem suam expectaret,
id. 9, 3, 68. —
e.
In interrogative clauses:
si, quod officii sui sit, non occurrit animo, nihil umquam omnino aget,
Cic. Ac. 2, 8, 25:
ut non auderet iterum dicere quot milia fundus suus abesset ab urbe,
id. Caecin. 10, [p. 1825] 28:
donec sciat unisquisque quid sui, quid alieni sit,
Liv. 6, 27, 8:
rex ignarus, quae cum Hannibale legatis suis convenisset, quaeque legati ejus ad se allaturi fuissent,
id. 23, 39, 2:
postquam animadvertit quantus agminis sui terror esset,
id. 43, 19, 5. —
2.
In a virtually oblique clause.
a.
In final clause, introduced by ut, ne, or rel., referring to the subject of the purpose:
me a portu praemisit domum, ut haec nuntiem uxori suae,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 41:
quasi Appius ille Caecus viam muniverit, non qua populus uteretur, sed ubi impune sui posteri latrocinarentur, i. e. Appii,
Cic. Mil. 7, 17:
quae gens ad Caesarem legatos mise. rat, ut suis omnibus facultatibus uteretur,
Caes. B. C. 3, 80:
inde castra movent, ne qua vis sociis suis ab Romano exercitu inferri possit,
Liv. 43, 23, 5:
(Romani) Albam a fundamentis proruerunt, ne memoria originum suarum exstaret,
id. 26, 13, 16:
oppidani nuntios Romam, qui certiorem de suo casu senatum facerent, misere,
id. 6, 33, 7; cf.:
tanto intervallo ab hostibus consedit, ut nec adventus suus propinquitate nimia nosci posset, et, etc.,
Liv. 10, 20, 7:
Datames locum delegit talem ut non multum obesse multitudo hostium suae paucitati posset,
Nep. Dat. 7, 3:
quid si gubernator a diis procellas petat ut gratior ars sua periculo fiat?
Sen. Ben. 6, 25, 4. —
b.
In other dependent clauses represented as conceived by an antecedent in the principal sentence:
Sulla, si sibi suus pudor ac dignitas non prodesset, nullum auxilium requisivit ( = negavit se defendi velle, si, etc.),
Cic. Sull. 5, 15:
Paetus omnes libros quos frater suus reliquisset mihi donavit ( = dixit se donare libros quos, etc.),
id. Att. 2, 1, 12:
non enim a te emit, sed, priusquam tu suum sibi venderes, ipse possedit ( = potitus est, ne, etc.),
id. Phil. 2, 37, 96:
Africanus, si sua res ageretur, testimonium non diceret,
id. Rosc. Am. 36, 3:
ille ipse (Pompejus) proposuit epistulam illam, in qua est Pro tuis rebus gestis amplissimis. Amplioribusne quam suis, quam Africani?
id. Att. 8, 9, 2:
spiritus dabat (Manlio) quod... vinculorum suorum invidiam dictator fugisset,
Liv. 6, 18, 4:
(Numa) Camenis eum lucum sacravit, quod earum ibi concilia cum conjuge sua Egeria essent,
id. 1, 21, 3:
adulescens deos omnis invocare ad gratiam illi pro se referendam, quoniam sibi nequaquam satis facultatis pro suo animo atque illius erga se esset,
id. 26, 50, 4 (cf. D. 1. a. infra).
D.
In the place of ejus.
1.
In clauses virtually oblique, but with indicative, being conceived by the antecedent (hence suus, not ejus), but asserted as fact by the author (hence indicative, not subjunctive):
Cicero tibi mandat ut Aristodemo idem respondeas, quod de fratre suo (Ciceronis) respondisti,
Cic. Att. 2, 7, 4:
oriundi ab Sabinis, ne, quia post Tatii mortem ab sua parte non erat regnatum, imperium amitterent, sui corporis creari regem volebant,
Liv. 1, 17, 2:
C. Caesar villam pulcherrimam, quia mater sua aliquando in illa custodita erat, diruit,
Sen. Ira, 3, 21, 5:
Philemonem, a manu servum, qui necem suam per venenum inimicis promiserat, non gravius quam simplici morte punivit,
Suet. Caes. 74; cf.:
quomodo excandescunt si quid e juba sua decisum est,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 12, 3.—
2.
To avoid ambiguity:
petunt rationes illius (Catilinae) ut orbetur consilio res publica, ut minuatur contra suum (i.e. Catilinae) furorem imperatorum copia (instead of ejus, which might be referred to res publica),
Cic. Mur. 39, 83:
equites a cornibus positos, cum jam pelleretur media peditum suorum acies, incurrisse ab lateribus ferunt,
Liv. 1, 37, 3.—
3.
Colloquially and in epistolary style suus is used emphatically instead of ejus, with the meaning own, peculiar: deinde ille actutum subferret suus servus poenas Sosia, his own slave (opp. Mercury, who personates Sosias), Plaut. Am. 3, 4, 19: mira erant in civitatibus ipsorum furta Graecorum quae magistratus sui fecerant, their own magistrates ( = ipsorum), Cic. Att. 6, 2, 5:
in quibus (litteris Bruti) unum alienum summa sua prudentia (est), ut spectem ludos suos,
his peculiar prudence, id. ib. 15, 26, 1; so,
quod quidem ille (Nero) decernebat, quorumdam dolo ad omina sui exitus vertebatur,
Tac. A. 16, 24; cf. II. A. 1. b and g; II. A. 2. a. b; II. B. 3.—
4.
Without particular emphasis (mostly ante- and post-class. and poet.):
tum erit tempestiva cum semen suum maturum erit,
Cato, R. R. 31:
vitis si macra erit, sarmenta sua concidito minute,
id. ib. 37:
qui sic purgatus erit, diuturna valetudine utatur, neque ullus morbus veniet, nisi sua culpa,
id. ib. 157:
Cimon in eandem invidiam incidit quam pater suus,
Nep. Cim. 3, 1:
id qua ratione consecutus sit (Lysander) latet. Non enim virtute sui exercitus factum est, etc.,
id. Lys. 1, 2:
ipse sub Esquiliis, ubi erat regia sua, Concidit,
Ov. F. 6, 601:
quodque suus conjux riguo collegerat horto, Truncat olus foliis,
id. M. 8, 646; so id. ib. 15, 819.
II.
In partic.
A.
As substt.
1.
sui, suorum, m., his, their (etc.) friends, soldiers, fellow-beings, equals, adherents, followers, partisans, posterity, slaves, family, etc., of persons in any near connection with the antecedent.
(α).
(Corresp. to the regular usage, I. A. B. C.) Cupio abducere ut reddam (i.e. eam) suis, to her family, friends, Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 77; cf. id. ib. 1, 2, 66:
cum animus societatem caritatis coierit cum suis, omnesque natura conjunctos suos duxerit,
fellow-beings, Cic. Leg. 1, 23, 60:
mulier ingeniosa praecepit suis omnia Caelio pollicerentur,
her slaves, id. Cael. 25, 62:
quo facilius et nostras domos obire, et ipse a suis coli possit,
his friends, id. ib. 7, 18:
qua gratiam beneficii vestri cum suorum laude conjungant,
their family, id. Agr. 2, 1, 1:
vellem hanc contemptionem pecuniae suis reliquisset,
to his posterity, id. Phil. 3, 6, 16:
cum divisurum se urbem palam suis polliceretur,
his partisans, id. ib. 13, 9, 19:
Caesar, cohortatus suos, proelium commisit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 25; so,
Curio exercitum reduxit, suis omnibus praeter Fabium incolumibus,
id. B. C. 2, 35:
Caesar receptui suorum timens,
id. ib. 3, 46:
certior ab suis factus est, praeclusas esse portas,
id. ib. 2, 20:
omnium suorum consensu, Curio bellum ducere parabat,
id. ib. 2, 37: so,
Pompejus suorum omnium hortatu statuerat proelio decertare,
id. ib. 3, 86:
Caesar Brundisium ad suos severius scripsit,
to his officers, id. ib. 3, 25:
naviculam conscendit cum paucis suis,
a few of his followers, id. ib. 3, 104:
multum cum suis consiliandi causa secreto praeter consuetudinem loqueretur,
id. ib. 1, 19:
nupsit Melino, adulescenti inprimis inter suos et honesto et nobili,
his equals, associates, Cic. Clu. 5, 11:
rex raptim a suis in equum impositus fugit,
his suite, Liv. 41, 4, 7:
subsidio suorum proelium restituere,
comrades, id. 21, 52, 10:
feras bestias... ad opem suis ferendam avertas,
their young, id. 26, 13, 12:
abstulit sibi in suos potestatem,
his slaves, Sen. Ira, 3, 12, 6:
Besso et Nabarzani nuntiaverant sui regem... interemptum esse,
their fellow - conspirators, Curt. 5, 12, 14. — Very rarely sing.:
ut bona mens suis omnibus fuerit. Si quem libido abripuit, illorum eum, cum quibus conjuravit, non suum judicet esse,
Liv. 39, 16, 5.—
(β).
Irregular use (acc. to I. D.): sui = ejus amici, etc. (freq.;
the absolute use of ejus in this sense being inadmissible): quasi vero quisquam dormiat? ne sui quidem hoc velint, non modo ipse (sui = ejus amici, liberi),
Cic. Tusc. 1, 38, 92:
is (annus) ejus omnem spem... morte pervertit. Fuit hoc luctuosum suis, acerbum patriae, etc.,
id. Or. 3, 2, 8:
quadrigas, quia per suos ( = ipsius milites) agendae erant, in prima acie locaverat rex,
Liv. 37, 41, 8:
auctoritatem Pisistrati qui inter suos ( = ejus cives) maxima erat,
id. 37, 12:
quo cum multitudine adversariorum sui superarentur, ipse fuit superior, etc.,
Nep. Hann. 8, 4; v. g.—
(γ).
Without antecedent (cf. I. B. supra): quoties necesse est fallere aut falli a suis, by one ' s friends, Sen. Phoen. 493.—
(δ).
Sing.: sŭa, suae. f., a sweetheart, mistress (rare): illam suam suas res sibi habere jussit. Cic. Phil. 2, 28. 69:
cedo quid hic faciet sua?
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 92.—
2.
sŭum, i, n., and more freq. sŭa, suorum, n. plur., = one ' s property.
a.
Sing.
(α).
Lit.:
nec suom adimerem alteri,
his property, his own, Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 38 (34):
nunc si ille salvos revenit, reddam suom sibi (v. D. 3. a. infra),
id. ib. 1, 2, 119:
illum studeo quam facillime ad suum pervenire,
Cic. Fam. 13, 26, 4:
populi Romani hanc esse consuetudinem ut socios sui nihil deperdere velit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 43; cf. Cic. Rab. Post. 11, 3, I. A. 11. supra:
nec donare illi de suo dicimur,
Sen. Ben. 7, 4, 2; so esp. with quisque; v. infra — Hence, de suo = per se, or sua sponte;
(stellae) quae per igneos tractus labentia inde splendorem trahant caloremque, non de suo clara,
Sen. Q. N. 7, 1, 6. —
(β).
Trop.:
meum mihi placebat, illi suum (of a literary essay),
Cic. Att. 14, 20, 3: suom quemque decet, his own manners, etc., Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 11; so, expendere oportet quid quisque habeat sui ( what peculiarities) nec velle experiri quam se aliena deceant;
id enim maxime quemque decet quod est cujusque maxime suum,
Cic. Off. 1, 31, 113.—
(γ).
Jurid. term: aliquid pro suo possidere, to possess in the belief of one ' s legal right:
pro suo possessio tale est, cum dominium nobis acquiri putamus. Et ea causa possidemus ex qua acquiritur, et praeterea pro suo,
Dig. 41, 10, 1;
so without an antecedent, and referring to a first person: item re donata, pro donato et pro suo possideo,
ib. 41, 10, 1; v. the whole tit. ib. 42, 10 (Pro suo); cf. ib. 23, 3, 67; cf. C., infra fin.;
similarly: usucapere pro suo = acquire dominion by a possession pro suo, Fragm. Vat. 111: res pro suo, quod justam causam possidendi habet, usucapit,
id. ib. 260; Dig. 41, 3, 27. —
b.
Plur.
(α).
One ' s property:
Roscius tibi omnia sua praeter animam tradidit,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 50, 146:
qui etiam hostibus externis victis sua saepissime reddiderunt,
id. Agr. 1, 6, 19:
tu autem vicinis tuis Massiliensibus sua reddis,
id. Att. 14, 14, 6:
Remi legatos miserunt qui dicerent se suaque omnia in fidem atque potestatem populi Romani permittere,
Caes. B. G. 2, 3, 2; 1, 11, 2; 2, 13, 2:
ipsi milites alveos informes quibus se suaque transveherent, faciebant,
their baggage, Liv. 21, 26, 9:
docere eos qui sua permisere fortunae,
Sen. Q. N. 3, praef. 7; so without an antecedent, one ' s own property (cf. I. B. 2. supra):
hanc ob causam maxime ut sua tenerentur res publicae constitutae sunt,
Cic. Off. 2, 21, 73;
rarely = eorum res: quod vero etiam sua reddiderint (i.e. Gallis),
Liv. 39, 55, 3. —
(β).
One ' s own affairs:
aliena ut melius videant et dijudicent Quam sua,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 96:
cognoscunt... immobile agmen et sua quemque molientem,
Liv. 10, 20, 8:
omnia ei hostium non secus quam sua nota erant,
id. 22, 41, 5:
aliena cum suis perdidit,
Sen. Ben. 7, 16, 3.— Absol., referring to a noun fem.: sua (finxit) C. Cassius ( = suas persuasiones; cf.
the context),
Quint. 6, 3, 90.
B.
Predicative uses: suum esse, facere, fieri, putare, etc., like a gen. poss., to be, etc., the property, or under the dominion, control, power of the antecedent.
1.
Of property in things.
(α).
Corporeal:
scripsit causam dicere Prius aurum quare sit suum,
Ter. Eun. prol. 11:
nihil erat cujusquam quod non hoc anno suum fore putabat (Clodius),
Cic. Mil. 32, 87:
quia suum cujusque fit, eorum quae natura fuerant communia quod cuique obtigit, id quisque teneat,
id. Off. 1, 7, 21:
Juba suam esse praedicans praedam,
Caes. B. C. 3, 84:
gratum sibi populum facturum, si omnes res Neapolitanorum suas duxissent,
Liv. 22, 32, 8: libros esse dicimus Ciceronis;
eosdem Dorus librarius suos vocat,
Sen. Ben. 7, 6, 1:
cum enim istarum personarum nihil suum esse possit,
since these persons can own nothing, Gai. Inst. 2, 96; cf. Dig. 1, 7, 15 pr.—Virtually predicative:
referas ad eos qui suam rem nullam habent ( = rem quae sua sit),
nothing of their own, Cic. Phil. 2, 6, 15:
qui in potestate nostra est, nihil suum habere potest,
Gai. Inst. 2, 84. — ( b) Of literary works:
quae convenere in Andriam ex Perinthia Fatetur transtulisse, atque usum pro suis ( = quasi sua essent),
Ter. And. prol. 14:
potest autem... quae tum audiet... ingenue pro suis dicere,
his own thoughts, Quint. 12, 3, 3.—
(γ).
Of a country or people:
suum facere = suae dicionis facere: commemorat ut (Caesar) magnam partem Italiae beneficio atque auctoritate eorum suam fecerit,
Caes. B. C. 2, 32:
in quam (Asiam) jam ex parte suam fecerit,
Liv. 44, 24, 4:
crudelissima ac superbissima gens sua omnia suique arbitrii facit,
id. 21, 44, 5.—
(δ).
Trop.:
omnia sua putavit quae vos vestra esse velletis,
Cic. Phil. 11, 12, 27:
non meminit, illum exercitum senatus populique Romani esse, non suum,
id. ib. 13, 6, 4: [p. 1826] probavit, non rempublicam suam esse, sed se reipublicae, Sen. Clem. 1, 19, 8;
so of incorporeal things: hi si velint scire quam brevis eorum vita sit, cogitent ex quota parte sua sit,
how much of it is their own, id. Brev. Vit. 19, 3; so, suum facere, to appropriate:
prudentis est, id quod in quoque optimum est, si possit, suum facere,
Quint. 10, 2, 26:
quaeremus quomodo animus (hanc virtutem) usu suam faciat,
Sen. Clem. 1, 3, 1.—
2.
Of persons.
(α).
Under a master ' s or father ' s control:
ut lege caverent, ne quis quem civitatis mutandae causa suum faceret, neve alienaret,
make any one his slave, Liv. 41, 8, 12: quid eam tum? suamne esse ajebat, his daughter, i.e. in his power? Ter. And. 5, 4, 29:
eduxit mater pro sua ( = quasi sua esset),
id. Eun. 1, 2, 76.—
(β).
Reflexively = sui juris, independent, one ' s own master or mistress, not subject to another ' s control, under one ' s own control (v. sui juris, infra):
ancilla, quae mea fuit hodie, sua nunc est,
Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 3.—
(γ).
Of moral power over others: suus = devoted to one:
hice hoc munere arbitrantur Suam Thaidem esse,
Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 38:
eos hic fecit suos Paulo sumptu,
id. Ad. 5, 4, 21:
sed istunc exora, ut (mulierem) suam esse adsimulet,
to be friendly to him, id. Heaut. 2, 3, 117:
cum Antonio sic agens ut perspiciat, si in eo negotio nobis satisfecerit, totum me futurum suum,
Cic. Att. 14, 1 a, 2:
Alpheus... utebatur populo sane suo,
devoted to him, id. Quint. 7, 29.— Poet.: vota suos habuere deos, the vows (inst. of the persons uttering them) had the gods on their side, Ov. M. 4, 373. —
(δ).
Of power over one's self, etc.:
nam qui sciet ubi quidque positum sit, quaque eo veniat, is poterit eruere, semperque esse in disputando suus,
self-possessed, Cic. Fin. 4, 4, 10:
inaestimabile bonum est suum fieri,
selfcontrol, Sen. Ep. 75, 18:
(furiosus) qui suus non est,
Dig. 42, 4, 7, § 9:
vix sua, vix sanae virgo Niseia compos Mentis erat,
Ov. M. 8, 35. —
3.
Suum est, as impers. predicate: = ejus est, characteristic of, peculiar to one (very rare):
dixit antea, sed suum illud est, nihil ut affirmet,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 99.
C.
Attributive usages, almost always (except in Seneca) with suus before its noun.
1.
The property, relations, affairs, etc., of one opposed to those of another, own.
a.
Opposition expressed:
nihil de suo casu, multa de vestro querebatur,
Cic. Balb. 8, 21:
sua sibi propiora pericula quam mea loquebantur,
id. Sest. 18, 40:
suasque et imperatoris laudes canentes,
Liv. 45, 38, 12:
damnatione collegae et sua,
id. 22, 35, 3:
Senecae fratris morte pavidum et pro sua incolumitate pavidum,
Tac. A. 14, 73:
velut pro Vitellio conquerentes suum dolorem proferebant,
id. H. 3, 37;
opp. alienus: ut suo potius tempore mercatorem admitterent, quam celerius alieno,
at a time convenient to themselves, Varr. R. R. 3, 16, 11. —Without antecedent, opp. externus:
(Platoni) duo placet esse motus, unum suum, alterum externum, esse autem divinius quod ipsum ex se sua sponte moveatur, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 2, 12, 32. —
b.
Implied:
voluptatem suis se finibus tenere jubeamus,
within the limits assigned to it, Cic. Fin. 3, 1, 1:
cum vobis immortale monumentum suis paene manibus senatus... exstruxerit,
id. Phil. 14, 12, 33:
superiores (amnes) in Italia, hic (Rhodanus) trans Alpes, hospitales suas tantum, nec largiores quam intulere aquas vehentes,
Plin. 2, 103, 106, § 224: colligitur aqua ex imbribus;
ex suo fonte nativa est,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 3:
pennas ambo non habuere suas (non suas = alienas),
Ov. Tr. 3, 4, 24. —
c.
In particular phrases. ( a) Sua sponte and suo Marte, of one ' s own accord, by one ' s self, without the suggestion, influence, aid, etc., of others:
Caesar bellum contra Antonium sua sponte suscepit,
Cic. Phil. 8, 2, 5:
sua sponte ad Caesarem in jus adierunt,
Caes. B. C. 1, 87.—So of things, = per se, by or of itself, for itself, for its own sake:
jus et omne honestum sua sponte expetendum (cf. in the context: per se igitur jus est expetendum),
Cic. Leg. 1, 18, 48: justitium sua sponte inceptum priusquam indiceretur, by itself, i. e. without a decree, Liv. 9, 7, 8; so,
sortes sua sponte attenuatas,
id. 22, 1, 11 (cf. id. 22, 38, 13; 35, 14, 4, I. A. 2., supra): rex enim ipse, sua sponte, nullis commentariis Caesaris, simul atque audivit ejus interitum suo Marte res suas recuperavit, Cic. Phil. 2, 37, 95.—
(β).
Suus locus, in milit. lang., one ' s own ground, position, or lines:
restitit suo loco Romana acies (opp. to the advance of the enemy),
Liv. 22, 16, 2.—So figuratively:
et staturas suo loco leges,
Sen. Ben. 2, 20, 2:
aciem instruxit primum suis locis, pauloque a castris Pompeji longius,
Caes. B. C. 3, 84 (cf.: suo loco, 7. b. g, infra).—
(γ).
For suo jure v. 3. infra.—
(δ).
Sua Venus = one's own Venus, i. e. good luck (v. Venus): ille non est mihi par virtutibus, nec officiis;
sed habuit suam Venerem,
Sen. Ben. 2, 28, 2. —
2.
Of private relations (opp. to public):
ut in suis rebus, ita in re publica luxuriosus nepos,
Cic. Agr. 2, 18, 48:
deinde ut communibus pro communibus utatur, privatis ut suis,
id. Off. 1, 7, 20:
quod oppidum Labienus sua pecunia exaedificaverat,
Caes. B. C. 1, 15:
militibus agros ex suis possessionibus pollicetur,
i. e. his private property, id. ib. 1, 17; Sen. Ben. 7, 6, 3. —
3.
Of just rights or claims:
imperatori senatuique honos suus redditus,
due to them, Liv. 3, 10, 3:
neque inpedimento fuit, quominus religionibus suus tenor suaque observatio redderetur,
Val. Max. 1, 1, 8:
quibus omnibus debetur suus decor,
Quint. 11, 1, 41. —
So distributively: is mensibus suis dimisit legionem,
in the month in which each soldier was entitled to his discharge, Liv. 40, 41, 8. — Esp.: suo jure (so, meo, nostro, tuo, etc., jure), by his own right:
Tullus Hostilius qui suo jure in porta nomen inscripsit,
Cic. Phil. 13, 12, 26:
earum rerum hic A. Licinius fructum a me repetere prope suo jure debet,
id. Arch. 1, 1; id. Marcell. 2, 6; id. Phil. 2, 25, 62; id. Balb. 8, 21:
numquam illum res publica suo jure esset ulta,
by its unquestionable right, id. Mil. 33, 88. —
4.
Of that to which one is exclusively devoted:
huic quaestioni suum diem dabimus,
a day for its exclusive discussion, Sen. Ep. 94, 52:
homini autem suum bonum ratio est,
his exclusive good, id. ib. 76, 10:
in majorem me quaestionem vocas, cui suus locus, suus dies dandus est,
id. Q. N. 2, 46, 1. —
With proprius: mentio inlata apud senatum est, rem suo proprio magistratu egere,
that the business needed a particular officer exclusively for itself, Liv. 4, 8, 4:
et Hannibalem suo proprio occupandum bello,
id. 27, 38, 7; cf.:
dissupasset hostes, ni suo proprio eum proelio equites Volscorum exceptum tenuissent,
in which they alone fought, id. 3, 70, 4:
mare habet suas venas quibus impletur,
by which it alone is fed, Sen. Q. N. 3, 14, 3. —
5.
According to one ' s liking, of one ' s own choice.
a.
Of persons, devoted to one, friendly, dear:
Milone occiso (Clodius) habuisset suos consules,
after his own heart, Cic. Mil. 33, 89:
collegit ipse se contra suum Clodium,
his dear Clodius, id. Pis. 12, 27 (cf.: suum facere, habere, II. B. 2. g).—
b.
Of things, favorable.
(α).
Of place: neque Jugurtham nisi... suo loco pugnam facere, on his own ground, i. e. chosen by him, favorable, Sall. J. 61, 1:
hic magna auxilia expectabant et suis locis bellum in hiemem ducere cogitabant,
Caes. B. C. 1, 61; cf.:
numquam nostris locis laboravimus,
Liv. 9, 19, 15.—
(β).
Of time:
cum Perseus suo maxime tempore et alieno hostibus incipere bellum posset,
Liv. 42, 43, 3; v. 7. b, infra. —
c.
Of circumstances: sua occasio, a favorable opportunity; sometimes without antecedent:
neque occasioni tuae desis, neque suam occasionem hosti des,
Liv. 22, 39, 21:
tantum abfuit ut ex incommodo alieno sua occasio peteretur,
id. 4, 58, 2:
aestuque suo Locros trajecit,
a favorable tide, id. 23, 41, 11:
ignoranti quem portum petat nullus suus ventus est,
Sen. Ep. 71, 3:
orba suis essent etiamnunc lintea ventis,
Ov. M. 13, 195:
aut ille Ventis iturus non suis,
Hor. Epod. 9, 30. —
6.
Of persons or things, peculiar, particular:
quae est ei (animo) natura? Propria, puto, et sua,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 29, 70:
omnis enim motus animi suum quendam a natura habet vultum,
id. de Or. 3, 57, 316:
geometrae et musici... more quodam loquuntur suo. Ipsae rhetorum artes verbis in docendo quasi privatis utuntur ac suis,
id. Fin. 3, 1, 4:
sensus omnis habet suum finem,
its peculiar limits, Quint. 9, 4, 61: animus cum suum ambitum complevit et finibus se suis cinxit, consummatum est summum bonum, Sen. Vit. Beat. 9, 3: est etiam in nominibus ( nouns) diverso collocatis sua gratia, their peculiar elegance, Quint. 9, 3, 86:
ibi non bello aperto, sed suis artibus, fraude et insidiis, est paene circumventus,
Liv. 21, 34, 1:
nec Hannibalem fefellit, suis se artibus peti,
id. 22, 16, 5:
adversus hostem non virtute tantum, sed suis (i. e. hostis) etiam pugnare consiliis oportebat,
Flor. 2, 6, 26:
liberam Minucii temeritatem se suo modo expleturum,
Liv. 22, 28, 2:
equites ovantes sui moris carmine,
id. 10, 26, 11:
exsultans cum sui moris tripudiis,
id. 21, 42, 3:
tripudiantes suo more,
id. 23, 26, 9.—So, suo Marte, referring to the style of fighting peculiar to the different arms:
equitem suo alienoque Marte pugnare,
that the cavalry were fighting both in their own style and in that of the other arms, Liv. 3, 62, 9; cf.: suo Marte, 1, c. a, supra.—And distributively ( = suus quisque):
suos autem haec operum genera ut auctores, sic etiam amatores habent,
Quint. 12, 10, 2:
illa vero fatidica fulmina ex alto et ex suis venire sideribus,
Plin. 2, 43, 43, § 113; cf.:
quae quidem planiora suis exemplis reddentur,
Val. Max. 3, 4 prooem.—
7.
Proper, right.
a.
Referring to one's ordinary or normal condition:
quod certe non fecisset, si suum numerum naves habuissent,
their regular complement, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 51, § 133. — So poet.:
flecte ratem! numerum non habet illa suum,
its full number, Ov. H. 10, 36:
novus exercitus consulibus est decretus: binae legiones cum suo equitatu,
Liv. 40, 36, 6:
cum suo justo equitatu,
id. 21, 17, 8:
totam (disciplinam) in suum statum redegit,
Val. Max. 2, 7, 2:
tranquilla mente et vultu suo,
with the ordinary expression of his face, Sen. Clem. 2, 6, 2:
media pars aeris ab his (ignibus) submota, in frigore suo manet. Natura enim aeris gelida est,
id. Q. N. 2, 10, 4:
cornuaque in patriis non sua vidit aquis,
not natural to her, Ov. H. 14, 90. —
So, non suus, of ingrafted branches and their fruit: miraturque (arbos) novas frondis et non sua poma,
Verg. G. 2, 82. —
b.
Of time, proper, regular, etc. (cf. 5. b, supra).
(α).
The regular time ( = stato tempore):
signum quod semper tempore exoritur suo,
Plaut. Rud. prol. 4:
cum et recte et suo tempore pepererit,
Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 16: aestas suo tempore incanduit...;
tam solstitium quam aequinoctium suos dies retulit,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 16, 3:
omnes venti vicibus suis spirant majore ex parte,
Plin. 2, 47, 48, § 128. —
(β).
The right or proper time:
salictum suo tempore caedito,
Cato, R. R. 33:
cessit e vita suo magis quam suorum civium tempore,
the right time for himself, Cic. Brut. 1, 4; so,
exstingui homini suo tempore optabile est,
id. Sen. 23, 85:
Scandilius dicit se suo tempore rediturum,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 60, § 139:
si Ardeates sua tempora exspectare velint,
Liv. 4, 7, 6:
Chrysippus dicit, illum... opperiri debere suum tempus, ad quod velut dato signo prosiliat,
Sen. Ben. 2, 25, 3:
quam multi exercitus tempore suo victorem hostem pepulerunt!
Liv. 44, 39, 4. — Without antecedent: sed suo tempore totius sceleris hujus fons aperietur. Cic. Phil. 14, 6, 15; cf.:
de ordine laudis, etc., praecipiemus suo tempore,
Quint. 2, 4, 21. —
(γ).
Suo loco = at the proper place:
quae erant prudentiae propria suo loco dicta sunt,
Cic. Off. 1, 40, 143:
quod reddetur suo loco,
Quint. 11, 1, 16:
ut suo loco dicetur,
Plin. 2, 90, 102, § 221:
inscripta quae suis locis reddam,
id. 1, prooem. § 27; Sen. Ben. 2, 20, 2; cf. 1, c. b; 4. supra. —
(δ).
Suited, appropriate, adapted to one:
in eodem fundo suum quidquid conseri oportet,
Cato, R. R. 7:
siquidem hanc vendidero pretio suo,
at a suitable price, Plaut. Pers. 4, 4, 30:
in partes suas digerenda causa,
Quint. 11, 1, 6:
confundetur quidquid in suas partes natura digessit,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 29, 8. — Poet.: haec ego dumque queror, lacrimae sua verba sequuntur, Deque meis oculis in tua membra cadunt, appropriate, i. e. tristia, Ov. H. 14, 67.—Without antecedent: suum quidquid genus talearum serito, any fit kind, i. e. suited to the ground, Cato, R. R. 48. —
8.
Own, with the notion of independence of, or dependence on others (cf. B. 2. g d).
a.
Of political independence: pacem condicionibus his fecerunt ut Capuae suae leges, sui magistratus essent, her own laws, i. e. not subject to Carthage, Liv. 23, 7, 2: liberos [p. 1827] eos ac suis legibus victuros, id. 25, 23, 4. —
Esp. in the phrases suae potestatis or in sua potestate esse, suo jure uti, sui juris esse: Puteolos, qui nunc in sua potestate sunt, suo jure, libertate aequa utuntur, totos occupabunt,
Cic. Agr. 2, 31, 86:
Rhegini potestatis suae ad ultimum remanserunt,
retained their self-government, Liv. 23, 30, 9:
urbem ne quam formulae sui juris facerent,
id. 38, 9, 10. —
b.
Of paternal authority.
(α).
Free from the power of the paterfamilias; in the phrases sui juris esse, suae potestatis esse, to be independent:
quaedam personae sui juris sunt, quaedam alieno juri sunt subjectae, Gai,
Inst. 1, 48:
sui juris sunt familiarum suarum principes, id est pater familiae, itemque mater familiae,
Ulp. Fragm. 4, 1:
liberi parentum potestate liberantur emancipatione. Sed filius quidem ter manumissus sui juris fit, ceteri autem liberi una manumissione sui juris fiunt,
id. ib. 10, 1:
morte patris filius et filia sui juris fiunt,
id. ib. 10, 2:
patres familiarum sunt qui sunt suae potestatis,
Dig. 1, 6, 4:
si modo defunctus testator suae potestatis mortis tempore fuerit,
Gai. Inst. 2, 147. —
With indef. reference: si sui juris sumus,
Dig. 46, 2, 20; cf.:
pro suo possideo, 2. a. supra.—Attributively: sui juris arrogatio feminae,
Cod. Just. 8, 47, 8:
homo sui juris,
ib. 10, § 5.— Trop.:
sapiens numquam semiliber erit: integrae semper libertatis et sui juris,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 5, 3:
non illarum coitu fieri cometen, sed proprium et sui juris esse,
id. Q. N. 7, 12, 2: nullique sunt tam feri et sui juris adfectus, ut non disciplina perdomentur, id. Ira, 2, 12, 3. —
(β).
Subject to paternal authority, in the phrases suus heres, sui liberi; suus heres, an heir who had been in the paternal power of the deceased:
CVI SVVS HERES NON SIT, XII. Tab. fr. 5, 4.—In the jurists without antecedent: sui et necessarii heredes sunt velut filius filiave, nepos neptisve ex filia, deinceps ceteri qui modo in potestate morientis fuerunt,
Gai. Inst. 2, 156:
(emancipati liberi) non sunt sui heredes,
ib. 2, 135:
alia facta est juris interpretatio inter suos heredes,
ib. 3, 15:
datur patrono adversus suos heredes bonorum possessio (where patrono is not the antecedent of suos),
ib. 3, 41:
sui heredes vel instituendi sunt vel exheredandi,
Ulp. Fragm. 22, 14:
accrescunt suis quidem heredibus in partem virilem, extraneis autem in partem dimidiam,
id. ib. 22, 17. —
Sui liberi, children in paternal power: de suis et legitimis liberis,
Cod. Just. 6, 55 inscr.
D.
In particular connections.
1.
With ipse, his own, etc. (cf. Zumpt, Gram. § 696).
a.
Ipse agreeing with the antecedent of suus, the antecedent being,
(α).
A subjectnom.:
(ingenium ejus) valet ipsum suis viribus,
by its own strength, Cic. Cael. 19, 45:
legio Martia non ipsa suis decretis hostem judicavit Antonium?
by its own resolutions, id. Phil. 4, 2, 5:
ruit ipse suis cladibus,
id. ib. 14, 3, 8:
si ex scriptis cognosci ipsi suis potuissent,
id. de Or. 2, 2, 8:
qui se ipse sua gravitate et castimonia defenderet,
id. Cael. 5, 11:
quod ipse suae civitatis imperium obtenturus esset,
Caes. B. G. 1, 3:
suamet ipsae fraude omnes interierunt,
Liv. 8, 18, 9; 39, 49, 3:
ut saeviret ipse in suum sanguinem effecerunt,
id. 40, 5, 1:
respicerent suum ipsi exercitum,
id. 42, 52, 10; 21, 31, 12; 22, 38, 3; 6, 19, 6.—
(β).
A subject-acc.:
sunt qui dicant eam sua ipsam peremptam mercede,
Liv. 1, 11, 9:
(tribuniciam potestatem) suis ipsam viribus dissolvi,
id. 2, 44, 2.—
(γ).
An object in dat. or acc.:
sic ut ipsis consistendi in suis munitionibus locus non esset,
Caes. B. C. 2, 6:
tribuni (hostem) intra suamet ipsum moenia compulere,
Liv. 6, 36, 4:
alios sua ipsos invidia opportunos interemit,
id. 1, 54, 8; 22, 14, 13.—Suus as adjunct of subject (rare):
aliquando sua praesidia in ipsos consurrexerunt,
their own garrisons revolted against them, Sen. Clem. 1, 26, 1.—
b.
With gen. of ipse, strengthening the possessive notion (cf. 4.;
post-Aug. and very rare, but freq. in modern Lat.): aves (foetus suos) libero caelo suaeque ipsorum fiduciae permittunt,
Quint. 2, 6, 7 (but tuus ipsius occurs in Cic.:
tuo ipsius studio,
Cic. Mur. 4, 9:
tuam ipsius amicitiam,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 4, § 7).—
c.
Both suus and ipse agreeing with the governing noun (very rare; not in Cic. or Caes.): quae tamen in ipso cursu suo dissipata est (= ipsa in cursu suo), in its very course, Sen. Q. N. 1, 1, 3 dub.:
suamet ipsa scelera,
Sall. C. 23, 2 (Dietsch ex conj. ipse):
suismet ipsis corporibus,
Liv. 2, 19, 5 MSS. (Weissenb. ex conj. ipsi):
a suismet ipsis praesidiis,
id. 8, 25, 6 MSS. (Weissenb. ipsi).—
2.
With quisque, distributively, each ( every one)... his own; in prose quisque is generally preceded by suus.
a.
Quisque and suus in different cases.
(α).
Quisque as subjectnom.:
sentit enim vim quisque suam quoad possit abuti,
Lucr. 5, 1033:
suo quisque loco cubet,
Cato, R. R. 5:
suum quisque noscat ingenium,
Cic. Off. 1, 31, 114:
ad suam quisque (me disciplinam) rapiet,
id. Ac. 2, 36, 114:
quod suos quisque servos in tali re facere voluisset,
id. Mil. 10, 29:
cum suo quisque auxilio uteretur,
Caes. B. C. 1, 51:
celeriter ad suos quisque ordines redit,
id. ib. 3, 37.—In apposition with plur. subj. (freq. in Liv.):
nunc alii sensus quo pacto quisque suam rem Sentiat,
Lucr. 4, 522:
ut omnes cives Romani in suis quisque centuriis prima luce adessent,
that all the Roman citizens should be present, each in his own centuria, Liv. 1, 44, 1:
hinc senatus, hinc plebs, suum quisque intuentes ducem constiterant,
id. 6, 15, 3:
ut (trigemini) pro sua quisque patria dimicent,
id. 1, 24, 2:
stabant compositi suis quisque ordinibus,
id. 44, 38, 11:
(consules) in suas quisque provincias proficiscuntur,
id. 25, 12, 2; 25, 26, 13:
in suo quaeque (stella) motu naturam suam exercent,
Plin. 2, 39, 39, § 106.—With abl. absol.:
omnes, velut dis auctoribus in spem suam quisque acceptis, proelium una voce poscunt,
Liv. 21, 45, 9 Weissenb. ad loc.:
relictis suis quisque stationibus... concurrerunt,
id. 32, 24, 4; 4, 44, 10; 39, 49, 3; 2, 38, 6.—
(β).
With acc. of quisque as subj.:
fabrum esse suae quemque fortunae, App. Claud. ap. Ps.-Sall. Ep. ad Caes. Rep. c. l.: sui quemque juris et retinendi et dimittendi esse dominum,
Cic. Balb. 13, 31:
recipere se in domos suas quemque jussit,
Liv. 25, 10, 9; and (ungrammatically) nom., as apposition to a subj.-acc.:
se non modo suam quisque patriam, sed totam Siciliam relicturos,
id. 26, 29, 3 MSS. (Weissenb. ex conj. quosque).—
(γ).
As adjunct of the subject-nom., with a case of quisque as object, attribut. gen., etc.:
sua cujusque animantis natura est,
Cic. Fin. 5, 9, 25:
sua quemque fraus, suum facinus, suum scelus, etc., de sanitate ac mente deturbat,
id. Pis. 20, 46:
sua quemque fraus et suus terror maxime vexat,
id. Rosc. Am. 24, 67:
suum cuique incommodum ferendum est,
id. Off. 3, 6, 30:
ut solidum suum cuique solvatur,
id. Rab. Post. 17, 46:
ne suus cuique domi hostis esset,
Liv. 3, 16, 3:
ut sua cuique respublica in manu esset,
id. 26, 8, 11:
animus suus cuique ordinem pugnandi dabat,
id. 22, 5, 8:
tentorium suum cuique militi domus ac penates sunt,
id. 44, 39, 5:
suus cuique (stellae) color est,
Plin. 2, 18, 16, § 79:
trahit sua quemque voluptas,
Verg. E. 2, 65:
stat sua cuique dies,
id. A. 10, 467.—
(δ).
As predicate-nom. (v. II. B.):
opinionem, quae sua cuique conjectanti esse potest,
Liv. 6, 12, 3.—
(ε).
As adjunct of subj.-acc.:
suum cuique honorem et gradum redditum gaudeo,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 47, 136:
scientiam autem suam cujusque artis esse,
id. Fin. 5, 9, 26.—
(ζ).
As adjunct of an object, with a case of quisque as object or attribut. gen.: suam cuique sponsam, mihi meam: suum cuique amorem, mihi meum, Atil. Fragm. inc. 1: suom cuique per me uti atque frui licet, Cato ap. Gell. 13, 24 (23), 1:
ut suo quemque appellem nomine,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 52:
placet Stoicis suo quamque rem nomine appellare,
Cic. Fam. 9, 22, 1:
ad suam cujusque naturam consilium est omne revocandum,
id. Off. 1, 33, 119:
justitia quae suum cuique distribuit,
id. N. D. 3, 15, 38:
in tribuendo suum cuique,
id. Off. 1, 5, 14:
Turnus sui cuique periculi recens erat documentum,
Liv. 1, 52, 4:
in trimatu suo cuique dimidiam esse mensuram futurae certum esse,
Plin. 7, 15, 16, § 73:
certa cuique rerum suarum possessio,
Vell. 2, 89, 4; cf.: qua re suum unicuique studium suaque omnibus delectatio relinquatur, Ps.-Cic. Cons. 26, 93.—With quemque in apposition with acc. plur.:
Camillus vidit intentos opifices suo quemque operi,
Liv. 6, 25, 9; so cujusque in appos. with gen. plur.: trium clarissimorum suae cujusque gentis virorum mors, id. 39, 52, 7; and cuique with dat. plur.: sui cuique mores fingunt fortunam hominibus, Poet. ap. Nep. Att. 11, 6 (where Lachm. ad Lucr. 2, 372, reads quique, ex conj.; cf. b. b, infra).—
b.
Attraction of suus and quisque as adjuncts of nouns.
(α).
Attraction of suus:
ut nemo sit nostrum quin in sensibus sui cujusque generis judicium requirat acrius (= suum cujusque generis judicium),
Cic. Ac. 2, 7, 19:
quas tamen inter omnes (voces) est suo quoque in genere (vox) mediocris ( = inter omnes voces est mediocris vox, sua quoque in genere),
id. de Or. 3, 57, 216:
eo concilia suae cujusque regionis indici jussit (= sua cujusque regionis concilia),
Liv. 45, 29, 10:
equites suae cuique parti post principia collocat (= equites suos cuique parti),
id. 3, 22, 6:
cum motibus armorum et corporum suae cuique genti assuetis,
id. 25, 17, 5:
legiones deducebantur cum tribunis et centurionibus et sui cujusque ordinis militibus (= suis cujusque),
Tac. A. 14, 27:
quae sui cujusque sunt ingenii,
Quint. 7, 10, 10 Halm (al. sua):
sui cujusque ingenii poma vel semina gerunt (= sua cujusque),
Col. 3, 1;
and by a double attraction: has (cohortes) subsidiariae ternae et aliae totidem suae cujusque legionis subsequebantur (= has cohortes... totidem cujusque legionis, suam quaeque legionem, subsequebantur),
Caes. B. C. 1, 83. —
(β).
Attraction of quisque:
tanta ibi copia venustatum in suo quique loco sita,
Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 6 (al. quaeque):
quodvis frumentum non tamen omne Quique suo genere inter se simile esse videbis,
Lucr. 2, 372 Lachm. and Munro ad loc.:
cum verba debeant sui cujusque generis copulari,
Varr. L. L. 10, 48:
in sensibus sui cujusque generis judicium,
Cic. Ac. 2, 7, 19:
haec igitur proclivitas ad suum quodque genus aegrotatio dicatur,
id. Tusc. 4, 12, 28:
separatim greges sui cujusque generis nocte remeabant (= greges sui quisque generis),
Liv. 24, 3, 5:
ut sui cujusque mensis acciperet (frumentum),
Suet. Aug. 40;
and quisque both attracted and in its own case: quia cujusque partis naturae et in corpore et in animo sua quaeque vis sit (where either cujusque or quaeque is redundant),
Cic. Fin. 5, 17, 46; v. Madv. ad loc.; Cato, R. R. 23 fin.;
so esp. in the phrases suo quoque tempore, anno, die, loco, etc.: pecunia, quae in stipendium Romanis suo quoque anno penderetur, deerat (= suo quaeque anno),
each instalment in the year when due, Liv. 33, 46, 9 Weissenb. ad loc.:
suo quoque loco,
Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 2; 1, 22, 6:
opera quae suis quibusque temporibus anni vilicum exsequi oporteret,
Col. 11, 3:
suo quoque tempore,
Vitr. 2, 9, 4:
nisi sua quaque die usurae exsolverentur (= sua quaeque die),
Dig. 22, 1, 12 init.; 13, 7, 8, § 3:
ut opera rustica suo quoque tempore faciat,
ib. 19, 2, 25, § 3 (al. quaeque)—
c.
In the order quisque... suus.
(α).
In relative clauses, comparative clauses with ut, and interrogative clauses introduced by quid, etc., where quisque immediately follows the relative, etc.:
ut quisque suom volt esse, ita est,
Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 45; cf.
with sibi,
Cic. Leg. 1, 18, 49; id. Lael. 9, 30:
expendere oportere quid quisque habeat sui... nec velle experiri quam se aliena deceant. Id enim maxime quemque decet quod est cujusque maxime suum,
id. Off. 1, 31, 113:
neque solum quid in senatu quisque civitatis suae dicerent ignorabant, sed, etc.,
Liv. 32, 19, 9:
gratius id fore laetiusque quod quisque sua manu ex hoste captum rettulerit,
id. 5, 20, 8; 6, 25, 10; cf.:
in quibus cum multa sint quae sua quisque dicere velit, nihil est quod quisque suum possit dicere,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 23, 1.—
(β).
If the emphasis is not on suus, but (for quisque, when emphatic, unusquisque is used) on some other word:
in civitates quemque suas... dimisit,
Liv. 21, 48, 2:
in patriam quisque suam remissus est,
Just. 33, 2, 8:
in vestigio quemque suo vidit,
Liv. 28, 22, 15; cf.:
hospitibus quisque suis scribebant,
id. 33, 45, 6:
pro facultatibus quisque suis,
id. 42, 53, 3; cf.:
respiciendae sunt cuique facultates suae,
Sen. Ben. 2, 15, 3:
praecipitat quisque vitam suam et futuri desiderio laborat,
id. Brev. Vit. 7, 5; id. Ben. 7, 5, 1:
tunc praeceps quisque se proripit et penates suos deserit,
id. Q. N. 6, 1, 5; 5, 18, 8:
summum quisque causae suae judicem facit,
Plin. 1, prooem. § 10: aestimatione nocturnae [p. 1828] quietis, dimidio quisque spatio vitae suae vivit, id. 7, 50, 51, § 167.—
(γ).
Poets adopt the order quisque suus when the metre requires it, Verg. A. 6, 743:
oscula quisque suae matri tulerunt,
Ov. F. 2, 715. —
(δ).
When suus and quisque belong to different clauses:
atque earum quaeque, suum tenens munus... manet in lege naturae,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 13, 38. —
d.
Suus uterque, or uterque suus, distributively of two subjects:
suas uterque legiones reducit in castra,
Caes. B. C. 1, 40; 2, 28:
ideo quod uterque suam legem confirmare debebit,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 142:
cum sui utrosque adhortarentur,
Liv. 1, 25, 1:
ad utrumque ducem sui redierunt,
id. 21, 29, 5:
utraque (lex) sua via it,
Sen. Ben. 6, 6, 1; cf.
uterque, in apposit.: nec ipsi tam inter se acriter contenderunt, quam studia excitaverant uterque sui corporis hominum,
Liv. 26, 48, 6.—
3.
With sibi.
(α).
Sibi with pronom. force (cf. sui, IV. C. fin.):
reddam suum sibi,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 119 ( = ei; but referred to b, infra, by Brix ad loc.); cf.:
suam rem sibi salvam sistam,
id. Poen. 5, 2, 123:
idem lege sibi sua curationem petet,
for himself, Cic. Agr. 2, 9, 22 (cf. id. Phil. 2, 37, 96;
I. B. 2. b. supra): ut vindicare sibi suum fulgorem possint,
Sen. Q. N. 1, 1, 11; cf.
the formula of divorce: tuas res tibi habeto,
Dig. 24, 2, 2.—Hence, illam suam suas res sibi habere jussit, Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69.—
(β).
With sibi redundant, to strengthen suus (anteand post-class. and colloq.):
quo pacto serviat suo sibi patri,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 5:
eum necabam ilico per cerebrum pinna sua sibi, quasi turturem,
id. Poen. 2, 40; v. sui, IV. C. and the passages there cited.—
4.
With gen. agreeing with the subject of suus:
quas cum solus pertulisset ut sua unius in his gratia esset,
that the credit of it should belong to him alone, Liv. 2, 8, 3:
qui de sua unius sententia omnia gerat,
id. 44, 22, 11; cf.:
unam Aegyptus in hoc spem habet suam,
Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 2.—For suus ipsius, etc., v. D. 1. b. supra.—
5.
With demonstr., rel., or indef. pronn. and adjj., of his, hers, etc.:
postulat ut ad hanc suam praedam adjutores vos profiteamini,
to this booty of his, Cic. Rosc. Am. 2, 6:
Sestius cum illo exercitu suo,
id. Sest. 5, 12:
qua gravitate sua,
id. ib. 61, 129:
suam rem publicam illam defenderunt,
that republic of theirs, id. ib. 67, 141:
in istum civem suum,
against this citizen of theirs, id. Balb. 18, 41:
cum illo suo pari,
id. Pis. 8, 18:
te nulla sua calamitate civitas satiare potest?
id. Phil. 8, 6, 19:
dubitatis igitur, quin vos M. Laterensis ad suam spem aliquam delegerit,
for some hope of his, id. Planc. 16, 39:
non tam sua ulla spe quam militum impetu tractus,
by any hope of his, Liv. 25, 21, 5:
nullo suo merito,
from no fault of theirs, id. 26, 29, 4:
ipse arcano cum paucis familiaribus suis colloquitur,
with a few of his friends, Caes. B. C. 1, 19.—
6.
With descriptive adjj.
(α).
Standing before the adj. and noun (so most freq.):
suorum improbissimorum sermonum domicilium,
Cic. Pis. 31, 76:
causam sui dementissimi consilii,
id. Phil. 2, 22, 53:
suam insatiabilem crudelitatem,
id. ib. 11, 3, 8:
suis amplissimis fortunis,
id. ib. 13, 8, 16:
suum pristinum morem,
id. Pis. 12, 27:
suis lenissimis postulatis,
Caes. B. C. 1, 5: simili ratione Pompeius in suis veteribus castris consedit (suis emphatic; cf. b, infra), id. ib. 3, 76.—
(β).
Between the adj. and noun (less emphatic):
pro eximiis suis beneficiis,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 4, 7:
propter summam suam humanitatem,
id. Fam. 15, 14, 1:
ex praeteritis suis officiis,
Caes. B. C. 3, 60:
Caesar in veteribus suis castris consedit,
id. ib. 3, 76.—
(γ).
After adj. and noun:
veterem amicum suum excepit,
Cic. Rab. Post. 16, 43:
in illo ardenti tribunatu suo,
id. Sest. 54, 116.—
7.
Objectively for the pers. pron. (rare):
neque cuiquam mortalium injuriae suae parvae videntur ( = sibi illatae),
Sall. C. 51, 11; so,
neglectam ab Scipione et nimis leviter latam suam injuriam ratus,
Liv. 29, 9, 9:
ipsae enim leges te a cognitione sua judicio publico reppulerunt ( = a se cognoscendo),
Cic. Balb. 14, 32:
suam invidiam tali morte quaesitam ( = quaesitum esse ab eo ut homines se inviderent),
Tac. A. 3, 16; so,
nulla sua invidia,
Cic. Mil. 15, 40.—
8.
Abl. fem. sua, with refert or interest, for gen. of the pers. pron.: neminem esse qui quomodo se habeat nihil sua censeat interesse, Cic. Fin. 5, 10, 30:
si scit sua nihil interesse utrum anima per os, an per jugulum exeat,
Sen. Ep. 76, 33; v. intersum, III.—
9.
Strengthened by the suffix - pte or -met.
(α).
By - pte (not used with ipse) affixed to the forms sua, suo, and (ante-class.) suum:
quom illa osculata esset suumpte amicum,
Plaut. Mil. 2, 4, 38:
ut terrena suopte nutu et suo pondere in terram ferantur,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 17, 40:
ferri suopte pondere,
id. N. D. 1, 25, 69:
suapte natura,
id. Fat. 18, 42:
suapte vi et natura,
id. ib. 19, 43; id. Fin. 1, 16, 54; 5, 22, 61:
suopte ingenio,
Liv. 25, 18; so id. 1, 25, 1; 1, 18, 4:
suapte manu,
Cic. Or. 3, 3, 10:
locus suapte natura infestus,
Liv. 44, 6, 9; so,
suapte natura,
id. 4, 22, 4:
flumina suapte natura vasta,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 27, 8; so id. Ben. 4, 17, 2:
sponte suapte,
Varr. L. L. 6, 7, § 70.—
(β).
With - met, almost always followed by ipse (in all forms of suus except suus, suum, suae, and suorum):
suomet ipsi more,
Sall. J. 31, 6:
suomet ipsi instrumento,
Liv. 22, 14, 13:
suomet ipsi metu,
Tac. H. 3, 16 fin.:
suamet ipsum pecunia,
Sall. J. 8, 2:
suamet ipsae fraude,
Liv. 8, 18, 9:
intra suamet ipsum moenia,
id. 6, 36, 4:
suismet ipsi praesidiis,
id. 8, 25, 6:
suismet ipsis corporibus,
id. 2, 19, 5:
suosmet ipsi cives,
id. 2, 9, 5:
suasmet ipse spes,
Tac. A. 3, 66 fin. —Without ipse:
populum suimet sanguinis mercede,
Sall. H. Fragm. 1, 41, 25 Dietsch:
magna pars suismet aut proxumorum telis obtruncabantur,
id. ib. 2, 52 ib.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > suus
11 Memory

   1) A Unitary Search Process for All the Phenomena of Memory

   To what extent can we lump together what goes on when you try to recall: (1) your name; (2) how you kick a football; and (3) the present location of your car keys? If we use introspective evidence as a guide, the first seems an immediate automatic response. The second may require constructive internal replay prior to our being able to produce a verbal description. The third... quite likely involves complex operational responses under the control of some general strategy system. Is any unitary search process, with a single set of characteristics and inputoutput relations, likely to cover all these cases? (Reitman, 1970, p. 485)

   2) Semantic Memory Is a Mental Thesaurus

   [Semantic memory] Is a mental thesaurus, organized knowledge a person possesses about words and other verbal symbols, their meanings and referents, about relations among them, and about rules, formulas, and algorithms for the manipulation of these symbols, concepts, and relations. Semantic memory does not register perceptible properties of inputs, but rather cognitive referents of input signals. (Tulving, 1972, p. 386)

   3) The Development of Mnemonic Codes

   The mnemonic code, far from being fixed and unchangeable, is structured and restructured along with general development. Such a restructuring of the code takes place in close dependence on the schemes of intelligence. The clearest indication of this is the observation of different types of memory organisation in accordance with the age level of a child so that a longer interval of retention without any new presentation, far from causing a deterioration of memory, may actually improve it. (Piaget & Inhelder, 1973, p. 36)

   4) The Logic of Some Memory Theorization Is of Dubious Worth in the History of Psychology

   If a cue was effective in memory retrieval, then one could infer it was encoded; if a cue was not effective, then it was not encoded. The logic of this theorization is "heads I win, tails you lose" and is of dubious worth in the history of psychology. We might ask how long scientists will puzzle over questions with no answers. (Solso, 1974, p. 28)

   5) The Constituent Elements of Memory Theory

   We have iconic, echoic, active, working, acoustic, articulatory, primary, secondary, episodic, semantic, short-term, intermediate-term, and longterm memories, and these memories contain tags, traces, images, attributes, markers, concepts, cognitive maps, natural-language mediators, kernel sentences, relational rules, nodes, associations, propositions, higher-order memory units, and features. (Eysenck, 1977, p. 4)

   6) The Problem with the Memory Metaphor

   The problem with the memory metaphor is that storage and retrieval of traces only deals [ sic] with old, previously articulated information. Memory traces can perhaps provide a basis for dealing with the "sameness" of the present experience with previous experiences, but the memory metaphor has no mechanisms for dealing with novel information. (Bransford, McCarrell, Franks & Nitsch, 1977, p. 434)

   7) The Results of a Hundred Years of the Psychological Study of Memory Are Somewhat Discouraging

   The results of a hundred years of the psychological study of memory are somewhat discouraging. We have established firm empirical generalisations, but most of them are so obvious that every ten-year-old knows them anyway. We have made discoveries, but they are only marginally about memory; in many cases we don't know what to do with them, and wear them out with endless experimental variations. We have an intellectually impressive group of theories, but history offers little confidence that they will provide any meaningful insight into natural behavior. (Neisser, 1978, pp. 12-13)

   8) The Structure and Function of a Schema in Memory

   A schema, then is a data structure for representing the generic concepts stored in memory. There are schemata representing our knowledge about all concepts; those underlying objects, situations, events, sequences of events, actions and sequences of actions. A schema contains, as part of its specification, the network of interrelations that is believed to normally hold among the constituents of the concept in question. A schema theory embodies a prototype theory of meaning. That is, inasmuch as a schema underlying a concept stored in memory corresponds to the mean ing of that concept, meanings are encoded in terms of the typical or normal situations or events that instantiate that concept. (Rumelhart, 1980, p. 34)

   9) Competence and Performance in Theories of Memory

   Memory appears to be constrained by a structure, a "syntax," perhaps at quite a low level, but it is free to be variable, deviant, even erratic at a higher level....

   Like the information system of language, memory can be explained in part by the abstract rules which underlie it, but only in part. The rules provide a basic competence, but they do not fully determine performance. (Campbell, 1982, pp. 228, 229)

    10) Metaphors of Memory

   When people think about the mind, they often liken it to a physical space, with memories and ideas as objects contained within that space. Thus, we speak of ideas being in the dark corners or dim recesses of our minds, and of holding ideas in mind. Ideas may be in the front or back of our minds, or they may be difficult to grasp. With respect to the processes involved in memory, we talk about storing memories, of searching or looking for lost memories, and sometimes of finding them. An examination of common parlance, therefore, suggests that there is general adherence to what might be called the spatial metaphor. The basic assumptions of this metaphor are that memories are treated as objects stored in specific locations within the mind, and the retrieval process involves a search through the mind in order to find specific memories....

   However, while the spatial metaphor has shown extraordinary longevity, there have been some interesting changes over time in the precise form of analogy used. In particular, technological advances have inﬂuenced theoretical conceptualisations.... The original Greek analogies were based on wax tablets and aviaries; these were superseded by analogies involving switchboards, gramophones, tape recorders, libraries, conveyor belts, and underground maps. Most recently, the workings of human memory have been compared to computer functioning... and it has been suggested that the various memory stores found in computers have their counterparts in the human memory system. (Eysenck, 1984, pp. 79-80)

    11) Comparison of Primary Memory and Secondary Memory

   Primary memory [as proposed by William James] relates to information that remains in consciousness after it has been perceived, and thus forms part of the psychological present, whereas secondary memory contains information about events that have left consciousness, and are therefore part of the psychological past. (Eysenck, 1984, p. 86)

    12) Semantic Memory and Episodic Memory

   Once psychologists began to study long-term memory per se, they realized it may be divided into two main categories.... Semantic memories have to do with our general knowledge about the working of the world. We know what cars do, what stoves do, what the laws of gravity are, and so on. Episodic memories are largely events that took place at a time and place in our personal history. Remembering specific events about our own actions, about our family, and about our individual past falls into this category. With amnesia or in aging, what dims... is our personal episodic memories, save for those that are especially dear or painful to us. Our knowledge of how the world works remains pretty much intact. (Gazzaniga, 1988, p. 42)

    13) The Relation of Memory to Thinking

   The nature of memory... provides a natural starting point for an analysis of thinking. Memory is the repository of many of the beliefs and representations that enter into thinking, and the retrievability of these representations can limit the quality of our thought. (Smith, 1990, p. 1)

Historical dictionary of quotations in cognitive science > Memory
12 ὑπογράφω

ὑπογρᾰφ-ω,

A write under an inscription, subjoin or add to it, τῇ στήλῃ ὑ. ὅτι οὐκ ἐνέμειναν τοῖς ὅρκοις" Th.5.56; τὰς πόλεις.. ὧν εἷς ἕκαστός ἐστιν IG22.237.34
; ὁ ὑπογεγραμμένος the undermentioned, CIG 1957g (Maced.), cf. PTeb.61 (a).10, al. (ii B. C.); ἐπὶ τῶν ὑπογεγραμμένων μαρτύρων PAvrom.1
A 7 (i B. C.; but κατὰ τὰ ὑπογεγραμμένα as has been indicated (above), PCair.Zen. 173.10 (iii B. C.), v. infr. 11.4).

2 sign, subscribe, τὸ ψήφισμα αὐτοῦ ὑπέγραψα Hyp.Eux.30
, cf. PTeb. 35.11 (ii B. C.):—[voice] Med., ὑ. τὰς καταβολάς sign and so make oneself liable for the payment, D.Ep.3.40; τοὺς ἵππους ἰδίους ὑ. signed his name as their owner, D.S.13.74 codd. (better ἀπεγράψατο as Peiresc and Plu.Alc.12); ὑπογράψας ἐπιβουλεῦσαί με having accused me of plotting, D.37.23 (v.l. in 23.220); ὑ. κρίσεις τινί lodge accusations against one, Plb.22.4.6 (s. v.l.); ὑ. τὴν ἀντωμοσίαν κατά τινος Them.Or.26.313c
; bring an accusation against one, εἴπ' εἴ τι καινὸν ὑπογράφῃ τὠμῷ βίῳ E.HF 1118
.

3 write under orders or from dictation,
οὐκ ἔχων οὐδὲ τὸν ὑπογράφοντα
an amanuensis, Jul.Ep.28
, cf. Plu.Caes. 17.

II write under, i.e. trace letters for children to write over, οἱ γραμματισταὶ τοῖς μήπω δεινοῖς γράφειν τῶν παίδων ὑπογράψαντες γραμμὰς τῇ γραφίδι Pl.Prt. 326d
: metaph., ἡ πόλις νόμους ὑ. traces out laws as guides of action, ibid., cf. Lg. 734e: abs., πάντα ὑ. τῷ πράττειν give all directions for acting, ib. 711b; ᾗ ἡμεῖς ὑ. as we sketched out, Id.Tht. 171e: folld. by relat. clause, τοὺς.. ὑπογράψαντας τίνα τρόπον .. Phld.Mus.p.86 K.

2 trace in outline, sketch out, οἱ γραφεῖς ὑπογράψαντες ταῖς γραμμαῖς οὕτως ἐναλείφουσι τοῖς χρώμασι τὸ ζῷον Arist.GA 743b24
; καθάπερ ζωγράφον ὑ. ἔργα Pl.Lg. 934c
; ὡς λόγῳ σχῆμα πολιτείας ὑπογράψαντα μὴ ἀκριβῶς ἀπεργάσασθαι Id.R. 548c
; ὑ. τοῖς ἐξεργάζεσθαι καὶ διαπονεῖν δυναμένοις Isoc.5.85
; sketch, τὸ σχῆμα τῆς Σικελίας Plu.Nic.12
; mark on a map, πόλεις Ptol.Geog.1.18.5
:—[voice] Med., οἷον δή τις ναυπηγὸς.. καταβαλλόμενος τὰ τροπιδεῖα ὑπογράφεται τῶν πλοιων σχήματα has their forms traced out, Pl.Lg. 803a; ὑ. τὸ σχῆμα τῆς πολιτείας Id.R. 501a
; ὑ. σκιάν Poll. 7.129
(v.l.):—[voice] Pass., τὰ ὑπογεγραμμένα the symptoms described, Hp. Epid.1.3, cf. 19, Phld.Piet.19.

3 σπληνίσκος ὑπογεγραμμένος ἱππέα with an outline sketch of a horseman upon it, Michel 832.24 (Samos, iv B. C.).

4 metaph. senses taken from 11.1, 11.2, trace, indicate, τοῖς τιμιωτέροις ὑπέγραψεν ἡ φύσις τὴν βοήθειαν Arist.PA 658a23
; τὰς δύο φλέβας.. ἡ φύσις ὑπέγραψεν Id.GA 740a28
; ἡ τῶν τόπων θέσις ὑπογράφει τὴν ἡγεμονίαν ταύτην Str.8.1.3
; ὑπογράφων αὐτῷ μεγάλας ἐλπίδας hinting at.., Plb.5.36.2, cf. 5.62.1, Aët.9.42; ἐλπίδα παραιτήσεως ὑπογράφει θεῶν διὰ τιμῆς Epicur.Ep.3p.65U.
; τὴν αὐτὴν ἀπορίαν ὑπογράφουσιν present or suggest the same problem, Str.17.1.34; indicate, τὸν χαρακτῆρα τῆς λέξεως D.H.Dem.40
; τὴν μετὰ κίσσαν ἐπιμέλειαν Sor.1.54
: c. dupl. acc., νομάδας αὐτοὺς ὑπογράφων Str.1.1.6
:—[voice] Pass.,
ἡ κοινὴ τοῦ θεοῦ νόησις ὑπεγράφη
was traced, Epicur.Ep.3p.59U.
; μέχρι τοῦ πρῶτον ὑπογραφέντος αὐτοῖς χνοῦ till the first signs of their beard appeared, Luc.Am.10.

5 [voice] Med., describe generally, ὑ. τὴν διόρθωσιν τοῦ νόμου D.S.12.18
:— [voice] Pass., τύπῳ.. ὑπογεγράφθω περὶ ψυχῆς (impers.) Arist.de An. 413a10, cf. SE 181a2.

III [voice] Med., ὑ ἑαυτῷ εἰς μνήμην c. inf., make a memorandum that.., App.Pun. 136.

IV [voice] Med., pledge, mortgage, ὑπογράψονται τὼς χώρως Tab.Heracl.1.149
.

V ὑπογράφειν or - γράφεσθαι τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς paint under the eyelids, Nic. Dam.4 J., J.BJ4.9.10, Poll.5.102, Luc.Bis Acc.31; ὑπεγέγραπτο τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς Ath.12.529a
: abs., ὑπογεγραμμένη Ar.Fr. 880
, Hsch.; cf. ὑπογραφή 111
, ὑπόγραμμα 11
.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὑπογράφω
13 reglas

f.pl.

1 rules, regulations, laws and regulations, rules and regulations.

2 courses.

pres.indicat.

2^nd person singular (tú) present indicative of spanish verb: reglar.

* * *

(n.) = code, regulation, set of rules

Ex. Codes are sets of rules which indicate how different types of documents are best catalogued, if sensible and consistent headings are to be established in author catalogues and indexes.

Ex. If administrative regulations, rules, etc., are from jurisdictions in which such regulations, etc., are promulgated by government agencies or agents, enter them under the heading for the agency or agent.

Ex. If we do not know that set of rules, the game is confusing and difficult to understand, which in turn makes it hard to enjoy.

* * *

(n.) = code, regulation, set of rules

Ex: Codes are sets of rules which indicate how different types of documents are best catalogued, if sensible and consistent headings are to be established in author catalogues and indexes.

Ex: If administrative regulations, rules, etc., are from jurisdictions in which such regulations, etc., are promulgated by government agencies or agents, enter them under the heading for the agency or agent.

Ex: If we do not know that set of rules, the game is confusing and difficult to understand, which in turn makes it hard to enjoy.

Spanish-English dictionary > reglas
14 BEKKR

I)

(gen. -s or -jar, pl. -ir), m. bench; œðri bekkr, the upper bench (along the north side of the hall, looking towards the sun); úœðri bekkr, the lower (inferior) bench (along the southern side); breiða, strá bekki, to cover, strew the benches (in preparation for a feast or wedding).

II)

(gen. -s or -jar, pl. -ir), m. beck, brook (poet.).

* * *

1.

jar, m. pl. ir, gen. pl. ja, dat. jum, [A. S. benc; Engl. bench, bank; Germ. bank; Dan. bænk; Icel. per assimil. kk; the Span. banco is of Teut. origin]

1. a bench, esp. of the long benches in an old hall used instead of chairs; the north side of a hall (that looking towards the sun) was called æðri bekkr, the upper bench (Gl. 337, Ld. 294); the southern side úæðri bekkr, the lower (inferior) bench, Nj. 32, Eg. 547, Fms. iv. 439, xi. 70, Glúm. 336, Ld. l. c.; thus sitja á enn æðra or úæðra bekk is a standing phrase: the placing of the benches differed in Icel. and Norway, and in each country at various times; as regards the Icel. custom vide Nj. ch. 34, Sturl. i. 20, 21, the banquet at Reykhólar, A. D. 1120, ii. 182, the nuptials at Flugumýri, Lv. ch. 13, Ld. ch. 68, Gunnl. S. ch. 11, Ísl. ii. 250, cp. Nj. 220: á báða bekki, on both sides of the ball, Ísl. ii. 348, cp. Gísl. 41 (in a verse), etc.: as to foreign (Norse) customs, vide esp. Fagrsk. ch. 216, cp. Fms. vi. 390, xi. (Jómsv. S.) 70, Glúm. ch. 6, Orkn. ch. 70, Sturl. ii. 126; see more minutely under the words skáli, öndvegi, pallr, etc.; breiða, strá bekki, is to strew or cover the benches in preparing for a feast or wedding; bekki breiði (imper. pl., MS. breiða), dress the benches! Alvm. 1; bekki at strá, Em. verse 1; standit upp jötnar ok stráit bekki, Þkv. 22; brynjum um bekki stráð, the benches (wainscots?) covered with coats of mail, Gm. 44: in these phrases bekkir seems to be a collective name for the hall, the walls of which were covered with tapestry, the floor with straw, as in the Old Engl. halls. The passage Vtkv. 10—hveim eru bekkir baugum sánir—is dubious (stráðir?); búa bekki, to dress the benches; er Baldrs feðr bekki búna veit ek at sumblum, Km. 25; breitt var á bekki, brúðr sat á stól, Ísl. Þjóðs. ii. 466; vide brúðarbekkr.

COMPDS: bekkjarbót, bekkjargjöf.

2. as a law term, cp. Engl. bench; the benches in the lögrétta in Icel. were, however, usually called pallr, v. the Grág.

3. the coloured stripes in a piece of stuff.

2.

s, and jar, m. [North. E. beck; Germ. bach; Dan. bæk; Swed. bäck], a rivulet, brook. In Icel. the word is only poët. and very rare; the common word even in local names of the 10th century is lækr (Lækjar-bugr, -óss, etc.); Sökkva-bekkr, Edda, is a mythical and pre-Icel. name; in prose bekkr may occur as a Norse idiom, Fms. vi. 164, 335, viii. 8, 217, Jb. 268, or in Norse laws as in Gþl. 418. At present it is hardly understood in Icel. and looked upon as a Danism. The phrase—þar er (breiðr) bekkr á milli, there is a beck between, of two persons separated so as to be out of each other’s reach—may be a single exception; perhaps the metaphor is taken from some popular belief like that recorded in the Lay of the Last Minstrel, note to 3. 13, and in Burns’Tam o’ Shanter—‘a running stream they dare na cross;’ some hint of a like belief in Icel. might be in Ísl. Þjóðs. i. 356. It is now and then used in poetry, as, yfir um Kedrons breiðan bekk, Pass. 1. 15.

COMPDS: bekkjarkvern, bekkjarrás.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > BEKKR
15 BYGGJA

erect

* * *

I)

(-ða, -ðr), v., older form byggva;

1) to settle in a place, as colonist; sumar þat, er þeir Ingólfr fóru at byggja Ísland, when I went out to settle in Iceland; Ingólfr bygði fyrstr landit, was the first settler; absol., Helgi bygði norðr í Eyjafirði, settled in E.;

2) to people (eptir Nóaflóð lifðu átta menn, er bygðu heiminn) Ísland bygðist (was peopled) ór Norvegi;

3) to inhabit, live in a country (þá er landit hafði sex tigi vetra bygt verit); þess get ek, at menn byggi húsit, that the house is inhabited; byggja bœ, to settle on a farm (hann bygði bœ þann er í Eyju heitir); absol., kona, er bygði (lived) í einum afdal; hvar byggir þú, where dwellest thou?;

4) to dwell in, occupy (byggja höll, helli); byggja eina sæng, to share the same bed (of a niarried couple; also absol., byggja með erri); bygði hann í skipuin, he dwelt (lived) in ships.

II)

(-ða, -ðr), v.

1) to let out (konungr má byggja almenning hverjum sem hann vill); nú byggir maðr dýrra (lets out at a higher rent) en vandi hefir á verit;

2) to lend money at interest (engi skal byggja dautt fé á leigu); Hrútr bygði allt féit, H. put all the money out at interest;

3) byggja frændsemi, sifjar, to enter into a marriage with a relation or one allied by by marriage (in such or such degree); þat var bannat at byggja svá náit at frændsemi, intermarriage between so near relations was forbidden.

* * *

older form byggva, ð, [for the etymology v. búa], gener. to inhabit, settle, people, always in a transitive sense—not neut. as. búa—but often used absol. or ellipt., land being understood:

α. to settle as a colonist; Hrollaugr bygði austr á Síðu, Ketilbjörn bygði suðr at Mosfelli, Auðr bygði vestr í Breiðafirði, Helgi bygði norðr í Eyjafirði, all these instances referring to the first settlers of Icel., Íb. ch. 1. 2; en þat vas es hann tók byggva landit, id.; sumar þat er þeir Ingólfr fóru at b. Ísland, the summer before Ingolf settled in Iceland, ch. 6; Íngólfr … bygði fyrstr landit, i. e. Ingolf was the first settler, id.; so in numberless instances, esp. of the Íb. and Landn., e. g. Landn. 42, 334, Eb. 8, Hrafn. 4, Eg. 99, 100; eptir Nóa-flóð lifðu átta menn þeir er heiminn bygðu ( peopled), Edda (pref.)

β. to inhabit, live in a country; þesskonar þjóð es Vínland hefir bygt, Íb. ch. 6; þá er landit hafði sex tigi vetra bygt verit, Landn. 321; þeir b. þat hérað á Vindlandi er Ré heitir, Fms. xi. 378, H. E. i. 494, Bret. 100: allit. phrases, á bygðu bóli, i. e. among men, where men live; bygðr bólstaðr, possessed land, Grág. ii. 214: the proverb, með lögum skal land byggja, with laws shall man build land, i. e. law builds (makes) lands and home; and some add, en með ólögum eyða; eyða ( to lay waste) and byggja are thus opposed to one another, Nj. 106; b. bæ, to settle on a farm; segi ek af því fyrst hversu bærinn hefir bygzk í Skálaholti … Ketilbjörn bygði þann bæ fyrstr er í Skálaholti heitir, Bs. i. 60; hann bygði bæ þann er í Eyju heitir, Gísl. 91, where it does not mean to build houses, as in the mod. use of this phrase, but to settle, Lat. inhabitare.

γ. in more special or law phrases, to dwell in, occupy; b. sæng, to keep one’s bed, sleep, Fas. i. 314; b. eina sæng, of married people, Fms. ii. 134; b. með e-m, to cohabit, Stj. 176; b. höll, to occupy a hall, Fms. vi. 147, x. 236; b. á skipum, undir tjöldum, to live aboard ship, in tents, vii. 138; b. hálfrými, a naut. term, viii. 199: metaph., cf Guð byggvir í þeim, Eluc. 52, cp. also the references from the N. T. above under búa, where most of the Icel. Edd. use byggja.

2. to build a house, ship, or the like, [Scot. and North. E. to big; Dan. bygge; Swed. bygga]: this sense, common over all Scandinavia and North Britain, seems not to occur in Icel. writers before the 15th century or the end of the 14th, but is freq. at the present time; it occurs in the Ann. 1401, 1405, etc. Old writers always say, reisa or göra hús, skip …, not byggja.

3. reflex. to be inhabited; Ísland bygðisk fyrst ór Noregi, Íb. ch. 1; Grænland fansk ok bygðisk af Íslandi, ch. 6; hundraði ára fyrr en Ísland bygðisk af Norðmönnum, Landn. (pref.); en áðr Ísland bygðisk, id.; þá er Ísland fansk ok bygðisk af Noregi, id.

II. [Goth. bugjan, by which Ulf. renders αγοράζειν, and once πωλειν, which is elsewhere rendered by frabugjan; A. S. bycgean; Engl. buy; Hel. buggean]:—to let out, esp. land or cottage; konungr má b. almenning hverjum sem hann vill, Gþl. 453; ef umboðsmaðr konungs byggir jarðar (acc.) konungs … því at svá skal konungs jarðir b. sem um aðrar jarðir skill í lögum, 336; nú byggir maðr dýrra ( lets out at a higher rent) en vandi hefir á verit, 337; Ingimundr bygði þeim Hrolleifi bæinn í Ási, Fs. 34; er þeir bygðu lönd sín eðr tóku sér hjú, Grág. i. 445; hann tók mikit af landnámi Una, ok bygði þat ( parcelled it out) frændum sínum, Landn. 244; byggja e-m út, to expel a tenant; b. e-m inn, to settle a tenant on one’s estate.

2. more properly, to lend money at interest; þat er ok ef menn b. dautt fé, eðr krefja framar af þeim hlutum er menn ljá, en innstæða, K. Á. 204; engi skal b. dautt fé á leigu, Bs. i. 684; um okr, er menn b. dautt fé, H. E. i. 459; Rútr … bygði allt féit, R. put all the money out at interest, Nj. 11.

3. the peculiar eccl. law phrase of the forbidden degrees; b. sifjar, frændsemi, to marry into such or such degree; this phrase may refer to buying (cp. brúðkaup), or to cohabitation; þat er nýmæli, at jafn-náit skal b. sifjar ok frændsemi at fimta manni hvárt, i. e. intermarriage in the fifth degree is allowed, according to the decision of the council of Lateran, A. D. 1215, Grág. i. 304; frændsemi er eigi byggjandi, i. e. is forbidden, 307, 308, 321, N. G. L. i. 350; en þat var bannat með Ásum at b. svá náit at frændsemi, Hkr. Yngl. ch. 4.

III. part. as subst.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > BYGGJA
16 יצא

יָצָא(b. h.) 1) to go forth; to rise (of the sun); to go out. Gen. R. s. 39 אֵצֵא ויהיווכ׳ I shall leave (my fathers house), and they may desecrate Ib. י׳ לו מוניטון a medal was issued in his memory, v. מוֹנִיטוֹן. Ib. s. 6 בשעה שהוא יוצא when he (the sun) rises; בשעה שהיא יוֹצֵאת when she (the moon) rises. Snh.52a ארור שיָצָאת זו מחלציו (v. Rabb. D. S. a. l. note) cursed is he from whose loins this woman went forth.Sabb.V, 1 במה … יוֹצְאָה what is an animal permitted to wear on going out (on the Sabbath)? Ib. VI, 1 לא תֵצֵאוכ׳ a woman must not wear on going out ; a. v. fr. 2) to end; to go to the end of, to live through. Y.Ber.VIII, 12b bot. כיון שיָצָת שבת when the Sabbath ended. Y.Shebi.VI, 36c top אינו יוצא שבתו ולא יָ׳וכ׳ he shall not live to the end of this week, and he did not arrive at the end of the week before he was dead; (Erub.63a הוציא שנתו, v. infra); a. e. 3) to be expended. Num. R. s. 14, end, v. הוֹצָאָה. 4) to be excluded; exempt; (rarely) to exclude, deduct. Y.Ned.II, beg.37b י׳ דבר של איסור this is to exclude a vow concerning a forbidden act; Bab. ib. 17a י׳ נשבע לבטלוכ׳ this excludes the case of one who makes oath that he will disregard a law. Y.Yeb.I, 2c top אשר תלד יָצְתָה זווכ׳ ‘whom she may bear (Deut. 25:6), herewith is excluded she (the אַיְילוֹנִית) who ; a. v. fr.Y. Ḥag.I, 76c top צֵא מהם שני ימים deduct from them two days; ib. צא שבת מהם deduct the Sabbath day.Esp. idiomatic uses: a) י׳ בן חורין, י׳ לחירות, or only י׳ to be freed. Peah III, 8; Gitt.42a. Kidd.24a יוצאבשןוכ׳ he is freed, when his master caused his loss of a tooth or an eye; a. v. fr.b) (of a wife) to be sent away, to be divorced. Keth.VII, 6 ואלו יוֹצְאוֹת שלא בכתובה the following wives have to leave without receiving their Kthubah. Ib. 7 תֵּצֵא̇ she must leave. Ib. X, 5; a. v. fr.c) י׳ ידי (or מִידֵי) to go out of the power of; to be released; to do justice to, be justified before. Shek. III, 2 לפי שאדם צריך לָצֵאת ידי הבריות … לָצֵאת ידי המקום because man must appear justified before men as well as before God; Ex. R. s. 51; a. fr.י׳ ידי חובתו, or י׳ to comply with the requirements of the law. Ber.8b. Ib. II, 1 אם כיון לבו י׳ if he read with attention, he has done his duty (which requires the reading of the Shma). Y.Shek.III, 47b bot. מהו לצאתוכ׳ is the law complied with when one uses wine ?Mekh. Bo, Pisḥa, s.6; a. v. fr.Gen. R. s. 39 לא יָצָאתָה ידי השבועה thou hast not redeemed thy oath; ib. s. 49; Lev. R. s. 10, beg.Makhsh. VI, 5; Tosef.Toh.X, 3 י׳ מידי שמן, v. מוֹחַלי׳ מידי פשוטו, v. מִקְרָא.d) י׳ מן הכלל or י׳ to be taken out of the general rule, to be specified (although being implied in the general rule). Sifra, introd. כל דבר שהיה בכלל וי׳ … לא ללמד על עצמו י׳וכ׳ whatever would have been implied in the general law and yet is specified again (in the Biblical text) in order to teach (something not mentioned before), has been specified not only to teach something new concerning the specific case, but to teach it concerning the whole class. Ib. י׳ לטעון, v. טָעַן I. Tem.I, 6 ולמה י׳ and for what purpose are tithes especially mentioned (Lev. 27:30, sq.)?; a. fr.e) כַּיּוֹצֵא ב־ like that which passes with it (in the same class), similar; in a similar way. Pes.III, 2 אם יש כי׳ בו שהחמיץ if there is a similar dough (started simultaneously with the one in question) which has begun to ferment. Ber.59b, sq. ואין לו כי׳ בו when he has no house like it; כי׳ בהם garments like them. Zeb.V, 6 המורם מהם כי׳ בהם what is taken of them for the priest, is like them (subject to the same laws). M. Kat. 16b כי׳ בדבר אתה אומרוכ׳ in a similar way (as something coming under the same category) yon read Sifré Num. 32; a. v. fr.f) י׳ שכרו בהפסדו its benefit is lost in its disadvantage; i. e. benefit and disadvantage are counterbalanced. Ab. V, 11, sq.g) (euphem.) to retire for human needs (v. Toh. X, 2). Ber.62a השכם וצֵאוכ׳ go out early in the morning Ex. R. s. 9 ואינו יוצא לנקביו and has no human needs. Ib. לא היה יוצא אלאוכ׳ he used to go out only to the water (to make believe he was a superhuman being); a. fr.h) to be proved, identified. Keth.II, 3 היה כתב ידם יוצא ממקום אחר if their signature can be identified otherwise (than by their own declaration); a. e. Hif. הוֹצִיא 1) to take out, to lead forth, bring forth; to release, discharge, send off. Ber.VI, I before eating bread one says, המוֹצִיא לחםוכ׳ (blessed be thou, O Lord) who hast brought forth bread out of the earth (v. ib. 38a as to המוציא or מוציא); ib. 37b; a. fr.Ab. Zar.41b, a. fr.; אין ספק מוציאוכ׳, v. וַדַּאי. B. Mets.37b לא זו הדרך מוֹצִיאָתוֹ מידי עבירה עדוכ׳ this is not the way that relieves him from sin (this is no full atonement), (he is not relieved) until he pays ; Yeb.XV, 7. Ib. 6, sq. אין זו דרך מוֹצִיאָתָהּוכ׳ she is not relieved from the possibility of sin, unless she is not permitted to marry again and forbidden to partake of Trumah.Ib. 36b יוֹצִיא (יוֹצִיאָהּ) בגט he dismisses her with a letter of divorce. Ib. ואם נשא יוציא and if he married her (against the law), he must dismiss her (divorce her); a. fr.Ab. II, 11, a. fr. מוֹצִיאִין את האדם מן העולם take a man out of the world, i. e. cause him to lose the true enjoyment of life. 2) to exclude. Y.Yeb.I, 2c top איילונית מטעם אחר הוֹצֵאתָהּ the aylonith thou dost (the law does) exclude for another reason (v. supra). Num. R. s. 14, end אוֹצִיא את ישראל let me exclude the Israelites, א׳ את הזקנים the elders; a. fr.להוֹצִיא (= ch. לאפוקי, v. אַפֵּק, or למעוטי, v. מעט) to the exclusion of. Succ.28a; Kidd.34a האזרח לה׳ את הנשים ‘ the native (Lev. 23:42) intimates the exemption of women (from the duty of dwelling in booths); a. v. fr. 3) to lead to the end, to live through. Erub.63a, v. supra. 4) to produce, present. Keth.XIII, 8 המוציא שטר חוב … והלהה׳וכ׳ if one produces a note of indebtedness against his neighbor, and the latter produces evidence that the claimant sold him a field (and paid him, which he would not have done, if he had a claim). Ib. 9. Ib. IX, 9 הוֹצִיאָה גט if she produces a letter of divorce; a. v. fr. 5) to spend, lay out. Ib. VIII, 5, v. הוֹצָאָה; a. fr.Esp. idiomatic uses: a) ה׳ ידי חוב־ or ה׳ (v. supra) to be the instrument of a persons complying with the law, e. g. to read a prayer and thus cause the listener to perform his duty as though he read it himself; to act in anothers behalf effectively. R. Hash. III, 5 אין מוֹצִיאִין את הרבים ידי חובתן they cannot act (blow the Shofar) in behalf of the assembled congregation. Ib. 29a אע״פ שיצא מוציא although he has done his duty (has read the prayer for himself), he may act in behalf of others. Ib. ולעצמו מוציא and can he (the half-slave and half-freedman) act in his own behalf?; a. fr.b) to collect, to claim. Keth.VIII, 1 הבעל מוציא מיד הלקוחות the husband can reclaim the property from those who bought it. B. Kam. III, 11 המוציא מחבירו עליו הראייה the claimant must produce evidence; a. v. fr.c) to utter. Arakh.5a, a. fr. אין אדם מוציא דבריו לבטלה no man utters his words for no purpose (he must have meant something).ה׳ לעז to slander, discredit. Sabb.97a, a. fr., v. לַעַז.d) to carry an object (on the Sabbath) out of a private to a public place, or from one private place to another, v. רָשוּת. Sabb.VII, 2, sq.; a. fr.e) to secrete. Sifré Num. 88 יש לך … שאין מוציאוכ׳ is there a woman-born being that does not discharge the food he eats?; a. e.f) ה׳ שבת to dismiss the Sabbath with prayer, opp. הכניס. Sabb.118b מוֹצִיאֵי שבתוכ׳ those who dismiss the Sabbath at Sepphoris.

Jewish literature > יצא
17 יָצָא

יָצָא(b. h.) 1) to go forth; to rise (of the sun); to go out. Gen. R. s. 39 אֵצֵא ויהיווכ׳ I shall leave (my fathers house), and they may desecrate Ib. י׳ לו מוניטון a medal was issued in his memory, v. מוֹנִיטוֹן. Ib. s. 6 בשעה שהוא יוצא when he (the sun) rises; בשעה שהיא יוֹצֵאת when she (the moon) rises. Snh.52a ארור שיָצָאת זו מחלציו (v. Rabb. D. S. a. l. note) cursed is he from whose loins this woman went forth.Sabb.V, 1 במה … יוֹצְאָה what is an animal permitted to wear on going out (on the Sabbath)? Ib. VI, 1 לא תֵצֵאוכ׳ a woman must not wear on going out ; a. v. fr. 2) to end; to go to the end of, to live through. Y.Ber.VIII, 12b bot. כיון שיָצָת שבת when the Sabbath ended. Y.Shebi.VI, 36c top אינו יוצא שבתו ולא יָ׳וכ׳ he shall not live to the end of this week, and he did not arrive at the end of the week before he was dead; (Erub.63a הוציא שנתו, v. infra); a. e. 3) to be expended. Num. R. s. 14, end, v. הוֹצָאָה. 4) to be excluded; exempt; (rarely) to exclude, deduct. Y.Ned.II, beg.37b י׳ דבר של איסור this is to exclude a vow concerning a forbidden act; Bab. ib. 17a י׳ נשבע לבטלוכ׳ this excludes the case of one who makes oath that he will disregard a law. Y.Yeb.I, 2c top אשר תלד יָצְתָה זווכ׳ ‘whom she may bear (Deut. 25:6), herewith is excluded she (the אַיְילוֹנִית) who ; a. v. fr.Y. Ḥag.I, 76c top צֵא מהם שני ימים deduct from them two days; ib. צא שבת מהם deduct the Sabbath day.Esp. idiomatic uses: a) י׳ בן חורין, י׳ לחירות, or only י׳ to be freed. Peah III, 8; Gitt.42a. Kidd.24a יוצאבשןוכ׳ he is freed, when his master caused his loss of a tooth or an eye; a. v. fr.b) (of a wife) to be sent away, to be divorced. Keth.VII, 6 ואלו יוֹצְאוֹת שלא בכתובה the following wives have to leave without receiving their Kthubah. Ib. 7 תֵּצֵא̇ she must leave. Ib. X, 5; a. v. fr.c) י׳ ידי (or מִידֵי) to go out of the power of; to be released; to do justice to, be justified before. Shek. III, 2 לפי שאדם צריך לָצֵאת ידי הבריות … לָצֵאת ידי המקום because man must appear justified before men as well as before God; Ex. R. s. 51; a. fr.י׳ ידי חובתו, or י׳ to comply with the requirements of the law. Ber.8b. Ib. II, 1 אם כיון לבו י׳ if he read with attention, he has done his duty (which requires the reading of the Shma). Y.Shek.III, 47b bot. מהו לצאתוכ׳ is the law complied with when one uses wine ?Mekh. Bo, Pisḥa, s.6; a. v. fr.Gen. R. s. 39 לא יָצָאתָה ידי השבועה thou hast not redeemed thy oath; ib. s. 49; Lev. R. s. 10, beg.Makhsh. VI, 5; Tosef.Toh.X, 3 י׳ מידי שמן, v. מוֹחַלי׳ מידי פשוטו, v. מִקְרָא.d) י׳ מן הכלל or י׳ to be taken out of the general rule, to be specified (although being implied in the general rule). Sifra, introd. כל דבר שהיה בכלל וי׳ … לא ללמד על עצמו י׳וכ׳ whatever would have been implied in the general law and yet is specified again (in the Biblical text) in order to teach (something not mentioned before), has been specified not only to teach something new concerning the specific case, but to teach it concerning the whole class. Ib. י׳ לטעון, v. טָעַן I. Tem.I, 6 ולמה י׳ and for what purpose are tithes especially mentioned (Lev. 27:30, sq.)?; a. fr.e) כַּיּוֹצֵא ב־ like that which passes with it (in the same class), similar; in a similar way. Pes.III, 2 אם יש כי׳ בו שהחמיץ if there is a similar dough (started simultaneously with the one in question) which has begun to ferment. Ber.59b, sq. ואין לו כי׳ בו when he has no house like it; כי׳ בהם garments like them. Zeb.V, 6 המורם מהם כי׳ בהם what is taken of them for the priest, is like them (subject to the same laws). M. Kat. 16b כי׳ בדבר אתה אומרוכ׳ in a similar way (as something coming under the same category) yon read Sifré Num. 32; a. v. fr.f) י׳ שכרו בהפסדו its benefit is lost in its disadvantage; i. e. benefit and disadvantage are counterbalanced. Ab. V, 11, sq.g) (euphem.) to retire for human needs (v. Toh. X, 2). Ber.62a השכם וצֵאוכ׳ go out early in the morning Ex. R. s. 9 ואינו יוצא לנקביו and has no human needs. Ib. לא היה יוצא אלאוכ׳ he used to go out only to the water (to make believe he was a superhuman being); a. fr.h) to be proved, identified. Keth.II, 3 היה כתב ידם יוצא ממקום אחר if their signature can be identified otherwise (than by their own declaration); a. e. Hif. הוֹצִיא 1) to take out, to lead forth, bring forth; to release, discharge, send off. Ber.VI, I before eating bread one says, המוֹצִיא לחםוכ׳ (blessed be thou, O Lord) who hast brought forth bread out of the earth (v. ib. 38a as to המוציא or מוציא); ib. 37b; a. fr.Ab. Zar.41b, a. fr.; אין ספק מוציאוכ׳, v. וַדַּאי. B. Mets.37b לא זו הדרך מוֹצִיאָתוֹ מידי עבירה עדוכ׳ this is not the way that relieves him from sin (this is no full atonement), (he is not relieved) until he pays ; Yeb.XV, 7. Ib. 6, sq. אין זו דרך מוֹצִיאָתָהּוכ׳ she is not relieved from the possibility of sin, unless she is not permitted to marry again and forbidden to partake of Trumah.Ib. 36b יוֹצִיא (יוֹצִיאָהּ) בגט he dismisses her with a letter of divorce. Ib. ואם נשא יוציא and if he married her (against the law), he must dismiss her (divorce her); a. fr.Ab. II, 11, a. fr. מוֹצִיאִין את האדם מן העולם take a man out of the world, i. e. cause him to lose the true enjoyment of life. 2) to exclude. Y.Yeb.I, 2c top איילונית מטעם אחר הוֹצֵאתָהּ the aylonith thou dost (the law does) exclude for another reason (v. supra). Num. R. s. 14, end אוֹצִיא את ישראל let me exclude the Israelites, א׳ את הזקנים the elders; a. fr.להוֹצִיא (= ch. לאפוקי, v. אַפֵּק, or למעוטי, v. מעט) to the exclusion of. Succ.28a; Kidd.34a האזרח לה׳ את הנשים ‘ the native (Lev. 23:42) intimates the exemption of women (from the duty of dwelling in booths); a. v. fr. 3) to lead to the end, to live through. Erub.63a, v. supra. 4) to produce, present. Keth.XIII, 8 המוציא שטר חוב … והלהה׳וכ׳ if one produces a note of indebtedness against his neighbor, and the latter produces evidence that the claimant sold him a field (and paid him, which he would not have done, if he had a claim). Ib. 9. Ib. IX, 9 הוֹצִיאָה גט if she produces a letter of divorce; a. v. fr. 5) to spend, lay out. Ib. VIII, 5, v. הוֹצָאָה; a. fr.Esp. idiomatic uses: a) ה׳ ידי חוב־ or ה׳ (v. supra) to be the instrument of a persons complying with the law, e. g. to read a prayer and thus cause the listener to perform his duty as though he read it himself; to act in anothers behalf effectively. R. Hash. III, 5 אין מוֹצִיאִין את הרבים ידי חובתן they cannot act (blow the Shofar) in behalf of the assembled congregation. Ib. 29a אע״פ שיצא מוציא although he has done his duty (has read the prayer for himself), he may act in behalf of others. Ib. ולעצמו מוציא and can he (the half-slave and half-freedman) act in his own behalf?; a. fr.b) to collect, to claim. Keth.VIII, 1 הבעל מוציא מיד הלקוחות the husband can reclaim the property from those who bought it. B. Kam. III, 11 המוציא מחבירו עליו הראייה the claimant must produce evidence; a. v. fr.c) to utter. Arakh.5a, a. fr. אין אדם מוציא דבריו לבטלה no man utters his words for no purpose (he must have meant something).ה׳ לעז to slander, discredit. Sabb.97a, a. fr., v. לַעַז.d) to carry an object (on the Sabbath) out of a private to a public place, or from one private place to another, v. רָשוּת. Sabb.VII, 2, sq.; a. fr.e) to secrete. Sifré Num. 88 יש לך … שאין מוציאוכ׳ is there a woman-born being that does not discharge the food he eats?; a. e.f) ה׳ שבת to dismiss the Sabbath with prayer, opp. הכניס. Sabb.118b מוֹצִיאֵי שבתוכ׳ those who dismiss the Sabbath at Sepphoris.

Jewish literature > יָצָא
18 П-393

ДО ПОРЫ ДО ВРЕМЕНИ ДО ПОРЫ obs PrepP these forms only adv fixed WO
for the meantime, until a moment when the situation changes, some opportunity arises etc

for the time being
for the present for a time (in limited contexts) until the right time until the time is right until such time as s.o. sth. is needed as long as it suits ( s.o.) for now.
Никаких работ, связанных с ракетами, этим людям до поры до времени не поручали (Владимиров 1). For the time being they were not given any work connected with rockets (1 a).

Как было уже сказано, он поддерживал ровный огонь своей репутации, и до поры это даже отдавало игрой, почти искусством... (Битов 2). As has already been said, he maintained the steady flame of his reputation, and for a time this even smacked of a game, almost an art.. (2a).

С той поры, как только началась позиционная война, казачьи полки порассовали по укромным местам и держат под спудом до поры до времени» (Шолохов 3). "Ever since this positional warfare started, the Cossacks have been tucked away in safe corners and are being kept under wraps until such time as they are needed" (3a).

Нам трудно понять и расценить действия этих людей (следователей)... Несомненно только одно: всякий замкнутый, изолированный круг развивается, подобно блатарям, по своим законам и вопреки интересам общества в целом. Такой круг... соблюдает круговую поруку (до поры до времени)... (Мандельштам 2). It was hard for us to interpret the actions of these people (the investiga- tors)... But there is no doubt that, like any other isolated, exclusive caste-the professional criminals, for example-they lived by their own laws, contemptuous of the interests of society as a whole. Closed societies of this kind...cover up for each other (as long as it suits them)... (2a).

Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > П-393
19 до поры

• ДО ПОРЫ ДО ВРЕМЕНИ; ДО ПОРЫ obs

[PrepP; these forms only; adv; fixed WO]

=====

⇒ for the meantime, until a moment when the situation changes, some opportunity arises etc:

- for the time being;

- for the present;

- for a time;

- [in limited contexts] until the right time;

- until the time is right;

- until such time as s.o. (sth.) is needed;

- as long as it suits (s.o.);

- for now.

     ♦ Никаких работ, связанных с ракетами, этим людям до поры до времени не поручали (Владимиров 1). For the time being they were not given any work connected with rockets (1a).

     ♦ Как было уже сказано, он поддерживал ровный огонь своей репутации, и до поры это даже отдавало игрой, почти искусством... (Битов 2). As has already been said, he maintained the steady flame of his reputation, and for a time this even smacked of a game, almost an art.. (2a).

     ♦ "С той поры, как только началась позиционная война, казачьи полки порассовали по укромным местам и держат под спудом до поры до времени" (Шолохов 3). "Ever since this positional warfare started, the Cossacks have been tucked away in safe corners and are being kept under wraps until such time as they are needed" (3a).

     ♦ Нам трудно понять и расценить действия этих людей [следователей]... Несомненно только одно: всякий замкнутый, изолированный круг развивается, подобно блатарям, по своим законам и вопреки интересам общества в целом. Такой круг... соблюдает круговую поруку (до поры до времени)... (Мандельштам 2). It was hard for us to interpret the actions of these people [the investigators]... But there is no doubt that, like any other isolated, exclusive caste-the professional criminals, for example-they lived by their own laws, contemptuous of the interests of society as a whole. Closed societies of this kind...cover up for each other (as long as it suits them)... (2a).

Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > до поры
20 до поры до времени

• ДО ПОРЫ ДО ВРЕМЕНИ; ДО ПОРЫ obs

[PrepP; these forms only; adv; fixed WO]

=====

⇒ for the meantime, until a moment when the situation changes, some opportunity arises etc:

- for the time being;

- for the present;

- for a time;

- [in limited contexts] until the right time;

- until the time is right;

- until such time as s.o. (sth.) is needed;

- as long as it suits (s.o.);

- for now.

     ♦ Никаких работ, связанных с ракетами, этим людям до поры до времени не поручали (Владимиров 1). For the time being they were not given any work connected with rockets (1a).

     ♦ Как было уже сказано, он поддерживал ровный огонь своей репутации, и до поры это даже отдавало игрой, почти искусством... (Битов 2). As has already been said, he maintained the steady flame of his reputation, and for a time this even smacked of a game, almost an art.. (2a).

     ♦ "С той поры, как только началась позиционная война, казачьи полки порассовали по укромным местам и держат под спудом до поры до времени" (Шолохов 3). "Ever since this positional warfare started, the Cossacks have been tucked away in safe corners and are being kept under wraps until such time as they are needed" (3a).

     ♦ Нам трудно понять и расценить действия этих людей [следователей]... Несомненно только одно: всякий замкнутый, изолированный круг развивается, подобно блатарям, по своим законам и вопреки интересам общества в целом. Такой круг... соблюдает круговую поруку (до поры до времени)... (Мандельштам 2). It was hard for us to interpret the actions of these people [the investigators]... But there is no doubt that, like any other isolated, exclusive caste-the professional criminals, for example-they lived by their own laws, contemptuous of the interests of society as a whole. Closed societies of this kind...cover up for each other (as long as it suits them)... (2a).

Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > до поры до времени

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

The Brehon Laws — The Brehon Laws † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Brehon Laws Brehon law is the usual term for Irish native law, as administered in Ireland down to almost the middle of the seventeenth century, and in fact amongst the native Irish until… … Catholic encyclopedia
Opposition to the Poor Laws — Both the Elizabethan Poor Law and the Poor Law Amendment Act attracted a great deal of opposition from a wide range of people in society, from paupers and workers; to the landed gentry and academics. Likewise, the reasons that people opposed the… … Wikipedia
Byzantium under the Komnenoi — Infobox Former Country native name = Βασιλεία Ῥωμαίων conventional long name = Byzantine Empire common name = Byzantium year start = 1081 year end = 1185 date start = 4 April date end = 31 August event start = Coronation of Alexios I event end =… … Wikipedia
Timeline of music in the United States (1970 to the present) — This is a timeline of music in the United States from 1970 to the present. NOTOC 1970*Armadillo World Headquarters opens in Austin, Texas. It will become a major venue for the music of Austin, especially the local country scene. [Malone and… … Wikipedia
The Unreasonable Effectiveness of Mathematics in the Natural Sciences — In 1960, the physicist Eugene Wigner published an article titled The Unreasonable Effectiveness of Mathematics in the Natural Sciences , arguing that the way in which the mathematical structure of a physical theory often points the way to further … Wikipedia
The Irish (in Countries Other Than Ireland) — The Irish (in countries other than Ireland) † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Irish (in countries other than Ireland) I. IN THE UNITED STATES Who were the first Irish to land on the American continent and the time of their arrival are … Catholic encyclopedia
The United States of America — The United States of America † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The United States of America BOUNDARIES AND AREA On the east the boundary is formed by the St. Croix River and an arbitrary line to the St. John, and on the north by the… … Catholic encyclopedia
The Religion of Russia — The Religion of Russia † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Religion of Russia A. The Origin of Russian Christianity There are two theories in regard to the early Christianity of Russia; according to one of them, Russia was Catholic from … Catholic encyclopedia
The Seal of Confession — The Law of the Seal of Confession † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Law of the Seal of Confession In the Decretum of the Gratian who compiled the edicts of previous councils and the principles of Church law which he published about 1151,… … Catholic encyclopedia
The Benedictine Order — The Benedictine Order † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Benedictine Order The Benedictine Order comprises monks living under the Rule of St. Benedict, and commonly known as black monks . The order will be considered in this article under… … Catholic encyclopedia
The Roman Congregations — The Roman Congregations † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Roman Congregations Certain departments have been organized by the Holy See at various times to assist it in the transaction of those affairs which canonical discipline and the… … Catholic encyclopedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

under the present laws

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

under the present laws

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: